Mobifone-InterRAT-features of 4G To 2G-3G PDF

Samsung Electronics
Network Features
MobiFone LTE Trial Project
Samsung Electronics
LTE-SW0507, RIM Procedure
SUMMARY
RAN Information Management(RIM) procedures exchange the arbitrary RAN information (e.g., SIB) between RAN nodes belonging to different RATs. The RAN information is transparently
transferred via core network nodes (MME and SGSN).
INTRODUCTION
If a UE already knows the radio access information of a target system when it moves from LTE to 3G/2G or vice versa, the time required to connect to the target system can be reduced.
The RIM procedure, as standard procedure, allows RAN information exchange between Inter-RAT. The RIM information usually has system information block messages. When a 3G/2G
neighbor is added to the eNB, the eNB acquires the system information of the cell from the 3G/2G network and saves it in the eNB. This 3G/2G system information is provided to a UE when
the UE moves from LTE to 3G/2G (Enhanced Redirection or CSFB, etc.) to reduce the connection time to the 3G/2G network.
A target RAN system (e.g. 3G/2G) must also support the RIM procedure to use the RIM procedure. The MME plays the role of a router that sends a RIM message to an appropriate target
system.
BENEFIT
User Benefits:
 eNB can provide 3G/2G system information for UEs so that they can attach to 3G/2G network quickly. This will help UEs reduce connection setup time during CSFB or handover
RELEASE HISTORY
SLR 2.2
DEPENDENCY AND LIMITATION
Dependency:
 Target RAT system should support the RIM procedure
 MME should relay RIM messages

FEATURE DESCRIPTION
System Information (SI) of UTRAN is helpful for UE to shorten the 3G access time when UE moves from LTE to 3G network during PS handover or CSFB procedure. By RIM procedure, eNB
can obtain System Information of UTRAN neighboring cells.
Below is the call flow that eNB obtains system Information from 3G network. The same flow is used in case target RAT is 2G.
The procedure is triggered when eNB adds an UTRAN neighbor cell by initial build of 3G neighbors or change of 3G neighbor list or addition of a new 3G neighbor by inter-RAT ANR
procedure. eNB sends an eNB DIRECT INFORMATION TRANSFER message to MME, which route the message to an appropriate 3G RNC. The RIM Transfer IE within the Inter-system
Information Transfer Type IE shall contain the RIM Routing Address IE that identifies the final RAN destination node where the RIM information needs to be transferred to by the core
network. In case of transfer to UTRAN the source eNB shall include the RAC IE in the Target RNC-ID IE within the RIM Routing Address IE. In case of successful procedure, the eNB
receives MME DIRECT INFORMAITON TRANSFER message from MME. Those messages are defined in 3GPP TS 36.413.
FEATURE SCOPE
FR10 When a 3G/2G neighbor cell is added to an eNB, the eNB shall request RAN information to the 3G/2G netowrk using S1AP eNB DIRECT INFORMATIO TRANSFER message
FR20 If the system information of a target cell is stored in the eNB, the eNB shall provide it to the UE during CSFB or redirection if the UE supports the feature.
FR30 Whether to enable RIM procedure shall be configurable per eNB. RIM procedure for each neighbor cell shall also be configurable
SYSTEM OPERATION
How to Activate
• Use the CHG-HO-OPT command to set RIM_ENABLE to be “TRUE”.

• Use the CHG-NBR-GERAN command to allow the neighbor GERAN cell and the RIM to use and to set RIM_SUPPORT to be “TRUE”.
• Use the CHG-NBR-UTRAN command to allow the neighbor UTRAN cell and the RIM to use and to set RIM_SUPPORT to be “TRUE”.
Key Parameters
CHG-HO-OPT/RTRV-HO-OPT
Parameter Description Unit Range Default Value

This parameter indicates whether to
support the RAN Information
Management (RIM) function for Inter
RIM_ENABLE RAT (WCDMA, GEARN). - BOOL 0:False
- False: Does not execute the RIM
function.
- True: Executes the RIM function.
CHG-NBR-GERAN/RTRV-NBR-GERAN
RIM_SUPPORT Indicates whether the relevant - BOOL 0:False

GERAN neighbor cell supports the
RIM.
- False: RIM unsupported
- True: RIM supported
CHG-NBR-UTRAN/RTRV-NBR-UTRAN

Management (RIM) function with a
RIM_SUPPORT UTRAN neighbor cell. - BOOL 0:False
function.
Commands and Parameters
CHG-HO-OPT/RTRV-HO-OPT

RIM_ENABLE RAT (WCDMA, GEARN). - BOOL 0:False
function.
CHG-NBR-GERAN/RTRV-NBR-GERAN

RIM_SUPPORT Indicates whether the relevant - BOOL 0:False
GERAN neighbor cell supports the
RIM.
- False: RIM unsupported
- True: RIM supported
CHG-NBR-UTRAN/RTRV-NBR-UTRAN

Management (RIM) function with a
RIM_SUPPORT UTRAN neighbor cell. - BOOL 0:False
function.
ABBREVIATIONS
REFERENCE
[1] 3GPP TS36.300 Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA) and Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network (E-UTRAN); Overall description; Stage 2
[2] 3GPP TS36.413 Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network (E-UTRAN); Overall description; S1 Application Protocol (S1AP)
LTE-SW2004, Blind Offloading to WCDMA
SUMMARY
Whena cell in the LTE network exceeds the overload threshold for inter-RAT load balancing, the blind offloading algorithmhands selected UEs withWCDMA capability to a WCDMA neighbor cell
without considering the WCDMA neighbor cell's load.
INTRODUCTION
Below figure shows the load balancing functions as the serving cell load increases. Depending on a service provider’s network environment, the intra-LTE load balancing functions such as load
equalization, offloading to intra-group carriers, or offloading to inter-group carriers are initiated first of all and then the blind offloading to inter-RAT (WCDMA) function is initiated if cell overload
cannot be removed in the LTE network.
BENEFIT
Operator Benefits: This feature relieves the overload state of an LTE cell by using WCDMA network. End User Benefits: The bad QoE due to overload will be reduced.
RELEASE HISTORY
SLR2.4
Dependency:
 To enable the blind offloading to WCDMA function, the operator must set the FA information of WCDMA.
Limitation:
 The BlindOffloadtoIRAT_Threshold (Parameter name: iratOffloadThreshold) in the figure of introduction should be set higher than intraGroupOffloadThreshold or
interGroupOffloadingThreshold(k).
FEATURE DESCRIPTION
The Samsung intra-LTE LB is operating in the following procedure.
1 Cell load monitoring for a serving cell
 For cell load definition, refer to the SW2001 Feature Description (FD).
 If cell load exceeds the ‘parameter name: iratOffloadThreshold’, the blind offloading to WCDMA operation is triggered.
2 UE selection and redirection execution
After checking UE capability, select the UEs that support N_LBMC_TARGET WCDMAs and perform redirection.
FEATURE SCOPE
FR10 Blind Offloading to WCDMA 를 지원할 수 있어야 한다.
SYSTEM OPERATION
How to Activate
 Use the CHG-TM-CNTR command to set IRAT_3G_OPERATION_MODE to “BLIND_MODE”.

 To set UTRAN in top priority to select RAT for blind offloading as an additional option, use the CHG-IRAT-MLB command to set IRAT_3G_OFFLOAD_PRIORITY to “3”.
Key Parameters
CHG-TM-CNTR/RTRV-TM-CNTR

0:OFF
IRAT_3G_OPER Set the IRAT MLB operating mode for 1:awareMo
- 1:awareMode
ATION_MODE UTRAN. de
2:blindMode
CHG-IRAT-MLB/RTRV-IRAT-MLB

Top priority configuration parameter 1~3 1
IRAT_3G_OFFL
for 3G as a basis to select RAT for a -
OAD_PRIORITY
cell load reporting request
Command and Parameters
CHG-TM-CNTR/RTRV-TM-CNTR

0:OFF
IRAT_3G_OPER Set the IRAT MLB operating mode for 1:awareMo
- 1:awareMode
ATION_MODE UTRAN. de
2:blindMode
CHG-IRAT-MLB/RTRV-IRAT-MLB

IRAT_3G_OFFL Top priority configuration parameter 1~3 1
OAD_PRIORITY for 3G as a basis to select RAT for a -
cell load reporting request
IRAT_OFFLOAD Load threshold to make inter RAT 80~100 80
%
_THRESHOLD MLB triggered
IRAT_MONITOR Parameter for determining the time of 0~20 10
%
_DELTA monitoring before arriving to the load
threshold to make inter RAT MLB
triggered
OVERLOAD_TH Neighbor cells exceeding overload 70~100 80
RESHOLD_3G threshold 3G are excluded from %
candidate cells.
WINDOW_FOR Window size or cycle used as 1~30 10
_IRAT_MONITO hysteresis based on the triggered -
R inter RAT MLB
NUM_FOR_IRA Standard under which cell load 1~30 8
-
T_MONITOR reporting is triggered
NUM_FOR_IRA Standard under which cell load 1~30 8
T_MONITOR_O reporting is off -
FF
IRAT_MONITOR In case of the cell reporting triggering 1~10 5
_INTERVAL state through the initial value sliding
window, cycle delivering the cell load sec
reporting triggering message to
ECCB
CHG-ACTIVE-LB/RTRV-ACTIVE-LB

This parameter is the ratio of UEs that
RATE_LB_CAN will receive a measurement report
% 0~20 10
DIDATE message for active mode load
balancing.
This parameter is the ratio of UEs that
RATE_LB_TAR will perform forced handover to a
% 0~20 2
GET target cell for active mode load
balancing.
Counters and KPIs
Family Display Name Type Name Type Description

LB_REDIRECTION LBRedirectiont
Count of trying to UTRAN MLB Redirection
oWCDMA
ABBREVIATIONS
REFERENCE
[1] 3GPP 36.300: E-UTRA and E-UTRAN; overall description Stage 2
[2] 3GPP 36.331: E-UTRAN; Radio Resource Control (RRC); Protocol specification
[3] 3GPP 36.423: E-UTRAN; X2 application protocol (X2AP)
[4] 3GPP 36.902: E-UTRAN; Self-configuring and self-optimizing network (SON) use cases and solutions
LTE-SW1201, Idle Mobility to UTRAN
SUMMARY
To support UE’s idle mobility to UTRAN, eNB broadcasts relevant cell reselection information in SIB6 message so that the UE perform cell reselection towards UTRAN when needed.
INTRODUCTION
To support UE’s idle mobility to UTRAN, eNB broadcasts relevant cell reselection information in SIB6 message so that the UE performs cell reselection towards UTRAN when needed.
BENEFIT
Operator Benefits:
 Operator can provide idle mobility to its subscribers to UTRAN.
User Benefits:
 Users in idle state can move to UTRAN.
RELEASE HISTORY
SLR2.3 (New)
Dependency:
• UTRAN Device, EPC and UTRAN shall support this feature.
Limitation:
• N/A
FEATURE DESCRIPTION
In order for UEs to perform cell reselection on LTE frequency or UTRA frequency, all eNB broadcast UTRA frequency information in SIB6, and all NBs, if they are located under or near LTE
coverage, broadcast LTE frequency information in SIB19.
The cell reselection procedures are triggered when one of the following conditions is met:
1) The serving cell does not fulfil Srxlev>S_INTRA_SEARCH_P and Squal>S_INTRA_SEARCH_Q. In this case, the UE performs intra-frequency cell reselection procedures.
where,
Srxlev>0 AND Squal>0,

Srxlev = Qrxlevmeas – (Q_RX_LEV_MIN(SIB1) + Q_RXLEV_MIN_OFFSET(SIB1)) – Pcompensation
Squal = Qqualmeas – (Q_QUAL_MIN(SIB1) + Q_QUAL_MIN_OFFSET(SIB1))
2) The UE has E-UTRA frequencies or UTRA frequencies with a reselection priority higher than the reselection priority of the current E-UTRA frequency. In this case, the UE performs inter-RAT
cell reselection procedures. The UE shall search every layer of higher priority at least every Thigher_priority_search = (60 * Nlayers) seconds, where Nlayers is the total number of configured higher
priority E-UTRA, UTRA carrier frequencies.(3GPP TS36.133 Section 4.2.2)
3) The service cell does not fulfil Srxlev> S_NON_INTRA_SEARCH_P and Squal> S_NON_INTRA_SEARCH_Q. In this case, the UE performs inter-RAT cell reselection procedures for an
E-UTRA inter-freuqncy or an UTRA frequency with an equal or lower reselection priority than the reselection priority of the current E-UTRA frequency.
Following table explains the parameters that trigger cell reselection procedures.
Parameter Name Description

Srxlev Cell selection RX level value (in dB) measured by UE
Squal Cell selection quality value (in dB) measured by UE
This specifies the Srxlev threshold (in dB) for intra-frequency
S_INTRA_SEARCH
measurements. This parameter is used by Rel-8 device. (SIB3)
This specifies the Srxlevthreshold (in dB) for intra-frequency
S_INTRA_SEARCH_P
This specifies the Squalthreshold (in dB) for intra-frequency
S_INTRA_SEARCH_Q
This specifies the Srxlevthreshold (in dB) for E-UTRAN inter-
S_NON_INTRA_SEARCH frequency and inter-RAT measurements. This parameter is
used by Rel-8 device. (SIB3)
This specifies the Srxlevthreshold (in dB) for E-UTRAN inter-
S_NON_INTRA_SEARCH_P frequency and inter-RAT measurements. This parameter is
This specifies the Squalthreshold (in dB) for E-UTRAN inter-
S_NON_INTRA_SEARCH_Q frequency and inter-RAT measurements. This parameter is
This specifies the minimum required Rx level in the cell in dBm
Q_RX_LEV_MIN
This parameter (SIB3)
This specifies the minimum required quality level in the cell in
Q_QUAL_MIN_REL9
dB. This parameter is used by Rel-9 device. (SIB3)
UE performs the inter-RAT cell reselection procedures according to the following cell reselection criteria.
- Cell reselection to a cell on a higher priority UTRA frequency than the serving frequency shall be performed if:
-- If THRESH_SERVING_LOW_QREL9 is provided in SIB3,
--- The cell of UTRA frequency fulfils Squal > THRESH_XHIGH_QREL9(SIB6) during a time interval T_RESELECTION(SIB6); and
--- More than 1 second has elapsed since the UE camped on the current serving cell.
-- Otherwise,
--- The cell of UTRA frequency fulfils Srxlev > THRESH_XHIGH(SIB6) during a time interval T_RESELECTION(SIB6); and
- Cell reselection to a cell on a lower priority UTRA frequency than the serving frequency shall be performed if:
-- If THRESH_SERVING_LOW_QREL9 is provided in SIB3,
--- The serving cell fulfils Squal < THRESH_SERVING_LOW_QREL9(SIB3) and a cell of UTRA frequency fulfils Squal > THRESH_XLOW_QREL9(SIB6) during a time interval
T_RESELECTION(SIB6); and
-- Otherwise,
--- The serving cell fulfils Srxlev < THRESH_SERVING_LOW(SIB3) and a cell of UTRA frequency fulfils Srxlev > THRESH_XLOW(SIB6) during a time interval T_RESELECTION(SIB6);
and
Srxlev and Squal for UTRAN cell reselection are defined as follows:
- Srxlev = Qrxlevmeas– Q_RX_LEV_MIN(SIB6) – Pcompensation
- Squal = Qqualmeas– Q_QUAL_MIN(SIB6)
Where Pcompensation is derived as max(UE_TXPWR_MAX_RACH – P_MAX_UTRA, 0) (dB) according to 3GPP TS25.304. UE_TXPWR_MAX_RACH is the maximum TX power level when
accessing the cell on RACH (dBm). It is defined as 21 dBm in 3GPP TS25.101.
UE reselects UTRAN cell when RSRP signal strength from LTE serving cell decreases less than the threshold calculated and RSCP signal strength from UTRAN target cell increases more than
the threshold calculated as follows:
- RSRP Strength from Serving Cell<THRESH_SERVING_LOW(SIB3)+ Q_RX_LEV_MIN(SIB3) + Pcompensation

and
- RSCP Strength from UTRAN Cell>THRESH_XLOW(SIB6)+ Q_RX_LEV_MIN(SIB6) + Pcompensation
And the UTRAN cell shall also satisfy the following UTRAN cell selection criteria to obtain normal service:
UTRAN cell selection criteria :
Srxlev>0 AND Squal>0

Where, Srxlev = Qrxlevmeas – (Q_RX_LEV_MIN(SIB6) + Q_RXLEV_MIN_OFFSET) – Pcompensation
Squal = Qqualmeas – (Q_QUAL_MIN(SIB6) + Q_QUAL_MIN_OFFSET)
The signalled values Q_QUAL_MIN_OFFSET and Q_RXLEV_MIN_OFFSET are only applied when a cell is evaluated for cell selection as a result of a periodic search for a higher priority PLMN
while camped normally in a VPLMN. During this periodic search for higher priority PLMN the UE may check the S criteria of a cell using parameter values stored from a different cell of this higher
priority PLMN (3GPP TS 25.304). Thus, Q_QUAL_MIN_OFFSET and Q_RXLEV_MIN_OFFSET are not used for UTRAN cell reselection.
Each parameter for UTRA frequency cell reselection criteria is explained in the table below.
Parameter Name Description

Srxlev Cell selection RX level value (dB)
Squal Cell selection quality value (dB)
Qrxlevmeas Measured cell RX level value.
Qqualmeas Measured cell quality value.
Pcompensation max(UE_TXPWR_MAX_RACH – P_MAX_UTRA, 0) (dB)
UE_TXPWR_MAX_RACH Maximum TX power level when accessing the cell on RACH
(dBm). (3GPP TS25.101)
Maximum allowed transmission power on the (uplink) carrier
P_MAX_UTRA
frequency (dBm) (SIB6)
Q_QUAL_MIN Minimum required quality level in the cell (dB) (SIB6)
Q_RX_LEV_MIN Minimum required RX level in the cell (dBm) (SIB6)
T_RESELECTION Cell reselection timer (sec) for UTRAN cell reselection (SIB6)
Srxlev threshold (dB) used by the UE when reselecting towards
THRESH_XHIGH a higher priority UTRA frequency than the current serving
frequency(SIB6)
Squal threshold (dB) used by the UE when reselecting towards
THRESH_XHIGH_QREL9 a higher priority UTRA frequency than the current serving
frequency(SIB6)
Srxlev threshold (dB) used by the UE when reselecting towards
THRESH_XLOW a lower priority UTRA frequency than the current serving
frequency (SIB6)
Squal threshold (dB) used by the UE when reselecting towards
THRESH_XLOW_QREL9 a lower priority UTRA frequency than the current serving
frequency(SIB6)
This specifies the Srxlev threshold (dB) used by the UE on the
THRESH_SERVING_LOW serving cell when reselecting towards a lower priority inter-RAT
frequency (SIB3)
This specifies the Squal threshold (dB) used by the UE on the
THRESH_SERVING_LOW_QR
serving cell when reselecting towards a lower priority inter-RAT
EL9
frequency (SIB3)
UE in idle mode may be connected to either LTE or 3G network depending on the radio condition.
UE shall select primarily LTE frequency when the UE ends a CSFB call or when the UE comes back into LTE coverage in the presence of acceptable LTE signal.
Cell reselection from UTRAN to LTE is performed by UE, based on the system information provided by UTRAN. The UE in UTRAN shall monitor the broadcast channel from the UTRAN serving
cell during idle mode to retrieve SIB19 from UTRAN for preparation of cell reselection to E-UTRAN. The SIB19 E-UTRA Info List can provide up to 8 different E-UTRA frequencies and priority
information entries, indexing from 0 to 7.
After cell reselection procedures to E-UTRAN is completed, UE performs a Tracking Area update in E-UTRAN.
FEATURE SCOPE
eNB uses SIB6 to send the following parameters as information required for an idle-state terminal to move to UTRAN. • UTRAN cell reselection parameters • UTRA (FDD or TDD) carrier
FR10 frequency list • Cell reselection priority per UTRA (FDD or TDD) carrier frequency • Cell reselection thresholds per UTRA (FDD or TDD) carrier frequency • Cell reselection timer for
UTRAN cell reselection • Cell reselection timer for speed dependant UTRAN cell reselection
FR20 eNB allows the operator to configure, modify, and retrieve the SIB6.
FR30 eNB transmits the SIB6 according to the predetermined cycle.
FR40 eNB should support the configuration for the max. number of UTRAN carriers up to 8 carriers per cell. (SLR6.0)
eNB should support the following features with the max. 8 UTRAN carriers per cell. (SLR6.0) - Cell reselection to UTRAN - PS redirection to UTRAN - PS handover to UTRAN - Blind PS
FR50
Handover to UTRAN - CSFB to UTRAN - SRVCC to UTRAN - Inter-RAT ANR
SYSTEM OPERATION
How to Activate
The function of Idle Mobility to UTRAN is to perform cell reselection on UTRA frequency by UE in the idle mode. It is controlled by SystemInformationBlockType 6. (SIB6).
Key Parameters
RTRV-UTRA-FA/CHG-UTRA-FA
priority This parameter is the priority 0~7 4
information of a UTRAN carrier.
-
This information is used by the UE
during idle reselection and
broadcasted to the UE through SIBs.
[Related Specifications] 3GPP TS
36.331
threshXhigh This parameter is the threshold value 0 ~ 31 0
used by the UE when reselecting the
frequency with priority higher than
the currently camped frequency. dB

36.331
threshXLow This parameter is the threshold value 0 ~ 31 0
used when reselecting the low-
priority frequency from the high-
priority frequency. dB
36.331
EUTRA FA information
RTRV-EUTRA-FA/CHG-EUTRA-FA
Recommen
Parameter Description Range
ded Value
CELL_NUM The cell number to be changed. 0~2 0
FA_INDEX EUTRA frequency index. Up to 8 0
0~7
FAs can be assigned per cell.
STATUS Whether the EUTRA FA is valid. N_EQUIP EQUIP
EQUIP
EARFCN_UL Uplink E-UTRA Absolute Radio 0
0~65535
Frequency Channel Number.
EARFCN_DL Downlink E-UTRA Absolute Radio 0
0~65535
PRIORITY Priority of EUTRA FA. 0~7 6
Q_RX_LEV_MIN The minimum RX level required in a -64
-70~-22
cell in dBm units. Actual value of
[dBm]
threshold is the value * 2(dBm).
P_MAX_USAGE Whether to use pMax. CI_no_use CI_use
CI_use
P_MAX The maximum TX power level in -30~33 23
the UE. [dBm]
T_RESELECTION Reselection timer value. 0~7 [sec] 1
SF_USAGE Whether to use scaling factors. CI_no_use CI_no_use
CI_use
T_RESELECTION_SF_ The medium timer value of the ci_1Dot0
MEDIUM reselection scaling factors.
ci_oDot25
0: ci_oDot25 (0.25)
ci_oDot5
1: ci_oDot5 (0.5)
ci_oDot75
2: ci_oDot75 (0.75)
ci_1Dot0
3: ci_1Dot0 (1.0)
T_RESELECTION_SF_H The high timer value of the ci_1Dot0
IGH reselection scaling factors.
ci_oDot25
0: ci_oDot25 (0.25)
ci_oDot5
1: ci_oDot5 (0.5)
ci_oDot75
2: ci_oDot75 (0.75)
ci_1Dot0
3: ci_1Dot0 (1.0)
S_INTRA_SEARCH_US Whether to use sIntraSearch. CI_no_use CI_use
AGE
CI_use
S_INTRA_SEARCH The threshold for intra-frequency 31
0~31 [dB]
measurement. Actual value of
threshold is the value * 2(dB).
S_NON_INTRA_SEARC Whether to use sNonIntraSearch. CI_no_use CI_use
H_USAGE
CI_use
S_NON_INTRA_SEARC The threshold for inter-RAT and 6
H intra-frequency measurement.
0~31 [dB]
Actual value of threshold is the
value * 2(dB).
THRESH_SERVING_LO The low threshold for serving 3
W frequency during reselection
0~31 [dB]
evaluation. Actual value of
threshold is the value * 2(dB).
MESA_BANDWIDTH_U Whether to use CI_no_use CI_use
SAGE measurementBandwidth.
CI_use
MEASUREMENT_BAND The maximum measurement ci_mbw50
WIDTH bandwidth allowed for carrier (10MHz)
frequency. ci_mbw6
0: ci_mbw6 ci_mbw15
1: ci_mbw15 ci_mbw25
5: ci_mbw100
PRESENCE_ANT_POR Whether Antenna Port1 exists. (SIB True
T1 3)
False
False : Not Exist
True
True : Exist
NEIGH_CELL_CONFIG The neighboring cell settings. 1
0~3
(TS36.331 section 6.3.6)
OFFSET_FREQ Frequency offset value applied to ci_dB_24 ci_dB0
offsetFreq in RRC Connection [dB]
Reconfiguration.
ci_dB_22
0: ci_dB_24 [dB]
1: ci_dB_22 ci_dB_20
[dB]
2: ci_dB_20
ci_dB_18
3: ci_dB_18 [dB]
[dB]
5: ci_dB_14
ci_dB_14
6: ci_dB_12 [dB]
[dB]
8: ci_dB_8
ci_dB_10
9: ci_dB_6 [dB]
10: ci_dB_5 ci_dB_8 [dB]

15: ci_dB0 ci_dB_2 [dB]
16: ci_dB1 ci_dB_1 [dB]
17: ci_dB2 ci_dB0 [dB]
ci_dB22 [dB]
ci_dB24 [dB]
S_INTRA_SEARCH_RE Whether to use the sIntraSearch for CI_no_use CI_no_use
L9_USAGE Rel-9.
CI_use
S_INTRA_SEARCH_P The threshold P for an intra- 31
0~31 [dB]
frequency measurement in Rel-9.
S_INTRA_SEARCH_Q The threshold Q for an intra- 31
0~31 [dB]
frequency measurement in Rel-9.
S_NON_INTRA_SEARC Whether to use sNonIntraSearch CI_no_use CI_no_use
H_REL9_USAGE for Rel-9.
CI_use
S_NON_INTRA_SEARC The threshold P for inter-RAT and 6
H_P an intra-frequency measurement.
0~31 [dB]
value * 2(dB).
S_NON_INTRA_SEARC The threshold Q for inter-RAT and 31
0~31 [dB]
H_Q an intra-frequency measurement.
Q_QUAL_MIN_REL9_U Whether to use the qQualMin for CI_no_use CI_no_use
SAGE Rel-9.
CI_use
Q_QUAL_MIN_REL9 qQualMin value for Rel-9. -34~-3 [dB] -3
THRESH_SERVING_LO Whether to use the CI_no_use CI_no_use
W_QREL9_USAGE threshServingLowQ for Rel-9.
CI_use
THRESH_SERVING_LO threshServingLowQ value for Rel-9. 31
0~31 [dB]
W_QREL9
THRESH_XHIGH_QREL The threshold used in the UE to 31
9 reselect a frequency whose priority
0~31 [dB]
is higher than the current camped
frequency in Rel-9.
THRESH_XLOW_QREL The threshold used to reselect low- 31
9 priority frequency from high-priority 0~31 [dB]
frequency in Rel-9.
UTRA Carrier
RTRV-UTRA-CAR/CHG-UTRA-CAR
Recommend
ed Value
CELL_NUM The cell number to be
0~2 0
changed.
FA_INDEX UTRA frequency index. Up to 6
0~5 0
FAs can be assigned per cell.
STATUS Whether the UTRA FA N_EQUIP
information is valid. EQUIP
EQUIP
DUPLEX_TYPE The duplex mode information ci_FDD
on a cell. Enter either FDD or ci_FDD
TDD. ci_TDD
UARFCN_DL Downlink UTRA Absolute
Radio Frequency Channel 0~16383 0
Number.
RESEL_PRIORITY_USAGE Whether cell reselection CI_no_use
priority of UTRA FA is used. CI_use
CI_use
PRIORITY Priority information on the
0~7 3
UTRA FA.
THRESH_XHIGH The threshold used to reselect
UTRA frequency whose priority
0~31 [dB] 0
is higher than the current
camped frequency.
THRESH_XLOW The threshold used to reselect
0~31 [dB] 0
is lower than the current
camped frequency.
Q_RX_LEV_MIN The minimum RX level
required in a cell in dBm units.
-60~-13 [dBm] -53
value * 2 + 1(dBm).
P_MAX_UTRA The maximum RF output
-50~33 [dBm] 24
power in the UE.
Q_QUAL_MIN The minimum quality level
-24~0 [dB] -18
required in UTRA FDD cells.
THRESH_XHIGH_QREL9 The threshold used to reselect
UTRA frequency whose priority 0~31 [dB] 0
is higher than the current
camped frequency in Rel-9.
THRESH_XLOW_QREL9 The threshold used to reselect
0~31 [dB] 0
is lower than the current
camped frequency in Rel-9.
UTRA Reselection
RTRV-UTRA-RESEL/CHG-UTRA-RESEL
Rcommended
Value
The cell number to be
CELL_NUM 0~2 0
changed or retrieved.
UTRAN FA Reselection timer
T_RESELECTION value. The duration is in 0~7 [sec] 1
seconds.
Whether to use the scaling
factors related to UTRAN FA
reselection.
CI_no_use
SF_USAGE - CI_no_use: Scaling factor is CI_no_use
not used. CI_use
- CI_use: Scaling factor is

used.
The medium timer value of the
scaling factors related to
UTRAN FA reselection. ci_oDot25
- ci_oDot25: 0.25 is used for ci_oDot50

T_RESELECTION_SF_M
the medium timer. ci_1Dot0
EDIUM
ci_oDot75
- ci_oDot5: 0.5 is used for the
medium timer. ci_1Dot0
- ci_oDot75: 0.75 is used for

the medium timer.
- ci_1Dot0: 1.0 is used for the

medium timer.
The high timer value of the
scaling factors related to
UTRAN FA reselection.
- ci_oDot25: 0.25 is used for ci_oDot25

the high timer.
ci_oDot50
T_RESELECTION_SF_HI
- ci_oDot5: 0.5 is used for the ci_1Dot0
GH
high timer. ci_oDot75
- ci_oDot75: 0.75 is used for ci_1Dot0

the high timer.
- ci_1Dot0: 1.0 is used for the

high timer.
Counters and KPIs
There is no related counters or KPIs.
ABBREVIATIONS
SIB System Information Block
REFERENCE
[2] 3GPP TS36.331 Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA); Radio Resource Control (RRC); Protocol specification
[3] 3GPP TS36.304 Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA); User Equipment (UE) procedures in idle mode
LTE-SW1202, PS Handover between LTE and UTRAN
SUMMARY
UTRAN PS handover is a mobility control functionality between the E-UTRAN and UTRAN PS domain.
INTRODUCTION
PS Handover between LTE and UTRAN provides the seamless data service over LTE and UTRAN coverage. For supporting outgoing inter-RAT handover to UTRAN, the
serving eNB
configures LTE and UTRAN measurements to UEs and determines PS handover to the UTRAN based on the measurement report from the UE. Two procedures,
i.e., PS handover from LTE to UTRAN and PS handover from UTRAN to LTE, are supported.
BENEFIT
Operator Benefits:
 Operator can provide connected mobility to its subscribers over LTE and UTRAN coverage.
User Benefits:
 Users in connected state can move across E-UTRAN and UTRAN coverages, remaining in the connected state.
RELEASE HISTORY
 SSR2.0/SLR2.2 : First release

 SSR4.0/SLR5.0 : Report quantity of UTRAN measurement can be set to both RSCP and EcNo (3GPP Rel.11).
Dependency:
• UTRAN Device, EPC and UTRAN shall support PS handover between E-UTRAN and UTRAN
Limitation:
• N/A
FEATURE DESCRIPTION
When a user under LTE data services gets out of the LTE area and moves to UTRAN, the eNB needs to transit the service to UTRAN using the PS handover procedure to provide seamless
data services. To support seamless data service when a UE moves from E-UTRAN to UTRAN coverage, Samsung eNB supports PS handover to UTRAN under the following conditions:
- Target UTRAN shall support PS handover
- UE shall support measurement reporting for UTRAN frequencies in E-UTRA connected mode
- UE shall support handover to UTRAN
- UTRAN frequency shall be configured for PS handover purpose (Each UTRAN frequency group can be configured to support CS service, PS service or both)
The eNB determines PS handover to the UTRAN based on the UTRAN measurement report in the UE. When the eNB receives the relevant UE measurement results and PS handover towards
UTRAN is possible, the source eNB initiates the inter-RAT PS handover procedures by sending a handover request to the serving MME. According to the handover request from eNB, MME
performs inter-RAT packet handover preparation procedures with UTRAN. In case the handover succeeded, the ‘handover command’ provided by UTRAN will be sent to the UE by the source
eNB. After this message is received by the UE, UE moves on the UTRAN target cell.
The following figure shows the overview of PS handover to UTRAN procedures.

For data user in connected mode, Samsung LTE system provides two types of methods for inter-RAT mobility to UTRAN, i.e., PS redirection and PS handover. Operator can choose which
method is preferred for the inter-RAT mobility. If forced redirection mode is chosen, inter-RAT PS redirection is always used for inter-RAT connected mode mobility to 3G (forced redirection
option). On the other hand, if forced redirection mode is not chosen, inter-RAT PS handover is preferred to PS redirection. Though PS handover is preferred in the system setting, the serving
eNB may perform PS redirection because some reasons, e.g., the UE not support UTRAN measurement/handover or no neighbor UTRAN cell is defined.
If the inter-RAT PS handover is used, the serving eNB configures Event A2 (Serving is worse than a threshold) measurement reporting to trigger UTRAN measurement. On reception of
measurement report triggered by Event A2, the Samsung eNB configures the UTRAN measurement based on Event B2 (Serving becomes worse than threshold_1 and inter RAT neighbor
becomes better than threshold_2) or Event B1(Inter RAT neighbour becomes better than threshold) for the UE. PS handover to UTRAN is triggered on reception of Event B2/B1 as coverage
based trigger. In case of coverage based handover, UTRAN measurement based method is only used, i.e. if there is no UE measurement for UTRAN target carrier/cell, PS handover isn't
triggered. For the UEs which do not support UTRAN measurement or UTRAN handover, the serving eNB always performs PS redirection to move the UE to UTRAN.
The following figure shows the detailed call flow for PS handover from E-UTRAN to UTRAN procedure.
Before performing handover procedures, uplink and downlink data traffic of an LTE UE goes through eNB, S-GW, and P-GW.
1) The UE transmits a measurement report that includes UTRAN measurement. (Event B2 is triggered)
2) The source eNB determines the PS handover to the UTRAN.
3) The source eNB requests PS handover to the UTRAN by transmitting Handover Required to the source MME.
4)~5) Source MME sends Forward Relocation Request to the new SGSN, and SGSN sends Relocation Request to Target RNC. Then, radio access bearer is established between RNC and
SGSN.
6) RNC responds to new SGSN with Relocation Request Acknowledge containing target RAN TEID (DL) for RAB setup for DL traffic, and the target RNC is ready to receive forwarded downlink
PDUs.
7) Forward Relocation Response with SGSN TEID (UL) is sent from new SGSN to old MME to receive the forwarded PDUs from source LTE network.
8)MME sends Create Indirect Data Forwarding Tunnel Request to the S-GW with target SGSN TEID (UL),S-GW becomes capable of forwarding downlink PDUs to target SGSN.
9) S-GW sends the Create Indirect Data Forwarding Tunnel Response to MME with serving S-GW TEID (UL).
10) The source MME sends Handover Command to source eNB with S-GW TEID (UL). S1 bearer for uplink indirect forwarding between eNB and S-GW is established.
11) From this phase, downlink indirect forwarding from source eNB to target RNC is feasible. (Forwarding path: Source eNB => Source S-GW => Target SGSN => Target RNC)
12) After the indirect forwarding tunnels establishment, the source eNB transmits the Mobility from EUTRA command to the UE including the message sent by target UTRAN.
13)~14) The UE is switched to the UTRAN target cell specified by the eNB and transmits HO to UTRAN Complete message to the UTRAN. Then, the Target RNC notifies handover is completed
by transmitting Relocation Complete to the target SGSN.
15)~18) The Target SGSN processes the handover completion procedure with the source MME. Then, Update PDP Context Request/Response procedures are performed, and Iu bearer tunnel
is established.
19) The UE performs the Routing Area Update procedure. Thereafter, the UE continues data service in the UTRAN.
20)~22) Upon the expiration of resource release timers, retained resources in eNB, MME, S-GW are released according the appropriate signalling procedures.
After PS handover to UTRAN is completed, uplink and downlink data traffic of the UE goes through RNC and P-GW.
In case PS handover from UTRAN, handover decision is made by the source UTRAN. The target LTE eNB acquires the handover request in S1AP Handover Request message sent from MME.
When PS handover from UTRAN is requested, the target eNB performs admission control based on the received E-RAB QoS information. In case the handover request is allowed, the target
eNB allocates the required resources according to the received E-RAB QoS information and reserves a C-RNTI and optionally a RACH preamble.
PS handover procedure from the UTRAN is as follows.

1) The source RNC determines the PS handover to the E-UTRAN.
2) The source RNC requests the PS handover by transmitting Relocation Required to the source SGSN.
3)~9) The handover preparation procedure is processed between the source UTRAN and the target E-UTRAN. Through this procedure, resources are allocated to help the UE maintain data
service in the target E-UTRAN after PS handover. If data forwarding is possible, a tunnel for data forwarding is set up.
10) The source RNC receives Relocation Command from the source SGSN.
11) The source RNC transmits the HO from UTRAN Command to the UE as well as the HO command received from the target E-UTRAN.
12) The UE is switched to the E-UTRAN target cell specified by the source RNC and transmits the RRC Connection Reconfiguration Complete to the E-UTRAN.
13) The target eNB notifies that handover is completed by transmitting Handover Notify to the target MME.
14)~18) The target MME processes the handover completion procedure with the source SGSN.
19) The UE performs the Tracking Area Update procedure. Thereafter, the UE continues data service in the E-UTRAN.
20)~23) The source SGSN releases the resources used in the UTRAN after completing PS handover with the E-UTRAN. If a tunnel for data forwarding was set up, the source SGSN and target
MME release the data forwarding tunnel.
FEATURE SCOPE
FR10 All the requirements in SSR3.1 shall be supported.
(SSR4.0/SLR5.0) eNB can configure the UTRAN cell measurement option for both RSCP and EcNo based on system parameter configuration. Both RSCP EcNo measurement is
FR20
configured via Rel.11 RRC IE, which is, reportQuantityUTRA-FDD-r10 {both} in ReportConfigInterRAT IE.
SYSTEM OPERATION
How to Activate
 Configure a neighbour first in the LSM to perform handover with UTRAN.
 To perform handover to UTRAN, select the source cell of the eNB, target RNC and cell of the RNC, and register them in the LSM.
 Set the parameter IS_HO_ALLOWED of CHG-NBR-UTRAN to true.
 Set the parameter INTER-RAT_DATA_OPTION of CHG-INTWO-OPT to UeCapability.
 After pre-configuration, if a connected UE is moved to E-UTRA coverage edge area which is contained in UTRA area.
Key Parameters
RTRV-INTWO-OPT/CHG-INTWO-OPT

Whether to force redirection during UeCapability, UeCapability
the inter RAT PS handover for Data
Call. BlindOnly
INTER_RAT_DA
TA_OPTION
- UeCapability: Redirection Or
handover according to Ue Capability.
- BlindOnly: Redirection is executed

regardless of condition.
RTRV-NBR-UTRAN/CHG-NBR-UTRAN/CRTE-NBR-UTRAN/DLT-NBR-UTRAN

CELL_NUM The cell number. This value must not 0~2 0
exceed the maximum number of cells
supported by the system. It is
determined by Carrier/Sector. For
example, if the maximum capacity
system is 1 Carrier/3 Sector, up to 3
cells are supported.
STATUS The validity of the UTRAN N_EQUIP/EQ N_EQUIP

neighboring cell information. UIP
- N_EQUIP: UTRAN neighboring cell

information is invalid.
- EQUIP: UTRAN neighboring cell

information is valid.
RNC_ID RNC ID of UTRAN neighboring cell 0~4095 0

to the eNB.
C_ID CID of UTRAN neighboring cell to the 0~65535 0

eNB.
IS_ Whether to perform handover to False/True True

UTRAN neighboring cell.
HOALLOWED
- True: Handover is allowed.
- False: Handover is not allowed.
CHG-EUTRA-A2CNF/RTRV-EUTRA-A2CNF
PURPOSE The purpose for using Event A2. It is LteHo/ IRatHo

currently used to activate
measurement gap and redirection. LteBlind/
- LteHo : Used for Gap Activate IRatHo/
- LteBlind : Used for Blind HO IRatBlind/
- IRatHo : Used for IRAT HO Ca/
- IRatBlind : Used for IRAT Blind HO CaPeriodicMr/
- Ca: Used for Carrer Aggregation Srvcc/
- CaPeriodicMr Mdt/
- Srvcc CaInterFreq
- Mdt
- CaInterFreq
ACTIVE_STATE Whether to use Event A2. Inactive/Active Inactive

/
- Inactive: Event A2 is not used.
- Active: Event A2 is used.
CHG-UTRA-B2CNF/RTRV-UTRA-B2CNF
PURPOSE This parameter specifies the purpose InterRatHando InterRatHando
to retrieve the B2 report config ver/ ver
information used for interoperating
with the UTRAN. Srvcc
- InterRatHandover: Activates gap for

IRat HO.
- Srvcc: Trigger SRVCC.
ACTIVE_STATE Whether to use Event B2. Inactive/Active Inactive

/
- Inactive: Event B2 is not used.
- Active: Event B2 is used.
B2_THRESHOL RSRP threshold1 value used in the 0~97 70

D1_RSRP EUTRA measurement report
triggering condition for the UTRA
Event B2.
B2_THRESHOL UTRA RSCP threshold2 value used -5~91 80

D2_UTRA_RSC in the Inter-RAT measurement report
P triggering condition for the Event B2.
TIME_TO_TRIG timeToTrigger value for the UTRA ms 0ms 80ms

GER Event B2. The timeToTrigger value is
the period of time that must be met 40ms
for the UE to trigger a measurement
report. 64ms
80ms
100ms
128ms
160ms
256ms
320ms
480ms
512ms
640ms
1024ms
1280ms
2560ms
5120ms
CHG-INTWO-OPT

CELL_NUM Cell number 0~1 1
Whether to force redirection during UeCapability, UeCapability

the inter RAT PS handover for Data
Call. BlindOnly
INTER_RAT_DA
- UeCapability: Redirection Or
TA_OPTION
handover according to Ue Capability.
- BlindOnly: Redirection is executed

regardless of condition.

RELATION_IDX Database index of UTRAN 0~255 0

neighboring cell.
STATUS The validity of the UTRAN N_EQUIP/EQ N_EQUIP

- N_EQUIP: UTRAN neighboring cell

information is invalid.
- EQUIP: UTRAN neighboring cell

information is valid.
RNC_ID RNC ID of UTRAN neighboring cell 0~4095 0

to the eNB.
C_ID CID of UTRAN neighboring cell to the 0~65535 0

eNB.
LAC The location area code of UTRAN 0~65535 0

neighboring
cell to the eNB.
RAC The routing area code of UTRAN 0~255 0

neighboring cell to the eNB.
MCC0 The broadcast PLMN list information 3 (Char) FFF

(MCC) of UTRAN neighboring cell to
the eNB. It is a three-digit number
with each digit being from 0 to 9.
MNC0 The broadcast PLMN list information 3 (Char) FFF

(MNC) of UTRAN neighboring cell to
the eNB. It is a three-digit or two-digit
number with each digit being from 0
to 9.


to 9.


to 9.


to 9.


to 9.


to 9.
DUPLEX_TYPE The duplex type of UTRAN ci_FDD/ci_TD ci_FDD

neighboring cell to the eNB. D
- ci_FDD: Frequency division duplex.
- ci_TDD: Time division duplex.
P_SCM_CODE The primary scramble code of 0~511 0

UTRAN neighboring cell to the eNB,
which needs only for FDD.
CELL_PARA_ID The cell parameter ID of UTRAN 0~127 0

neighboring cell to the eNB, which
needs only for TDD.
ARFCN_UL The uplink absolute radio frequency 0~16383 0

channel number (ARFCN) of UTRAN
ARFCN_DL The downlink absolute radio 0~16383 0

frequency channel number (ARFCN)
of UTRAN neighboring cell to the
eNB.
IS_REMOVE_A Whether to delete a certain False/True True

LLOWED neighboring cell to the eNB using the
ANR (Automatic Neighbor Relation)
function.
- True: The neighboring cell can be
deleted.
- False: The neighboring cell cannot

be
deleted.
IS_ Whether to perform handover to False/True True

UTRAN neighboring cell.
HOALLOWED
- True: Handover is allowed.
- False: Handover is not allowed.
VOIP_INCAPA Whether to support VoIp of UTRAN False/True True

neighboring cell.
BLE
- True: VoIP is support.
- False: VoIP is not supported.
RIM_SUPPORT Whether to support RIM Procedure of False/True False

UTRAN neighbor cell.
- False: RIM is not support.
- True: RIM is support.
OWNER_TYPE This parameter defines how NRT is NoneType/Initi CreatedBy-

updated, This filed can be classfied alNRT/AnrByS UserCo
Initial NRT/ANR by Server/ANR by erver/AnrByUe/
UE/Created by User CreatedByUser mmand
Command/CreatedByUserUI. Command/Cre
atedByUserUI

determined by Carrier/Sector.
For example, if the maximum

capacity system is 1 Carrier/3 Sector,
up to 3 cells are supported.
FA_INDEX EUTRA frequency index. Up to 8 FAs 0~5 0

can be assigned per cell.
STATUS Whether the EUTRA FA is valid. N_EQUIP/EQ 0

UIP
- N_EQUIP: Invalid.
- EQUIP: Valid.
DUPLEX_TYPE The duplex mode information on a ci_FDD/ci_TD ci_FDD

cell. D
Enter either FDD or TDD.
UARFCN_UL Uplink UTRA Absolute Radio 0~16383 0

UARFCN_DL Downlink UTRA Absolute Radio 0~16383 0

PRIORITY Priority information on the UTRA FA. 0~7 4
THRESH_XHIG The threshold used in the UE to 0~31 0

H reselect a frequency whose priority is
higher than the current camped
frequency.
THRESH_XLO The threshold used to reselect low- 0~31 0

W priority frequency from high-priority
frequency.
Q_RX_LEV_MIN The minimum RX level required in a -60~-13 -50

cell in dBm units.
P_MAX_UTRA The maximum RF output power in -50~33 0

the UE.
Q_QUAL_MIN The minimum quality level required in -24~0 0

UTRA FDD cells.
OFFSET_FREQ The offset applied to UTRA carrier -15~15 0

frequency.
THRESH_XHIG The threshold used in the UE to 0~31 0

H_QREL9 reselect a frequency whose priority is
frequency in Rel-9.

priority frequency from high-priority
W_QREL9 frequency in Rel-9.
ANR_UE_SEAR The Searching Rate of UE which 0.0~100.0 100.0

CH_RATE performs the ANR measurement for
the corresponding carrier index.
PURPOSE The usage of UTRAN carrier 0~2 0

Information
- 0 (BOTH): use for CS and PS HO.
- 1 (CS_ONLY): use for CS HO

(CSFB, SRVCC)
- 2 (PS_ONLY): use for PS HO.
HANDOVER_TY Handover Type per Carrier ci_RatHoEvent ci_RatHoEvent

PE B1/ci_RatHoE B2
- ci_RatHoEventB1 ventB2
- ci_RatHoEventB2
CHG-EUTRA-A2CNF/RTRV-EUTRA-A2CNF

PURPOSE The purpose for using Event A2. It is LteHo/ IRatHo

currently used to activate
measurement gap and redirection. LteBlind/
- LteHo : Used for Gap Activate IRatHo/
- LteBlind : Used for Blind HO IRatBlind/
- IRatHo : Used for IRAT HO Ca/
- IRatBlind : Used for IRAT Blind HO CaPeriodicMr/
- Ca: Used for Carrer Aggregation Srvcc/
- CaPeriodicMr Mdt/
- Srvcc CaInterFreq
- Mdt
- CaInterFreq
ACTIVE_STATE Whether to use Event A2. Inactive/Active Inactive

/
- Active: Event A2 is used.
A2_THRESHOL RSRP threshold used in the EUTRA 0~97 35

D_RSRP measurement report triggering
condition for Event A2.
A2_THRESHOL RSRQ threshold used in the EUTRA 0~34 32

D_RSRQ measurement report triggering
condition for Event A2.
HYSTERESIS Hysteresis applied to entry and leave 0~30 0

condition of Event A2.
TIME_TO_TRIG timeToTrigger value for Event A2. ci_TimeToTrig ci_TimeToTrig

GER The time-ToTrigger value is the ger_ms0/ci_Ti ger_ms480
period of time that must be met for meToTrigger_
the UE to trigger a measurement ms40/ci_Time
report. ToTrigger_ms
64/ci_TimeToT
rigger_ms80/ci
_TimeToTrigg
er_ms100/ci_T
imeToTrigger_
ms128/ci_Tim
eToTrigger_m
s160/ci_TimeT
oTrigger_ms2
56/ci_TimeToT
rigger_ms320/
ci_TimeToTrig
ger_ms480/ci_
TimeToTrigger
_ms512/ci_Ti
meToTrigger_
ms640/ci_Tim
eToTrigger_m
s1024/ci_Time
ToTrigger_ms
1280/ci_TimeT
oTrigger_ms2
560/ci_TimeTo
Trigger_ms51
20
TRIGGER_QUA Quantity (RSRP/RSRQ) used to ci_rsrp/ci_rsrq/ ci_rsrp

NTITY calculate a triggering condition for
Event A2. Either RSRP or RSRQ is
assigned.
REPORT_QUA The quantity information included in a ci_sameAsTrig ci_both

NTITY measurement report for Event A2. It gerQuantity/
can be the same value as the trigger
quantity or be set to include both of ci_both
the RSRP and RSRQ values.
MAX_REPORT_ The maximum number of cells 1~8 8

CELL included in a measurement report for
Event A2.
REPORT_INTE The reporting interval of a ci_ReportInter ci_ReportInter

RVAL measurement report for Event A2. val_ms120/ val_ms240
ci_ReportInter
val_ms240/
ci_ReportInter
val_ms480/
ci_ReportInter
val_ms640/
ci_ReportInter
val_ms1024/
ci_ReportInter
val_ms2048/
ci_ReportInter
val_ms5120/
ci_ReportInter
val_ms10240/
ci_ReportInter
val_min1/
ci_ReportInter
val_min6/
ci_ReportInter
val_min12/
ci_ReportInter
val_min30/
ci_ReportInter
val_min60
REPORT_ The number of measurement reports ci_reportAmou ci_reportAmou

for Event A2. nt_r1/ nt_r8
AMOUNT
ci_reportAmou
nt_r2/
ci_reportAmou
nt_r4/
ci_reportAmou
nt_r8/
ci_reportAmou
nt_r16/
ci_reportAmou
nt_r32/
ci_reportAmou
nt_r64/
ci_reportAmou
nt_infinity
CHG-UTRA-B2CNF/RTRV-UTRA-B2CNF

CELL_NUM This parameter specifies the cell 0~MAX_CELL 0
number to retrieve the B2 report _PER_ENB
config information used for
interoperating with the UTRAN.
PURPOSE This parameter specifies the purpose InterRatHando InterRatHando

to retrieve the B2 report config ver/ ver
with the UTRAN. Srvcc
- InterRatHandover: Activates gap for

IRat HO.
- Srvcc: Trigger SRVCC.
FA_INDEX This parameter specifies the 0~5 0

frequency index to retrieve the B2
report config information used for
This value corresponds to the

faIndex of UtraFaPriorInfoFunc PLD
one to one.
ACTIVE_STATE Whether to use Event B2. Inactive/Active Inactive

/
- Inactive: Event B2 is not used.
- Active: Event B2 is used.
B2_THRESHOL RSRP threshold1 value used in the 0~97 70

D1_RSRP EUTRA measurement report
Event B2.
B2_THRESHOL RSRQ threshold1 value used in the 0~34 10

D1_RSRQ EUTRA measurement report
Event B2.
B2_THRESHOL UTRA RSCP threshold2 value used -5~91 80
D2_UTRA_RSC in the Inter-RAT measurement report
P triggering condition for the Event B2.
B2_THRESHOL UTRA EcNO threshold2 value used 0~49 20

D2_UTRA_ECN in the Inter-RAT measurement report
O triggering condition for the Event B2.
HYSTERESIS Hysteresis applied to entry and leave 0~30 0

condition of the UTRA Event B2.
TIME_TO_TRIG timeToTrigger value for the UTRA ms 0ms 80ms

GER Event B2. The timeToTrigger value is
the period of time that must be met 40ms
for the UE to trigger a measurement
report. 64ms
80ms
100ms
128ms
160ms
256ms
320ms
480ms
512ms
640ms
1024ms
1280ms
2560ms
5120ms
MAX_REPORT_ The maximum number of cells 1~8 1
CELL included in a measurement report for
the UTRA Event B2.
REPORT_INTE The reporting interval of a 120ms 240ms

RVAL measurement report for the UTRA
Event B2. 240ms
480ms
640ms
1024ms
2048ms
5120ms
10240ms
1min
6min
12min
30min
60min
REPORT_AMO The number of measurement reports 1 1

UNT for the UTRA Event B2.
2
16
32
64
Infinity
TRIGGER_QUA The EUTRA quantity used to RSRP RSRP

NTITY_EUTRA calculate a triggering condition for the
UTRA Event B2. RSRQ
REPORT_QUA Whether or not reportQuantityUTRA- ci_use ci_use

NTITY_UTRA FDD-r10 is added to
ReportConfigInterRAT
ci_no_use
Counters and KPIs

RatOutAttUTR LTE to inter-RAT UTRAN handover attempt count.
AN
RatOutPrepSu LTE to inter-RAT UTRAN handover preparation success
ccUTRAN count
RatOutSuccU LTE to inter-RAT UTRAN handover execution success
TRAN count
RatOutPrepFai Preparation fails due to reset notification (eNB failure or
lUTRAN_CP_ block restart) from ECMB or by the ECCB block during
CC_FAIL the UTRAN handover preparation.
RatOutPrepFai Preparation fails due to S1AP specification cause during
lUTRAN_S1A the UTRAN handover preparation.
Inter-RAT UTRAN PS P_CU_FAIL
Handover OUT RatOutPrepFai Preparation fails due to S1 SCTP link failure during the
lUTRAN_S1A UTRAN handover preparation.
P_LINK_FAIL
RatOutPrepFai Preparation fails due to S1AP relocprep timeout (not
lUTRAN_S1A received) during the UTRAN handover preparation.
P_RP_TO
RatOutPrepFai Preparation fails due to receiving S1AP signaling during
lUTRAN_S1A the UTRAN handover preparation.
P_SIG_FAIL
RatOutFailUT A call is released due to call control timeout in the
RAN_CP_CC_ protocol blocks (MAC, RLC, PDCP, GTP) during the
TO UTRAN handover execution.
RatOutFailUT A call is released due to reset notification (eNB failure or
RAN_CP_CC_ block restart) from ECMB or by the ECCB block during
FAIL the UTRAN handover preparation.
RatOutFailUT A call is released due to the failure in the GTP block
RAN_UP_GTP during the UTRAN handover execution.
_FAIL
RatOutFailUT A call is released due to the failure in the MAC block
RAN_UP_MA during the UTRAN handover execution.
C_FAIL
RatOutFailUT A call is released due to the failure in the PDCP block
RAN_UP_PD during the UTRAN handover execution.
CP_FAIL
RatOutFailUT A call is released due to the failure in the RLC block
RAN_UP_RLC during the UTRAN handover execution.
_FAIL
RatOutFailUT A call is released due to receiving RRC signaling during
RAN_RRC_SI the UTRAN handover execution.
G_FAIL
RatOutFailUT A call is released due to the S1AP specification cause
RAN_S1AP_C during the UTRAN handover execution.
U_FAIL
RatOutFailUT A call is released due to the S1 SCTP link failure during
RAN_S1AP_LI the UTRAN handover execution.
NK_FAIL
RatOutFailUT A call is released due to S1AP relocoverall timeout (not
RAN_S1AP_R received) during the UTRAN handover execution.
O_TO
RatOutFailUT A call is released due to receiving S1AP signaling during
RAN_S1AP_S the UTRAN handover execution.
IG_FAIL
Inter-RAT UTRAN PS RatInAttUTRA Inter-RAT UTRAN to LTE handover attempt count
Handover IN N
RatInPrepSuc Inter-RAT UTRAN to LTE handover preparation success
cUTRAN count.
RatInSuccUTR Inter-RAT UTRAN to LTE handover execution success
AN count.
RatInPrepFail Preparation fails due to call control timeout in the
UTRAN_CP_C protocol blocks (MAC, RLC, PDCP, GTP) during the
C_TO UTRAN handover preparation.
RatInPrepFail Preparation fails due to reset notification (eNB failure or
UTRAN_CP_C block restart) from ECMB or by the ECCB block during
C_FAIL the UTRAN handover preparation.
RatInPrepFail Preparation fails due to internal failure in the GTP block
UTRAN_UP_ during the UTRAN handover preparation.
GTP_FAIL
RatInPrepFail Preparation fails due to internal failure in the MAC block
UTRAN_UP_ during the UTRAN handover preparation.
MAC_FAIL
RatInPrepFail Preparation fails due to internal failure in the PDCP
UTRAN_UP_P block during the UTRAN handover preparation.
DCP_FAIL
RatInPrepFail Preparation fails due to internal failure in the RLC block
UTRAN_UP_R during the UTRAN handover preparation.
LC_FAIL
RatInPrepFail Preparation fails due to insufficient backhaul-based eNB
UTRAN_CP_B resources during the UTRAN handover preparation.
H_CAC_FAIL
RatInPrepFail Preparation fails due to insufficient capacity-based eNB
UTRAN_CP_C resources during the UTRAN handover preparation.
APA_CAC_FA
IL
RatInPrepFail Preparation fails due to insufficient QoS-based eNB
UTRAN_CP_ resources during the UTRAN handover preparation.
QOS_CAC_F
AIL
RatInPrepFail Preparation fails due to S1AP specification cause during
UTRAN_S1AP the UTRAN handover preparation.
_CU_FAIL
RatInPrepFail Preparation fails due to S1 SCTP link failure during the
UTRAN_S1AP UTRAN handover preparation.
_LINK_FAIL
RatInPrepFail Preparation fails due to receiving S1AP signaling during
UTRAN_S1AP the UTRAN handover preparation.
_SIG_FAIL
RatInFailUTR A call is released due to call control timeout in the
AN_CP_CC_T protocol blocks (MAC, RLC, PDCP, GTP) during the
O UTRAN handover execution.
RatInFailUTR A call is released due to reset notification (eNB failure or
AN_CP_CC_F block restart) from ECMB or by the ECCB block during
AIL the UTRAN handover preparation.
RatInFailUTR A call is released due to the failure in the GTP block
AN_UP_GTP_ during the UTRAN handover execution.
FAIL
RatInFailUTR A call is released due to the failure in the MAC block
AN_UP_MAC_ during the UTRAN handover execution.
FAIL
RatInFailUTR A call is released due to the failure in the PDCP block
AN_UP_PDCP during the UTRAN handover execution.
_FAIL
RatInFailUTR A call is released due to the failure in the RLC block
AN_UP_RLC_ during the UTRAN handover execution.
FAIL
RatInFailUTR A call is released due to HO command timeout (not
AN_RRC_HC_ received) during the UTRAN handover execution.
TO
RatInFailUTR A call is released due to receiving RRC signaling during
AN_RRC_SIG the UTRAN handover execution.
_FAIL
RatInFailUTR A call is released due to the S1AP specification cause
AN_S1AP_CU during the UTRAN handover execution.
_FAIL
RatInFailUTR A call is released due to the S1 SCTP link failure during
AN_S1AP_LIN the UTRAN handover execution.
K_FAIL
RatInFailUTR A call is released due to receiving S1AP signaling during
AN_S1AP_SI the UTRAN handover execution.
G_FAIL
RatInFailUTR A call is released due to S1AP signaling timeout (not
AN_S1AP_SI received) during the UTRAN handover execution.
G_TO
MOBILITY (KPI) EutranMobility HOInterRatUtranOut rate of E-UTRAN mobility
HOInterRatUtr
anOut
sumHOInterRa Total LTE to Inter-RAT UTRAN handover attempt count
tUtranOut_Att
sumHOInterRa Total LTE to Inter-RAT UTRAN handover preparation
tUtranOut_Suc failure count
c
sumHOInterRa Total LTE to Inter-RAT UTRAN handover preparation
tUtranOut_Pre success count
pSucc
EutranMobility HOInterRatUtranIn rate of E-UTRAN mobility
HOInterRatUtr
anIn
sumHOInterRa Total Inter-RAT UTRAN to LTE handover attempt count
tUtranIn_Att
sumHOInterRa Total Inter-RAT UTRAN to LTE handover execution
tUtranIn_Succ success count
sumHOInterRa Total Inter-RAT UTRAN to LTE handover preparation
tUtranIn_Prep success count
Succ
ABBREVIATIONS
REFERENCE
[3] 3GPP TS36. 413 Evolved Universal Terrestrial Access Network (E-UTRAN); S1 Application Protocol (S1AP)
[4] 3GPP TS23.401 Technical Specification Group Services and System Aspects; GPRS enhancements for E-UTRAN access
LTE-SW1204, Redirection to UTRAN without SI
SUMMARY
This is outbound mobility control functionality to UTRAN. When mobility event to UTRAN is occurred, eNB redirects the UE towards UTRAN.
INTRODUCTION
This is outbound mobility control functionality to UTRAN. When mobility event to UTRAN is occurred, eNB redirects the UE towards UTRAN.
BENEFIT
Operator Benefits: Operator can provide connected mobility to its subscribers from E-UTRAN to UTRAN. End User Benefits: Users in connected state can move from E-UTRAN to UTRAN.
RELEASE HISTORY
SLR2.2 (New)
SLR2.4 (Maintained)
SLR3.0 (Enhanced)
UTRAN Device, EPC and UTRAN shall support this feature
FEATURE DESCRIPTION
Operator needs to provide PS data service continuously even when the LTE/3G dual mode UE enters the 3G-only coverage area. As one of the methods to send the data UE to UTRAN, eNB
initiates the redirection (release with redirect) procedures. This is indicated by the redirect carrier information in the RRC CONNECTION RELEASE message. In case of redirection, triggering
due to UE’s mobility is supported even if no prior UE measurements have been performed on the target UTRAN cell and/or frequency. The following figure shows the overview of Redirection to
UTRAN without SI procedure.
For the UE which is candidate of PS redirection, the serving eNB configures Event A2 (Serving is worse than a threshold_0) measurement to trigger PS redirection. When the Event A2
measurement report from the UE is received, PS redirection to a target UTRA carrier is performed. On triggering of PS redirection, the serving eNB redirects the UE to the selected carrier by
sending RRCConnectionRelease message which includes redirectedCarrierInfoIE.
Following figure shows the detailed call flow for Redirection to UTRAN without SI procedure.
Before redirection, uplink and downlink data traffic of an LTE UE goes through eNB, S-GW, and P-GW.
1) As the UE moves away from the source eNB, the eNB determines redirection to UTRAN.(Event A2 is triggered)
2) The eNB transmits RRCConnectionRelease to theUE. The message includes the target UTRA carrier frequency to which UE will be redirected. At this step, the eNB releases both SRB and
DRB.
3) The eNB transmits the UE Context Release Request to the MMEin order to release the UE specific S1 connection between eNB and S-GW.
4) The MME sends the Release Access Bearer Request to the S-GW to release the S1-U bearer.
5) The S-GW responses by sending the Release Access Bearer Response to the MME after releasing the eNB related information. Other elements of the UE’s S-GW contexts are not affected in
S-GW, and S-GW starts buffering the downlink packets received for the UE.
6) The MME sends the UE Context Release Command to the eNB to release the S1 signaling connection.
7) The eNB confirms the S1 Release by returning an S1 UE Context Release Complete message to the MME. With this, the signalling connection between the MME and the eNB for that UE is
released.
8) The UE is switched to the UTRA carrier that is specified by the eNB in the RRC Connection Release, and connects to the UTRAN. The UE performs the Routing Area Update procedure. In
thus procedure, SGSN generally makes a bearer connection to the old P-GW (GGSN) for seamless IP mobility, and the PS session can be continuously served in UTRAN with the same IP
address of LTE. For the detail procedures for Routing Area Update, refer to the detail design document of Core Network. The source MME releases any retained RAN and S-GW resources
when a certain timer expires.
After the redirection is completed, data traffic of the UE goes through RNC and P-GW if the direct tunnel is available.
According to the characteristics of the deployed site, the number of UTRA frequencies is configurable. Up to 6 different UTRA frequencies can be assigned per cell. And the purpose of each
UTRA frequency can be configurable based on supported service as follows:
- CS_ONLY(1): for CSFB (Redirection w/o SI, Redirection w/ SI, HO), SRVCC
- PS_ONLY(2): for PS mobility (Redirection w/o SI, Redirection w/ SI, HO)
- BOTH(0): for all cases
If a UE has been instructed to complete Redirection process with a target UARFCN and cannot find the target UARFCN, the UE shall try to camp on any suitable cell based on Stored
Information. If the UE fails to camp on any suitable cell based on the Stored Information or the UE has no Stored Information or it , then the UE should execute a complete 3G band search
before trying again to complete other RAT/band searches (ie back to 4G). In more detail, if a UE has not been able to find the target UARFCN and has to start the complete 3G band search then,
during that 3G search, the UE should execute a cell selection process & not a cell re-selection process. If cell selection is not achieved on 3G layer, the UE could move from 3G to LTE during
the subsequent cell selection phase on the basis of inter-RAT weighting (the preference for LTE UEs to move to LTE layer).
FEATURE SCOPE
SYSTEM OPERATION
How to Activate
To enable this feature, Operator should configure the UTRAN Frequency Information by using ‘CHG-UTRA-FA’ command and configure A2 report
configuration for ci_A2PurposeIRatHo and/or ci_A2PurposeIRatBlind.
If ‘interRatDataOption’ in ‘CHG-INTWO-OPT’ is set to “Data_BlindOnly”, Blind Redirection is executed regardless UE’s capabilities on
Measurement for UTRAN and PS handover to UTRAN.
Key Parameters
CHG-UTRA-FA / RTRV-UTRA-FA

STATUS This parameter indicates whether to 0~1 0
use the UTRAN carrier information. -
- N_EQUIP: Does not use the
UTRAN carrier information.
- EQUIP: Uses the UTRAN carrier
information.
DUPLEX_TYPE This parameter is the duplex mode 0~1 0
-
- FDD: Frequency Division Duplex.
- TDD: Time Division Duplex.
UARFCN_UL This parameter sets the Uplink 0 ~ 16383 0
Absolute Radio Frequency Channel
Number(ARFCN) value for the UTRA
Frequency.
-
It executes Data Rule Check (DRC)
to ensure that the same Uplink
ARFCN value based on the EQUIP
state is not entered.
UARFCN_DL This parameter sets the Downlink 0 ~ 16383 0
Frequency. It executes Data Rule -
Check (DRC) to ensure that the
same Downlink ARFCN value based
on the EQUIP state is not entered.
CHG-EUTRA-A2CNF / RTRV-EUTRA-A2CNF

PURPOSE This parameter is the purpose of 0 ~ 10 Index
using the Event A2 per cell. It is used
to activate the measurement gap as
default.
- LteHo : Used for Gap Activate.
- LteBlind : Used for Blind HO.
-
- IRatHo : Used for IRAT HO.
- IRatBlind : Used for IRAT Blind HO.
- Ca: Used for Carrer Aggregation.
- CaPeriodicMr: Used for Add Smart
Carrier Aggregation Periodic
Measure Config.
- Srvcc: Used for Single Radio Voice
Call Continuity.
- Mdt: Used for Minimization of Drive
Tests.
- CaInterFreq: Used for Inter
Frequency Carrier Aggregation.
- InterFreqAnrTrigger: Used for Inter
Frequency Anr.
- InterRatAnrTrigger: Used for Inter
Rat Anr.
ACTIVE_STATE This parameter indicates whether 0~1 Inactive
event A2 is enabled/disabled per
target frequency. This change will be
applied to the UE from next RRC
signaling procedure (e.g. Attach or
Idle to Active). To avoid overload, a
new setting will not be updated to the -
current active UEs.
- Active: Event A2 is used. If HO of
the target frequency is not needed in
the site, this is inactive.
CHG- INTWO-OPT / RTRV-INTWO-OPT

INTER_RAT_DA This parameter indicates whether to 0~1 Data_BlindOnl
TA_OPTION force redirection during the inter RAT y
PS handover for Data Call.
- Data_UeCapability: Redirection Or -
handover according to UE Capability.
- Data_BlindOnly: Redirection is
executed regardless of condition.
Counters and KPIs

PS_REDIR_UTRAN_O PsRedirAttUtra
PS Redirection to Inter RAT UTRAN attempt count
UT n
PsRedirPrepS PS Redirection to Inter RAT UTRAN preparation
uccUtran success count
PsRedirSuccU PS Redirection to Inter RAT UTRAN execution success
tran count
ABBREVIATIONS
REFERENCE
LTE-SW1205, Redirection to UTRAN with SI
SUMMARY
This is outbound mobility control functionality to UTRAN. When mobility event to UTRAN is occurred, eNB redirects the UE towards UTRAN and transfers system information of neighboring
UTRAN cells.
INTRODUCTION
This is outbound mobility control functionality to UTRAN. When mobility event to UTRAN is occurred, eNB redirects the UE towards UTRAN. If SI (System Information) of the neighboring cells in
the selected carrier is available, SI of neighboring UTRAN cells are included in the message as well as the redirected UTRA carrier information.
BENEFIT
Operator Benefits:
 Operator can provide connected mobility to its subscribers from E-UTRAN to UTRAN.
User Benefits:
 Users in connected state can move from E-UTRAN to UTRAN.
RELEASE HISTORY
 SLR2.2 (New)
 SLR2.4 (Maintained)
 SLR3.0 (Enhanced)
Dependency:
Limitation:
• N/A
FEATURE DESCRIPTION
By using this feature, serving eNB can include system information of the target cell in the redirection message, so that call setup delay in UTRAN can be reduced..
Operator needs to provide PS data service continuously even when the LTE/3G dual mode UE enters the 3G-only coverage area. As one of the methods to send the data UE to UTRAN, eNB
initiates the redirection (release with redirect) procedures.
This is indicated by the redirect carrier information in the RRC CONNECTION RELEASE message. If UE supports the enhanced redirection to UTRAN and System Information (SI) of
neighboring UTRAN cell is available, carry out Redirection with SI to reduced the call setup time is UTRAN. The following figure shows the overview of PS redirection to UTRAN with SI
procedures.
For the UE which is candidate of PS redirection, the serving eNB configures Event A2 (Serving is worse than a threshold_0) measurement to trigger PS redirection. When the Event A2
measurement report from the UE is received, PS redirection to a target UTRA carrier is performed. On triggering of PS redirection, the serving eNB redirects the UE to the selected carrier by
sending RRCConnectionRelease message which includes redirectedCarrierInfoIE. It system information of the neighboring cells in the selected carrier is available, the system information is
included in RRCConnectionRelease message. Otherwise, redirected UTRA carrier information is only included in the message (Redirection to UTRAN without SI feature). To acquire system
information from neighboring UTRAN cells, the serving eNB and neighboring UTRAN cells should support RIM procedures.
Following figure shows the detailed call flow for redirection to UTRAN procedure.
Before redirection, uplink and downlink data traffic of an LTE UE goes through eNB, S-GW, and P-GW.
1) As the UE moves away from the source eNB, the eNB determines redirection to UTRAN.(Event A2 is triggered)
2) The eNB transmits RRCConnectionRelease to the UE. The message includes the target UTRA carrier frequency which UE will be redirected. If SI (System Information) of the neighboring
cells in the selected carrier is available, SI of neighboring UTRAN cells are included. At this step, the eNB releases both SRB and DRB.
3) The eNB transmits the UE Context Release Request to the MME in order to release the UE specific S1 connection between eNB and S-GW.
4) The MME sends the Release Access Bearer Request to the S-GW to release the S1-U bearer.
5) The S-GW responses by sending the Release Access Bearer Response to the MME after releasing the eNB related information. Other elements of the UE’s S-GW contexts are not affected in
S-GW, and S-GW starts buffering the downlink packets received for the UE.
6) The MME sends the UE Context Release Command to the eNB to release the S1 signaling connection.
7) The eNB confirms theS1 Release by returning an S1 UE Context Release Complete message to the MME. With this, the signalling connection between the MME and the eNB for that UE is
released.
8) The UE is switched to the UTRA carrier that is specified by the eNB in the RRC Connection Release, and connects to the UTRAN. The UE performs the Routing Area Update procedure. In
thus procedure, SGSN generally makes a bearer connection to the old P-GW (GGSN) for seamless IP mobility, and the PS session can be continuously served in UTRAN with the same IP
address of LTE. For the detail procedures for Routing Area Update, refer to the detail design document of Core Network. The source MME releases any retained RAN and S-GW resources
when a certain timer expires.
After the redirection is completed, data traffic of the UE goes through RNC and P-GW if the direct tunnel is available.
 CS_ONLY(1): for CSFB (Redirection without SI, Redirection with SI, HO), SRVCC
 PS_ONLY(2): for PS mobility (Redirection without SI, Redirection with SI, HO)
 BOTH(0): for all cases
When reviewing the UE behavior under a failure to reach the target RAT/frequency, the version of the document Samsung refers to the 3gpp specification 3GPP TS 36.304 is Rel-9 (9.11.0).
before trying again to complete other RAT/band searches (ie., back to 4G).In more detail, if a UE has not been able to find the target UARFCN and has to start the complete 3G band search
then, during that 3G search, the UE should execute a cell selection process&not a cell re-selection process. If cell selection is not achieved on 3G layer, the UE could move from 3G to LTE
during the subsequent cell selection phase on the basis of inter-RAT weighting (the preference for LTE UEs to move to LTE layer).
FEATURE SCOPE
SYSTEM OPERATION
How to Activate
To enable this feature, Operator should configure the GERAN Frequency Information by using ‘CHG-UTRA-FA’ command and configure A2 report
Measurement for UTRAN and PS handover to UTRAN.
‘isAllowedRim’ parameter should be set as ‘True’ using ‘CHG-HO-OPT’. This parameter configures the RIM procedure and ‘rimSupport’ parameter
should be set as ‘True’ using ‘CHG-NBR-UTRAN’.
Key Parameters

use the UTRAN carrier information.
-
information.
-
Frequency.
-

using the Event A2 per cell. It is used -
default.
Measure Config.
Call Continuity.
Tests.
Frequency Anr.
Rat Anr.
current active UEs.

TA_OPTION force redirection during the inter RAT - y
- Data_UeCapability: Redirection Or
CHG-HO-OPT / RTRV-HO-OPT

RIM_ENABLE This parameter indicates whether to BOOL False
RAT (WCDMA, GEARN). -
- False: Does not perform the RIM
function.
- True: Performs the RIM function.
CHG-NBR-UTRAN / RTRV-NBR-UTRAN / CRTE-NBR-UTRAN / DLT-NBR-UTRAN

RIM_SUPPORT This parameter is whether the BOOL True
UTRAN neighbor cell supports the
RIM. This parameter indicates
whether or not the RIM procedure of
a neighbor UTRAN cell is supported.
If it is set to False, then the RIM
procedure is not executed. If it is set -
to True, then the RIM procedure is
executed. It must be set accurately
since the RIM procedure execution is
determined by the setting.
- False: RIM is not supported.
- True: RIM is supported.
Counters and KPIs

PS_REDIR_UTRAN_O PsRedirAttUtra
PS Redirection to Inter RAT UTRAN attempt count
UT n
PsRedirPrepS PS Redirection to Inter RAT UTRAN preparation
uccUtran success count
PsRedirSuccU PS Redirection to Inter RAT UTRAN execution success
tran count
ABBREVIATIONS
REFERENCE
LTE-SW1206, SRVCC to UTRAN
SUMMARY
SRVCC handover is outbound mobility control functionality of VoLTE call. SRVCC supports voice continuity of VoLTE calls from E-UTRAN to UTRAN. This requires SGs interface between MME
and MSC.
INTRODUCTION
The eNB provides continuous voice service using the SRVCC handover procedure by switching a user to the UTRAN CS domain when the Voice over LTE (VoLTE) service user moves out of
LTE area and into a UTRAN where the PS-based voice service is not available.
The eNB determines SRVCC handover to UTRAN based on UTRAN measurement report. When the eNB receives the UTRAN measurement result from the UE, it selects a handover target cell
and processes the handover preparation procedure. When the handover preparation procedure with the UTRAN is successful, the eNB orders ‘SRVCC handover to UTRAN’ to the UE. The UE
is handed over to the target cell of UTRAN that is specified by the eNB and receives CS voice service from the UTRAN.
BENEFIT
Operator Benefits:
 Operator can provide voice continuity (VoLTE) to its subscribers from E-UTRAN to UTRAN.
User Benefits:
 Users during VoIP call (VoLTE) can move from E-UTRAN to UTRAN, remaining the connected state.
RELEASE HISTORY
 SLR2.4 (New)
 SLR3.1 (Enhanced)
Dependency:
• UTRAN Device, EPC, IMS, and UTRAN shall support this feature.
• Need IOT with SRVCC capable terminal and the related network entities, i.e. EPC, UTRAN and IMS.
Limitation:
• N/A
FEATURE DESCRIPTION
Voice over LTE (VoLTE) service is expected to be seamless even when the UE moves away from the LTE coverage and enters the 3G-only coverage. The voice call continuity for a UE with
single radio across LTE and 3G systems can be supported using Single Radio Voice Call Continuity (SRVCC) and PS handover features. Unlike PS Handover, the SRVCC procedure supports
the voice call service continuity to the UE through PS domain in LTE and CS domain in the 3G system.
To support SRVCC, interworking between LTE, 3G, and IMS is required. MSC Server enhanced for SRVCC uses a new GTP based Sv interface towards MME in the LTE domain to manage the
SRVCC procedure. The eNB needs to support the functionality for sending an indication to MME that this handover procedure requires SRVCC. The below figure shows SRVCC architecture and
traffic path of a voice call before and after SRVCC operation.
SRVCC is triggered when the UE which contains VoLTE traffic finds that inter-RAT handover is required. Handover decision criterion and priority is the same as PS handover. At the triggering of
handover, SRVCC instead of PS handover is triggered for the VoLTE UE. PS handover to UTRAN function is turned on in the serving LTE cell to utilize the SRVCC function. The following figure
shows the procedures to trigger SRVCC to UTRAN.
1) When a UTRAN-capable UE accesses the LTE eNB, the serving LTE cell checks and saves the SRVCC capability of the UE.
2) The serving LTE cell also checks and saves SRVCC capability of the UE and network from communication with serving MME.
3) In PS handover to UTRAN enabled LTE cell, the serving eNB configures Event A2 measurement for inter-RAT handver after UE's connection. The UE keeps measuring the RSRP of a
connected carrier to check wheter the signal strength in the current LTE carrier becomes worse than a threshold.
4) VoLTE call is established.
5) If the UE finds that the RSRP of a connected carrier becomes lower than the configured threshold, it sends a measurement report event type A2 to the serving eNB. Then the eNB sends UE
an RRCConnectionReconfiguration message to activate UE measurement gap. This allows UE searching for the signal of UTRAN cell when the UE moves to a boundary area of LTE coverage.
If the UE finds the UTRAN cell satisfying the configured Event B1 or Event B2 condition, measurement report containing Event B1/B2 will be transmitted to the source cell.
6) When the source eNB receives the Event B1/B2 measurement report, it checks the UE's on-going bearers and capability information. If the UE contains VoLTE bearer with QCI=1 and the
target network support 3G Voice over PS, PS handover to UTRAN is triggered to maintain the VoIP call. Otherwise, the target network does not support 3G Voice over PS but supports SRVCC,
the serving eNB decides to trigger SRVCC handover rather than PS handover.
7) If the source eNB devides to perform SRVCC, it is notified to the source MME by sending Handover Required message which includes SRVCC Handover Indication IE.
8) Remaining SRVCC signaling procedure follows as defined in 3GPP sepcidications.
There exist two methods for supporting the continuous voice service when the VoLTE user enters the 3G-only coverage. The first method is VoLTE to VoHSPA (Voice over HSPA) handover,
which is almost the same as normal PS handover procedures in the view of RAN systems. If the target UTRAN cell supports VoIP over UTRAN, on-going IMS signalling bearer and VoIP media
bearer can be moved from the source LTE cell to the target UTRAN cell through normal PS handover with QoS mapping. The second method is SRVCC, where VoLTE call in LTE is changed to
CS call in UTRAN through session transfer procedures. Samsung LTE system supports both methods for VoLTE call continuity.
Inter-RAT mobility procedure is started when a serving eNB receives Event A2 (Serving becomes worse than a threshold) measurement report by a UE. If the UE contains on-going VoLTE call
(QCI=1) on reception of Event A2 measurement report, SRVCC handover is also considered. Therefore, the UTRAN neighboring cells included in the Event B2/B1 inter-RAT measurement
object can be summarized as follows:
 PS handover-capable neighboring cells in the UTRA carriers with the purpose of 'CS_ONLY' or 'BOTH'.
 VoIP-capable and PS handover-capable neighboring cells in the UTRA carriers with the purpose of 'PS_ONLY'.
When the serving eNB receives the Event B2/B1 measurement report, the eNB evaluates the VoIP capability of the chosen UTRAN cell. If chosen UTRAN target cell is capable of VoIP over
UTRAN, i.e., 'VOIP_INCAPABLE' parameter is set to 'FALSE', normal PS handover is triggered. Otherwise, SRVCC handover is triggered to the chosen target cell.
When eNB decides to trigger SRVCC handover, the eNB notifies it to MME by including SRVCC HO Indication IE in HANDOVER REQUIRED message. Based on local configuration, MME
selects MSC server enhanced for SRVCC and sends SRVCC PS to CS request message to the MSC server enhanced for SRVCC via the Sv interface. The SRVCC PS to CS request message
contains STN-SR (Session Transfer Number for SRVCC) which enables the network elements to uniquely identify the on-going IMS voice session of the UE. Based on the given information, CS
resource reservation and session transfer procedures are performed and completed by 3G and IMS systems. The detailed signaling procedures for SRVCC can be summarized as follows:
1) SRVCC handover to a specific target cell is determined by the serving eNB according to the procedures described above.
2) The source eNB requests SRVCC handover to the UTRAN by transmitting Handover Required message including SRVCC HO Indication IE to the source MME. SRVCC HO indication
indicates to MME that this is for CS+PS HO.
3) Based on the QCI associated with the voice bearer (QCI 1) and the SRVCC HO Indication, the source MME splits the voice bearer from all other PS bearers.
4) Source MME initiates the PS-CS handover procedure for the voice bearer by sending a SRVCC PS to CS Request message to the MSC Server. MSC server sends Prepare Handover
Request message to the target MSC, and Target MSC requests resource allocation for the CS relocation by sending the Relocation Request to Target RNC.
5) In parallel to the previous step for CS bearer relocation, PS bearer relocation procedure is initiated by the source MME. After the target RNC receives both the CS relocation request with the
PS relocation request, it assigns the appropriate CS and PS resources.
6) Responses to PS bearer relocation in Step 5.
7) Responses to CS bearer relocation in Step 4. After CS bearer relocation response procedures, circuit connection is established between the target MSC and the MGW associated with the
MSC Server.
8) The MSC Server initiates the Session Transfer with IMS. Standard IMS Service Continuity procedures are applied for execution of the Session Transfer, TS 23.237. As the results of Session
Transfer, the downlink flow of VoIP packets in IMS is switched towards the CS access leg, and the source IMS access leg is released.
9) The MSC Server sends a SRVCC PS to CS Response message to the source MME (Response to Step 4a).
10) Source MME synchronises the two prepared relocations and sends a HANDOVER COMMAND message to the source eNB.
11) The source eNB transmits the MobilityFromEUTRACommand command to the UE including the message sent by target UTRAN.
12) The MS is switched to the UTRAN target cell specified by the eNB and transmits HANDOVER TO UTRAN COMPLETE message to the UTRAN.
13) CS relocation complete procedures are performed. After the CS relocation is completed, MSC Server may perform an MAP Update Location to the HSS/HLR if needed.
14) In parallel to the Step 13, PS relocation complete procedures are performed. Target SGSN updates the bearer with Serving GW.
15) The source MME releases the resources used in the E-UTRAN after completing SRVCC handover to the UTRAN.
FEATURE SCOPE
The eNB can control the UTRAN measurement of the UE. - Reflects UE supported bands for UTRAN - Reflects UE Radio Access Capability for inter-frequency measurement (FGI bit
FR10
number 22) - Reflects the necessity of measurement gap per UE supported band - Measurement gap activation/deactivation if needed
FR20 The eNB can determine SRVCC handover to the UTRAN according to the UTRAN measurement result of the UE.
The eNB can process the measurement configuration of the UE that supports UTRAN RVCC handover. -Selects a UTRA carriers to which measurement will be ordered based on the
FR30 UTRA supported band (FDD or TDD) that is supported by the UE among the neighbor UTRA carriers. - Reporting configuration by reflecting measurement event setup for UTRAN
SRVCC handover - UTRAN neighbor cell list configuration by reflecting whether VoIP is supported per UTRAN neighbor cell
FR40 The eNB can determine the target cell of UTRAN SRVCC handover. - Selects the best cell of UTRAN cell(s) included in the measurement report
FR50 The eNB can configure Source to Target Transparent Container that will be transmitted to the target UTRAN. - Source RNC to Target RNC Transparent Container [3GPP TS25.413]
FR60 The eNB can process HO preparation with a target UTRAN according to the SRVCC handover procedure to UTRAN.
The eNB can collect the statistics for the outgoing UTRAN SRVCC handover procedure. - Outgoing UTRAN SRVCC handover attempt/success/failure (collection unit: source cell, target
FR70
cell)
SYSTEM OPERATION
How to Activate
interRatVolteOption should be set as Volte_SrvccOnly or Volte_UeCapability or be set as Volte_SameAsData in case interRatDataOption is not set
as Data_BlindOnly by using ‘CHG-INTWO-OPT’.
To enable this feature, Operator should configure the UTRAN Frequency Information and purpose of target UTRAN frequency should be set to
CS_ONLY or BOTH by using ‘CHG-UTRA-FA’ command and A2 report configuration for ci_A2PurposeSrvcc and B2 report configuration for the
each UTRAN carrier.
The handover target UTRAN cell need to be registered in the serving cell UTRAN neighboring cell list and srvccOption should be set as
srvccWithPSHO or srvccWithoutPSHO.
Key Parameters

INTER_RAT_VO How to the perform the inter RAT 0~3 Volte_SrvccOn
LTE_OPTION Mobility for Volte Call. ly
- Volte_SrvccOnly: Srvcc Only
- Volte_SameAsData: not allowed
SRVCC Same As Data Option -
- Volte_UeCapability: selected Option
according to Ue Capability (SRVCC,
PS HO, Redirection)
- Volte_BlindOnly: Redirection only
-
information.
-
Frequency.
-
PURPOSE This parameter is the usage of the 0~2 0
- 0: Used for CS and PS handover.
-
- 1: Used for CS handover(CSFB,
SRVCC).
- 2: Used for PS handover.
default.
Carrier Aggregation Periodic -
Measure Config.
Call Continuity.
Tests.
Frequency Anr.
Rat Anr.
current active UEs.
CHG-UTRA-B2CNF / RTRV-UTRA-B2CNF
PURPOSE This parameter is the purpose to 0~5 Index
retrieve the B2 report configuration
with the UTRAN.
- InterRatHandover: Used for
handover to the UTRAN.
- Srvcc: Used for SRVCC.
-InterRatSPID : inter-RAT handover -
is executed for specific SPID with
handover mobility option.
- OnDemandHandover : Enable the
forced handover triggering by
operator
- Spare_1: Reserved field.
- Spare_2: Reserved field.
ACTIVE_STATE This parameter indicates whether the 0~1 Inactive
UTRA Event B2, which is triggered
when Inter RAT neighbor becomes
better than threshold, is
enabled/disabled.
This change will be applied to the UE
from next RRC signaling procedure
(e.g. Attach or Idle to Active). To -
avoide overload, a new setting will
not be updated to the current active
UEs.
- Inactive: UTRA Event B2 is not
used.
- Active: UTRA Event B2 is used.

STATUS This parameter indicates the validity 0~1 0
of the Neighbor UTRAN. -
This parameter must be set
accurately since it determines the
RIM operation and Handover
execution.
- N_EQUIP: The information is
determined as invalid.
- EQUIP: The information is
determined as valid.
RNC_ID This parameter is the RNC ID of a 0x00 ~ 0xFFF 0
UTRAN neighbor cell located near -
the eNB.
C_ID This parameter indicates the cell ID 0x00 ~ 0
value of the UTRAN neighboring cell. 0xFFFF
This data must be accurately entered
in order to execute RIM process. The
-
SI of the UTRAN neighboring cell,
obtained through the RIM process, is
used during CSFB with 3G SIB
operation.
LAC This parameter indicates the 0x0 ~ 0xFFFF 0
Location Area Code(LAC) of the
UTRAN neighboring Cell. This
information is used during RIM
-
operation and Handover. Be sure to
set the parameter accurately to
ensure successful RIM operation and
Handover.
RAC This parameter indicates the routing 0x0 ~ 0xFF 0
area code of the neighboring UTRAN
cell. This information is used during
RIM procedures and Handover. The
-
parameter must be set accurately
because the information is used
during RIM procedures and
Handover.
MCC0 ~ This parameter is the PLMN list -128 ~ 127 -
MCC5[4] information (MCC) of a UTRAN
neighbor cell located around the
eNB, Enter 3-digit number whose -
each digit ranges from 0 to 9. This
information is used during RIM
set accurately to ensure successful
RIM operation and Handover.
MNC0 ~ This parameter is the PLMN list -128 ~ 127 -
MNC5[4] information (MNC) of a UTRAN
neighbor cell located around the
eNB, Enter 3-digit or 2-digit number
whose each digit ranges from 0 to 9. -
This information is used during RIM
set accurately to ensure successful
RIM operation and Handover.
DUPLEX_TYPE This parameter is the duplex type 0~1 0
information of a UTRAN neighbor cell
located near the eNB. The duplex
Type of the UTRAN Neighboring Cell -
must be entered accurately.
P_SCM_CODE This parameter indicates the 0 ~ 511 0
scramble code information of the
neighboring UTRAN FDD cell. It is
used during handover with the -
UTRAN. The parameter must be set
accurately since it is used during the
handover.
ARFCN_UL This parameter indicates the 0 ~ 16383 0
Number(ARFCN) UL value of the
UTRAN neighboring cell. Values from -
0 to 16,383 can be entered. This
should be matched with exact value
used by the actual UTRAN network.
ARFCN_DL This parameter indicates the 0 ~ 16383 0
Number(ARFCN) DL value of the
UTRAN neighboring cell. Values from
0 to 16,383 can be entered. This -
should be matched with exact value
used by the actual UTRAN network.
Be sure to use the unique value
compared to previously used value. If
the physCellID and ARFCN DL are
same, the system determines the
entry is identical.
SRVCC_OPTIO The option of Srvcc for 3GPP IRAT 0~2 srvccWithoutP
N Cell. SHO
- noSrvcc: not allowed SRVCC.
- srvccWithPSHO: Processing -
SRVCC with PS/DTM HO.
- srvccWithoutPSHO: Processing
SRVCC without PS/DTM HO.
Counters and KPIs

HO_UTRAN_SRVCC_ UtranSrvccOut
UTRAN SRVCC Handover attempt count
OUT Att
UtranSrvccOut
UTRAN SRVCC Handover preparation success count
PrepSucc
UtranSrvccOut
UTRAN SRVCC Handover execution success count
Succ
UtranSrvccOut Preparation fails due to reset notification (eNB failure or
PrepFail_CpC block restart) from ECMB or by the ECCB block during
cFail the UTRAN
UtranSrvccOut
Preparation fails due to S1AP specification cause during
PrepFail_S1ap
the UTRAN SRVCC preparation
CuFail
UtranSrvccOut
Preparation fails due to S1 SCTP link failure during the
PrepFail_S1ap
UTRAN SRVCC preparation.
LinkFail
UtranSrvccOut
Preparation fails due to S1AP relocprep timeout (not
PrepFail_S1ap
received) during the UTRAN SRVCC preparation.
RpTo
UtranSrvccOut Preparation fails due to receiving S1AP signaling during
PrepFail_S1ap the UTRAN SRVCC preparation
SigFail
A call is released due to call control timeout in the
UtranSrvccOut
protocol blocks (MAC, RLC, PDCP, GTP) during the
Fail_CpCcTo
UTRAN SRVCC
A call is released due to reset notification (eNB failure or
UtranSrvccOut
block restart) from ECMB or by the ECCB block during
Fail_CpCcFail
the UTRAN SRVCC execution
UtranSrvccOut A call is released due to the failure in the GTP block
Fail_UpGtpFail during the UTRAN SRVCC execution
UtranSrvccOut
A call is released due to the failure in the MAC block
Fail_UpMacFa
during the UTRAN SRVCC execution
il
UtranSrvccOut
A call is released due to the failure in the PDCP block
Fail_UpPdcpF
ail
UtranSrvccOut A call is released due to the failure in the RLC block
Fail_UpRlcFail during the UTRAN SRVCC execution
UtranSrvccOut
A call is released due to receiving RRC signaling during
Fail_RrcSigFai
l
UtranSrvccOut
A call is released due to the S1AP specification cause
Fail_S1apCuF
ail
UtranSrvccOut
A call is released due to the S1 SCTP link failure during
Fail_S1apLink
Fail
UtranSrvccOut
A call is released due to S1AP relocoverall timeout (not
Fail_S1apRoT
received) during the UTRAN SRVCC execution
o
UtranSrvccOut
A call is released due to receiving S1AP signaling during
Fail_S1apSigF
ail
ABBREVIATIONS
REFERENCE
[2] 3GPP TS36.331 Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA); Radio Resource Control (RRC) protocol specification
[3] 3GPP TS36.413 Evolved Universal Terrestrial Access Network (E-UTRAN); S1 Application Protocol (S1AP)
[4] 3GPP TS23.216 Single Radio Voice Call Continuity (SRVCC); Stage 2
LTE-SW1207, CSFB to UTRAN with Redirection without SI
SUMMARY
CS fallback to UTRAN enables the delivery of CS domain services when a UE is being served by the E-UTRAN. When eNB receives CSFB indicator from MME, then performs a procedure of
redirection without system information.
INTRODUCTION
CS fallback to UTRAN enables CS domain services when UE is connected to LTE. In this feature, eNB applies redirection procedures without system information when it receives CSFB
indicator from MME.
BENEFIT
 Operator can provide CS service to its subscribers by using legacy UTRAN network.
 Users can use CS call services while staying in LTE by transition to legacy UTRAN network.
RELEASE HISTORY
SLR 2.2
Dependency
 UE that supports 3G
 MME that interworks with 3G
FEATURE DESCRIPTION
According to the 3GPP TS36.331, ‘CSFB to UTRAN based on Redirection (without SI)’ is related to Rel-8 and ‘CSFB to UTRAN based on Enhanced redirection (with SI)’ is related to Rel-9.
3G network coexists with LTE network in 3UK networks, residing between the mobile customer’s User Equipment (UE) and the core network. MME serves users while in LTE access network,
while for 3G SGSN serves users when utilizing data services and MSC (Mobile Switching Center) when utilizing voice services. The MSC connects to the carrier’s telephony network. To support
CS Fallback signaling, the MME connects to the MSC.
The interface (SGs) between MSC and MME enables UE to be both CS and PS registered while on the LTE access network. This interface also enables the delivery of CS pages via the LTE
access network, without having the device leave LTE.
With the default LTE data network connection in operation, a mobile terminating (incoming) CS voice call triggers paging via LTE network to the UE. This paging message initiates CSFB, as the
device sends an extended service request to the network to transition to 3G network.
Once transitioned, the legacy call setup procedures are followed to setup the CS call. Mobile originating (outgoing) calls follow the same transition from LTE (PS) to 3G (CS), except for the
paging step. In 3G networks, PS data sessions can also be established simultaneously for data services. After the voice call ends and the UE returns to idle state or Cell_PCH state, the device
should perform cell reselection procedures to reselect LTE cell. If the UE has still PS session after the voice call ends, then the UE remains in 3G cell.
Since 3UK has decided to deploy the IWF instead of upgrading the existing MSCs, Samsung has designed the deployment design with IWF as shown in figure 2-1.
Figure 2 1 Architecture and Interfaces for CSFB
In general, UE informs MME about the type of attach required during the attach procedure. In case “Attach Type” in the Attach request message is “Combined EPS/IMSI Attach”, combined CS
and PS updates are executed. For Combined EPS/IMSI Attach there is a requirement to use SGs interface, between MME and IWF (Mavenir) or MSS/MSC. 3UK will use the IWF (Inter-Working
Function)
Figure 2-2 illustrates the overall flow chart for CSFB related features supported by Samsung's S/W package for 3UK. When UE wants to initiate a Mobile originating or Mobile terminating voice
call, it transmits NAS EXTENDED SERVICE REQUEST. MME transmits the S1 request message with the CSFB indicator to the eNB. Then, eNB initiates an appropriate inter-RAT mobility
procedure for CSFB.
To enable ‘CSFB to UTRAN based on Redirection (without SI)’ feature, the parameter ‘INTER_RAT_CS_REDIRECTION’ should be set as ‘True’ using ‘CHG-INTWO-OPT’ command. This
parameter is used for the selection of the interworking option per cell.
And ‘RIM_ENABLE’ parameter should be set as ‘FALSE’ using ‘CHG-HO-OPT’. This parameter decides to disable the RIM procedure per eNB.
Detailed commands and parameters are described in section 2.3.
Figure 2 2 Overall flow chart for CSFB related features
2.1.2 CSFB Call Procedures (Idle mode)

Following figure shows redirection based CSFB to UTRAN procedures when UE is in idle mode.
Figure 2 3 CSFB Call Flow when UE is in idle state
1) UE, in idle state, originates a voice call or receives a mobile terminated voice call.
2~5) Since UE is in idle state, it starts RRC connection establishment procedures with eNB in order to make a SRB connection. UE sends NAS Extended Service Request message to MME,
which is included in RRC Connection Setup Complete message.
6) MME sends eNB S1-AP Initial Context Setup Request message that includes CSFB indicator.
7) eNB processes the AS security activation.
8) eNB transmits S1-AP Initial Context Setup Response message to MME. At this step, eNB does not setup a DRB connection because UE is going to redirect to UTRAN.
9) eNB sends RRC Connection Release message to UE. The message includes UTRA carrier frequency(F1) to which UE will be redirected and the cell reselection priority of the UTRA
frequency. Table 2-1 shows detail parameters delivered in the message.
10~14) eNB transmits UE Context Release Request message to MME, in order to release S1 bearer connection between eNB and S-GW. S5 bearer between S-GW and P-GW is retained. If the
UE sends Routing Area Update message to SGSN, then the SGSN will trigger RAU procedure with old MME as described in 3GPP TS23.401 Section 5.3.3.6. In this case, SGSN will make a
bearer connection between itself and PGW and MME will remove the S5 bearer connection. Usually, CSFB UE sends Routing Area Update message because it changes the Routing Area, but,
depending on UE implementation it may not trigger RAU procedure because it will go back to LTE network as soon as it ends the CSFB call. For detail procedures, refer to the detailed design
document of Core network.
15~17) UE connects to UTRAN and sets up a CS session. UE performs UTRAN location update procedures. At this step, UE is not expected to set up a PS session because the UE was in idle
state.
Table 2 1 Sample of IEs of RRC Connection Release message

RRCConnectionRelease ::= SEQUENCE {
rrc-TransactionIdentifier RRC-TransactionIdentifier,
criticalExtensions CHOICE {
c1 CHOICE {
rrcConnectionRelease-r8 RRCConnectionRelease-r8-IEs
}
}
}
RRCConnectionRelease-r8-IEs ::= SEQUENCE {

releaseCause ReleaseCause,
redirectedCarrierInfo RedirectedCarrierInfo OPTIONAL, -- Need ON
}
ReleaseCause ::= ENUMERATED {other}
RedirectedCarrierInfo ::= CHOICE {

utra-FDD ARFCN-ValueUTRA
}
2.1.3 CSFB Call Procedures (Connected mode)
Following figure shows redirection based CSFB to UTRAN procedures when UE is in connected mode.
Figure 2 4 CSFB Call Flow when UE is in connected state
1) UE, in connected state, originates a voice call or receives a mobile terminated voice call.
2~3) UE sends NAS Extended Service Request message to MME. eNB and UE already have both SRB and DRB because the UE is in connected mode.
4) MME sends eNB S1-AP UE Context Modification Request message that includes CSFB indicator.
5) eNB transmits S1-AP UE Context Modification Response message to MME.
6) eNB sends RRC Connection Release message to UE. The message includes UTRA carrier frequency (F1) to which UE will be redirected and the cell reselection priority of the UTRA
frequency. At this step, eNB releases both SRB and DRB. Table 2-1 shows detail parameters delivered in RRC Connection Release message.
7~11) eNB transmits UE Context Release Request message to MME, in order to release S1 bearer connection between eNB and S-GW. S5 bearer between S-GW and P-GW is retained but the
state is changed to idle mode. If the UE sets up a PS bearer in UTRAN, SGSN will make a bearer connection between SGSN and P-GW(GGSN) for seamless IP mobility and MME will remove
the S5 bearer connection. For detail procedures, refer to the detailed design document of Core network.
12~14) UE connects to UTRAN and sets up a CS session. UE performs UTRAN location update procedures. At this step, UE is expected to set up a PS session as well because there was an
ongoing active bearer. The PS session can be continued in UTRAN with the same IP address.
UE shall send Routing Area Update message to SGSN of 3G network in order to continue the PS session. Then, SGSN initiates RAU procedure with old MME as described in 3GPP TS23.401
Section 5.3.3.6 and makes a bearer connection between SGSN and P-GW. The UE may send the Routing Area Update message during CSFB procedures or after the CSFB procedures are
finished.
2.1.4 Combined EPS/IMSI Attach

When supporting Combined EPS/IMSI Attach Request, the MME selects the IWF (MSC/VLR) based on the TA and LA mapping and sends the location update request with new LAI, IMSI and
the MME name to IWF. On receiving the request the respective VLR will create an association for SGs interworking with the MME. In response, VLR will provide VLR TMSI to MME.
The combined EPS/IMSI Attach procedures are:
1) UE sends an Attach Request to MME with Attach Type as ‘Combined EPS/IMSI’, UE capability as ‘CSFB’ and data APN name. The APN name is depending on the subscriber type. UE may
include any of the Internet APN (‘three.co.uk’, ‘blackberry.net’ and ‘3hotspot’).
2) MME sends authentication information request message to HSS. After receiving the Authentication Information Answer from HSS, MME and UE are authenticated each other with set of
authentication messages between UE and MME. After the successful authentication, MME updates the subscriber location in the HSS and gets the subscriber profile from HSS.
3) MME sends Create Session Request message to S-GW for establishing the default bearer for the UE. S-GW forwards the session request message to P-GW. P-GW replies with the Create
Session Response to MME.
4) Since UE has requested for combined EPS/IMSI attach, after the default bearer establishment MME updates the UE’s location in 3G network by sending the location update message with
new LAI, IMSI and the MME name to IWF (MSC/VLR). After accepting the attach request by the network, default bearer will be established.
5) IWF updates the UE’s CS location in HLR.
For detail procedures, refer to the detailed design document of Core network.
2.1.5 Service based CSFB Control

Samsung LTE system supports the service based CSFB control.
First, to enable ‘CSFB to UTRAN based on Redirection (without SI)’ feature, the parameter ‘INTER_RAT_CS_REDIRECTION’ should be set as ‘True’ using ‘CHG-INTWO-OPT’ command. This
parameter is used for the selection of the interworking option per cell.
According to the characteristics of the deployed site, such as 3 UTRA Frequency Availability, 2 UTRA Frequency Availability and 1 UTRA Frequency Availability, the number of UTRA
frequencies is configurable. Up to 6 different UTRA frequencies can be assigned per cell. And the purpose of each UTRA frequency can be configurable based on supported service as follows:
3UK will assign UARFCN 10564 (UL: 9614, DL: 10564), UARFCN 10588 (UL: 9638, DL: 10588) and UARFCN 10612 (UL: 9662, DL: 10612) according to the specific scenarios (3 UTRA
Frequency Availability, 2 UTRA Frequency Availability and 1 UTRA Frequency Availability).
Figure 2 5 Deployment Scenario: 3 UTRA Frequency Availability
In all cases, if UE originates a voice call or receives a paging message in idle state, the UE is redirected to UTRA frequency F1. And if UE originates a voice call or receives a paging message in
connected state, then the UE is also redirected to UTRA frequency F1.
When reviewing the UE behaviour under a failure to reach the target RAT/frequency, the version of the document Samsung refers to the 3gpp specification 3GPP TS 36.304 is Rel-9 (9.11.0).
When the UE's state transits from RRC_CONNECTED to RRC_IDLE, the UE shall attempt to camp on a suitable cell according to redirectedCarrierInfo, if included in the
RRCConnectionRelease message. If the UE cannot find a suitable cell, the UE is allowed to camp on any suitable cell of the indicated RAT. For 3UK, this would be the WCDMA 3G network.
If the RRCConnectionRelease message does not contain the redirectedCarrierInfo UE shall attempt to select a suitable cell on an EUTRA carrier. This should not apply to 3UK, because the
CSFB Detailed Design is such that the redirectedCarrierInfo is contained in the RRCConnectionRelease.
before trying again to complete other RAT/band searches (ie back to 4G). In more detail for 3UK design, if a UE has not been able to find the target UARFCN and has to start the complete 3G
band search then, during that 3G search, the UE should execute a cell selection process & not a cell re-selection process. If cell selection is not achieved on 3G layer, the UE could move from
3G to LTE during the subsequent cell selection phase on the basis of inter-RAT weighting (the preference for LTE UEs to move to LTE layer).
FEATURE SCOPE
eNB can determine UTRAN target to which the UE is to switch over when triggering the CSFB. • UTRAN measurement report solicitation: When the UE supports the UTRAN
FR10
measurement and the Blind option is not activated • Select eNB: When the UE does not support the UTRAN measurement or if Blind option is activated
eNB can determine the CSFB with Redirection to the UTRAN procedure based on the UE Radio Access Capability. The CSFB with Redirection without SI procedure applies when the UE
FR20
does not support the enhanced redirection to UTRAN.
eNB can select one UTRA carrier for redirection among the neighboring UTRA carriers to which the UE will be redirected based on the UTRAN supported band. •Using UTRAN
FR30
measurement: Select the UTRAN carrier in Measurement Report •Selection of eNB: if there are multiple selectable UTRA carriers, one UTRAN carrier will be selected in round robin.
FR40 eNB can collect statistic data on the procedure of CSFB with Redirection without SI to UTRAN. •CSFB with Redirection to UTRAN Attempt/Success/Failure (collection unit: source cell)
SYSTEM OPERATION
How to Activate
To enable this feature, Operator should configure the UTRAN Frequency Information by using ‘CHG-UTRA-FA’ command.
Key Parameters

-
information.
-
Frequency.
-
Absolute Radio Frequency Channel -
Frequency. It executes Data Rule
Counters and KPIs

CSFB_REDIR_UTRAN CSFBRedirUtr CSFB with Redirection to inter-RAT UTRAN attempt
_OUT anAtt count
CSFBRedirUtr CSFB with Redirection to inter-RAT UTRAN preparation
anPrepSucc success count.
CSFBRedirUtr CSFB with Redirection to inter-RAT UTRAN execution
anSucc success count.
ABBREVIATIONS
REFERENCE
1) 3GPP TS36.300 Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA) and Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network (E-UTRAN); Overall description; Stage 2
2) 3GPP TS36.331 Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA); Radio Resource Control (RRC); Protocol specification
3) 3GPP TS36.413 Evolved Universal Terrestrial Access Network (E-UTRAN); S1 Application Protocol (S1AP)
4) 3GPP TS23.272 Circuit Switched Fallback in Evolved Packet System; Stage 2
LTE-SW1208, CSFB to UTRAN with Redirection with SI
SUMMARY
CS fallback toUTRAN enables the delivery of CS domain services when a UE is being served by the E-UTRAN. When eNB receives CSFB indicator from MME, then performs a procedure of
redirection with system information.
INTRODUCTION
CS fallback, a function to provide voice services to LTE users before Voice over LTE (VoLTE) is introduced, makes transition to CS domain upon LTE user’s outgoing/incoming call so that the
user can get voice services.
The function of CSFB to UTRAN is the transition of the UE to UTRAN according to the CSFB procedure, in the event of CSFB outgoing/incoming.
When the eNB receives a S1 message where CSFB indicator is included from MME, it selects a target frequency and performs a procedure of redirection with system information.
And then, the UE starts voice call outgoing/incoming procedure in UTRAN.
BENEFIT
Operator Benefits:
• Operator can provide CS service to its subscribers by using legacy CS network (UTRAN).
User Benefits:
• Users can do a CS call while staying in E-UTRAN, by transition to legacy CS network (UTRAN).
RELEASE HISTORY
SLR2.2 (New)
SLR2.4 (Maintained)
Dependency:
• RIM for SI tunneling shall be support by EPC and UTRAN.
Limitation:
• N/A
FEATURE DESCRIPTION
device sends a NAS EXTENDED SERVICE REQUEST to the network to transition to 3G network. Once transitioned, the legacy call setup procedures are followed to setup the CS call.
Mobile originating (outgoing) calls follow the same transition from LTE (PS) to 3G (CS), except for the paging step. In 3G networks, PS data sessions can also be established simultaneously for
data services. After the voice call ends and the UE returns to idle state or Cell_PCH state, the device should perform cell reselection procedures to reselect LTE cell. If the UE has still PS
session after the voice call ends, then the UE remains in 3G cell.
3G network coexists with LTE network residing between the mobile customer’s User Equipment (UE) and the core network. MME serves users while in LTE access network, while for 3G SGSN
serves users when utilizing data services and MSC (Mobile Switching Center) when utilizing voice services. To support CS Fallback signaling, the MME connects to the MSC with SGs interface.
The SGs interface is used for the mobility management and paging procedures between EPS and CS domain. And it is also used for the delivery of both mobile originating and mobile
terminating SMS.
Following figure shows the architecture and interfaces for CSFB.
and PS updates are executed. For Combined EPS/IMSI Attach there is a requirement to use SGs interface, between MME and MSC.
To enable ‘CSFB to UTRAN based on Redirection with SI’ feature, the parameter ‘INTER_RAT_CS_REDIRECTION’ should be set as ‘True’ using ‘CHG-INTWO-OPT’ command. This parameter
is used for the selection of the interworking option per cell.
And ‘RIM_ENABLE’ parameter should be set as ‘TRUE’ using ‘CHG-HO-OPT’. This parameter decides to enable the RIM procedure per eNB.
Following figure shows redirection based CSFB to UTRAN procedures when UE is in idle mode.
8) eNB transmits S1-AP Initial Context Setup Response message to MME. At this step, eNB does not setup a DRB connection because UE is going to redirect to UTRAN.
9) eNB sends RRC Connection Release message to UE. The message includes UTRA carrier frequency to which UE will be redirected, the cell reselection priority of the UTRA frequency, and
system information of one or more cells on the redirected UTRA frequency.
10~14) eNB transmits UE Context Release Request message to MME, in order to release S1 bearer connection between eNB and S-GW. S5 bearer between S-GW and P-GW is retained. If the
UE sends Routing Area Update message to SGSN, then the SGSN will trigger RAU procedure with old MME. In this case, SGSN will make a bearer connection between itself and PGW and
MME will remove the S5 bearer connection. Usually, CSFB UE sends Routing Area Update message because it changes the Routing Area, but, depending on UE implementation it may not
trigger RAU procedure because it will go back to LTE network as soon as it ends the CSFB call.
15~17) UE connects to UTRAN and sets up a CS session. UE performs UTRAN location update procedures. At this step, UE is not expected to set up a PS session because the UE was in idle
state.
Following figure shows redirection based CSFB to UTRAN procedures when UE is in connected mode.
6) eNB sends RRC Connection Release message to UE. The message includes UTRA carrier frequency to which UE will be redirected, the cell reselection priority of the UTRA frequency, and
system information of one or more cells on the redirected UTRA frequency. At this step, eNB releases both SRB and DRB.
7~11) eNB transmits UE Context Release Request message to MME, in order to release S1 bearer connection between eNB and S-GW. S5 bearer between S-GW and P-GW is retained but the
state is changed to idle mode. If the UE sets up a PS bearer in UTRAN, SGSN will make a bearer connection between SGSN and P-GW(GGSN) for seamless IP mobility and MME will remove
the S5 bearer connection.
12~14) UE connects to UTRAN and sets up a CS session. UE performs UTRAN location update procedures. At this step, UE is expected to set up a PS session as well because there was an
ongoing active bearer. The PS session can be continued in UTRAN with the same IP address.
When reviewing the UE behavior under a failure to reach the target RAT/frequency, the version of the document Samsung refers to the 3gpp specification 3GPP TS 36.304 is Rel-9 (9.11.0).
before trying again to complete other RAT/band searches (ie back to 4G). In more detail, if a UE has not been able to find the target UARFCN and has to start the complete 3G band search then,
during that 3G search, the UE should execute a cell selection process & not a cell re-selection process. If cell selection is not achieved on 3G layer, the UE could move from 3G to LTE during
the subsequent cell selection phase on the basis of inter-RAT weighting (the preference for LTE UEs to move to LTE layer).
FEATURE SCOPE
FR10
measurement and the Blind option is not activated • Select eNB: When the UE does not support the UTRAN measurement or if Blind option is activated
eNB can determine on the procedures of CSFB with Redirection to UTRAN based on UE Radio Access Capability. The CSFB with Redirection with SI procedure is applied when the UE
FR20
supports the enhanced redirection to UTRAN. • When the e-RedirectionUTRA-r9=supported in UE-EUTRA-Capability
eNB can select one UTRA carrier for redirection among the neighboring UTRA carriers to which the UE will be redirected based on the UTRAN supported band. • Using UTRAN
FR30
measurement: Select the UTRAN carrier in Measurement Report •Selection of eNB: if there are multiple selectable UTRA carriers, one UTRAN carrier will be selected in round robin.
eNB can select UTRAN cell list to be sent to the terminal to handle CSFB with Redirection with SI and include the SI list of the UTRAN cells to organize a RRC Connection Release
FR40 message. • Using UTRAN measurement: include the SI list of UTRAN cell(s) included in Measurement Report • Selecting eNB: selects the UTRAN cell(s) that have obtained the SI list
among the neighboring cells of UTRAN of PLD sequentially to include the SI list
FR50 eNB can obtain and store the SI list per cell from UTRAN based on UTRAN SI RIM application with UTRAN and then use it when handling CSFB with Redirection with SI.
FR60 eNB can collect statistic data on the procedure of CSFB with Redirection with SI to UTRAN. • CSFB with Redirection Attempt/Success/Failure (collection unit: source cell)
SYSTEM OPERATION
How to Activate
To enable this feature, Operator should configure the UTRAN Frequency Information by using ‘CHG-UTRA-FA’ command.
should be set as ‘True’ using ‘CHG-NBR-UTRAN’.
Key Parameters
-
information.
-
Frequency.
-
Number(ARFCN) value for the UTRA -
Frequency. It executes Data Rule
function.

RIM_SUPPORT This parameter is whether the BOOL True
UTRAN neighbor cell supports the
RIM. This parameter indicates
whether or not the RIM procedure of
a neighbor UTRAN cell is supported.
If it is set to False, then the RIM
procedure is not executed. If it is set -
to True, then the RIM procedure is
executed. It must be set accurately
since the RIM procedure execution is
determined by the setting.
Counters and KPIs

CSFB_REDIR_UTRAN CSFBRedirUtr CSFB with Redirection to inter-RAT UTRAN attempt
_OUT anAtt count
CSFBRedirUtr CSFB with Redirection to inter-RAT UTRAN preparation
anPrepSucc success count.
CSFBRedirUtr CSFB with Redirection to inter-RAT UTRAN execution
anSucc success count.
ABBREVIATIONS
REFERENCE
[1] 3GPP TS36.300 Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA) and Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network (E-UTRAN);Overall description; Stage 2.
[2] 3GPP TS36.331 Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA); Radio Resource Control (RRC); Protocol specification.
[3] 3GPP TS36.413 Evolved Universal Terrestrial Access Network (E-UTRAN); S1 Application Protocol (S1AP).
[4] 3GPP TS23.272 Circuit Switched Fallback in Evolved Packet System; Stage 2.
LTE-SW1209, CSFB to UTRAN with PS Handover
SUMMARY
CS fallback toUTRAN enables the delivery of CS domain services when a UE is being served by the E-UTRAN. When eNB receives CSFB indicator from MME, then performs a procedure of PS
handover to WCDMA.
INTRODUCTION
CS fallback, a function to provide voice services to LTE users before Voice over LTE (VoLTE) is introduced, makes transition to CS domain upon LTE user’s outgoing/incoming call so that the
user can get voice services.
The function of CSFB to UTRAN is the transition of the UE to UTRAN according to the CSFB procedure, in the event of CSFB outgoing/incoming.
When the eNB receives a S1 message where CSFB indicator is included from MME, it selects a target frequency and performs a procedure of PS handover.
And then, the UE starts voice call outgoing/incoming procedure in UTRAN.
BENEFIT
Operator Benefits:
 Operator can provide CS service to its subscribers by using legacy CS network (UTRAN).
User Benefits:
 Users can do a CS call while staying in E-UTRAN, by transition to legacy CS network (UTRAN).
RELEASE HISTORY
SLR2.2 (New)
SLR2.4 (Maintained)
Dependency:
• N/A
Limitation:
FEATURE DESCRIPTION
device sends a NAS EXTENDED SERVICE REQUEST to the network to transition to 3G network. Once transitioned, the legacy call setup procedures are followed to setup the CS call. If a UE
does not support PS handover to UTRAN, CSFB to UTRAN with redirection procedure is used.
Mobile originating (outgoing) calls follow the same transition from LTE (PS) to 3G (CS), except for the paging step. In 3G networks, PS data sessions can also be established simultaneously for
data services. After the voice call ends and the UE returns to idle state or Cell_PCH state, the device should perform cell reselection procedures to reselect LTE cell. If the UE has still PS
session after the voice call ends, then the UE remains in 3G cell.
3G network coexists with LTE network residing between the mobile customer’s User Equipment (UE) and the core network. MME serves users while in LTE access network, while for 3G SGSN
serves users when utilizing data services and MSC (Mobile Switching Center) when utilizing voice services. To support CS Fallback signaling, the MME connects to the MSC with SGs interface.
The SGs interface is used for the mobility management and paging procedures between EPS and CS domain. And it is also used for the delivery of both mobile originating and mobile
terminating SMS.

and PS updates are executed. For Combined EPS/IMSI Attach there is a requirement to use SGs interface, between MME and MSC.
To enable ‘CSFB to UTRAN with PS Handover’ feature, the parameter ‘INTER_RAT_CS_REDIRECTION’ should be set as ‘True’ using ‘CHG-INTWO-OPT’ command. This parameter is used
for the selection of the interworking option per cell.
Following figure shows PS handover based CSFB to UTRAN procedures when UE is in idle mode.
8) eNB transmits S1-AP Initial Context Setup Response message to MME.
9) eNB gives the UTRAN measurement order to the UE. (if available)
10) The handover preparation procedure between the Source E-UTRAN and the target UTRAN is processed.
11) eNB, including the HO command received from the CSFB indicator and the target UTRAN, transmits the Mobility from EUTRA Command to the UE.
12) UE switches over to the UTRAN target cell designated by the eNB and performs the rest of handover procedure.
Following figure shows PS handover based CSFB to UTRAN procedures when UE is in connected mode.
6) eNB gives the UTRAN measurement order to the UE. (if available)
7) The handover preparation procedure between the Source E-UTRAN and the target UTRAN is processed.
8) eNB, including the HO command received from the CSFB indicator and the target UTRAN, transmits the Mobility from EUTRA Command to the UE.
9) UE switches over to the UTRAN target cell designated by the eNB and performs the rest of handover procedure.
FEATURE SCOPE
FR10
measurement and the Blind option is not activated
FR20 If the UE supports the UTRAN measurement and PS handover to the UTRAN, eNB can process the procedure of CSFB with PS handover.
FR30 eNB can select one UTRAN carrier among the adjacent UTRAN carriers
FR40 eNB can select a target UTRAN cell to handle CSFB with PS handover. • Using UTRAN measurement: select the best cell of UTRAN cell(s) included Measurement Report
eNB can collect the statistic data on the procedures of CSFB with PS handover to UTRAN. • CSFB with PS handover to UTRAN Attempt/Success/Failure (collection unit: source cell,
FR50
target cell)
SYSTEM OPERATION
How to Activate
To enable this feature, Operator should configure the UTRAN Frequency Information by using ‘CHG-UTRA-FA’ command and the UTRAN Periodic
Measurement information for StrongestCell report purpose by using ‘CHG-UTRA-PRD’ command.
Key Parameters
- N_EQUIP: Does not use the -
information.
-
Frequency.
-
CHG-GERAN-PRD / RTRV-GERAN-PRD
PURPOSE This parameter represents the usage 0~3 0
of the periodic report used for
-
RatPeriodicalPurposeReportStronge
stCells: CS Fallback (CSFB): Used
for the solicit measurement report
while performing. -
- StrongestCellsForSON: Used for
the operation of SON.
- ReportCGI: Used for the acquisition
of the CGI information.
- Mlb: Used for measurement report
of MLB.
ACTIVE_STATE This parameter indicates whether to - 0~1 0
use UTRA periodic report. This
change will be applied to the UE from
next RRC signaling procedure (e.g.
Attach or Idle to Active). To avoide
overload, a new setting will not be
updated to the current active UEs.
- Inactive: UTRA periodic report is
not used.
- Active: UTRA periodic report is
used.
MAX_REPORT_ This parameter is the maximum 1~8 1
CELL number of cells included in the
measurement report for UTRA
periodic report. This information is
the maximum number of Cells that
can be included in a single message
(i.e.: Measurement Report) when a
device is reporting the measurement
-
results. When applying the new value
to the active UEs during the
parameter change, it may cause
system overload so the application of
the changed parameter is done when
a new connection request (Attach or
Idle to Active) is received from a
device.
REPORT_INTE This parameter is the interval of 0 ~ 12 1
RVAL measurement reports for the UTRA
periodic report. This information is
the for setting the Measurement
Report transmission interval when a
device is reporting measurement
-
results. This change will be applied to
the UE from next RRC signaling
procedure (e.g. Attach or Idle to
Active). To avoide overload, a new
setting will not be updated to the
current active UEs.
REPORT_AMO This parameter is the periodic 0~7 4
UNT measurement report count when
interoperating with the UTRAN. The -
reports are transmitted as many
times as the specified count.
Counters and KPIs

CSFB_PSHO_UTRAN CSFBPsHoUtr Attempt count for CSFB with inter-RAT UTRAN PS
_OUT anAtt handover
CSFBPsHoUtr Success count for CSFB with inter-RAT UTRAN PS
anPrepSucc handover preparation.
CSFBPsHoUtr Success count for CSFB with inter-RAT UTRAN PS
anSucc handover execution.
CSFBPsHoUtr Preparation fails due to reset notification (eNB failure or
anPrepFail_Cp block restart) from ECMB or by the ECCB block during
CcFail the CSFB PS handover preparation.
CSFBPsHoUtr
anPrepFail_S1
the CSFB PS handover preparation.
apCuFail
CSFBPsHoUtr
anPrepFail_S1
CSFB PS handover preparation.
apLinkFail
CSFBPsHoUtr
anPrepFail_S1
received) during the CSFB PS handover preparation.
apRpTo
CSFBPsHoUtr
Preparation fails due to receiving S1AP signaling during
anPrepFail_S1
apSigFail
CSFBPsHoUtr A call is released due to call control timeout in the
anFail_CpCcT protocol blocks (MAC, RLC, PDCP, GTP) during the
o CSFB PS handover execution.
CSFBPsHoUtr A call is released due to reset notification (eNB failure or
anFail_CpCcF block restart) from the ECMB or by the ECCB block
ail during the CSFB PS handover execution.
CSFBPsHoUtr
A call is released due to a failure in the GTP block
anFail_UpGtp
during the CSFB PS handover execution.
Fail
CSFBPsHoUtr
A call is released due to a failure in the MAC block
anFail_UpMac
Fail
CSFBPsHoUtr A call is released due to a failure in the PDCP block
anFail_UpPdc during the CSFB PS handover execution.
pFail
CSFBPsHoUtr
A call is released due to a failure in the RLC block during
anFail_UpRlcF
the CSFB PS handover execution.
ail
CSFBPsHoUtr
A call is released due to receiving an RRC signaling
anFail_RrcSig
Fail
CSFBPsHoUtr
A call is released due to S1AP specification cause
anFail_S1apC
uFail
CSFBPsHoUtr
anFail_S1apLi
nkFail
CSFBPsHoUtr
A call is released due to an S1AP relocoverall timeout
anFail_S1apR
(not received) during the CSFB PS handover execution.
oTo
CSFBPsHoUtr
anFail_S1apSi
gFail
ABBREVIATIONS
REFERENCE
[4] 3GPP TS23.272 Circuit Switched Fallback in Evolved Packet System; Stage 2
LTE-SW1301, Idle Mobility to GERAN
SUMMARY
To support UE’s idle mobility to GERAN, the eNB broadcasts relevant cell reselection information in the SIB7 message so that the UE perform cell reselection towards GERAN when needed.
INTRODUCTION
To support from E-UTRAN to GERAN cell reselection, the eNB broadcasts the System Information Block type 7(SIB7).
The UE shall monitor the E-UTRAN BCCH during idle mode to retrieve the SIB7 for the preparation of cell reselection to GERAN. Then, the UE makes measurements on the neighboring
GERAN cells based on the criteria and performs cell reselection to GERAN when needed.
The parameters for cell reselection to GERAN broadcasted in SIB7 are as follows:
• GERAN carrier frequency group list
• Cell reselection priority per carrier frequency group
• GERAN neighboring cell information
• Threshold values for cell reselection criteria
• Cell reselection timer
• Parameters for speed dependent cell reselection
BENEFIT
Operator Benefits:
• The operator can provide idle mobility to its subscribers to GERAN.
User Benefits:
• Users in idle state can move to GERAN.
RELEASE HISTORY
SLR2.4 : First release.
SLR4.5 : The function of broadcasting GERAN frequency information in SIB7 is extended.
SLR5.0 : The supported number of GERAN IRAT layers is extended to 8 from 6.
Dependency:
• GERAN supported Device, EPC and GERAN shall support this feature
Limitation:
• N/A
FEATURE DESCRIPTION
The eNB supports the UE's idle mobility through its SIB broadcasting. In the idle mode, the UE receives the SIB broadcast by the cell it has camped onto, and performs inter-RAT cell reselection
to GERAN based on the cell reselection parameter contained in the SIBs.
The following SIBs are used to perform the functionality:
 SIB1 provides information that is required in evaluating if a UE is allowed to access a cell. UE uses this for PLMN selection and cell selection. SIB1 also defines the scheduling of other
system information. UE acquires other SIBs of the cell using this information.
 SIB3 provides the common information required for intra-frequency, inter-frequency and/or inter-RAT cell reselection. SIB3 also conveys the specific information for intra-frequency cell
reselection.
 SIB7 provides information about GERAN frequencies and parameters for cell re-selection.
GERAN cell reselection parameters broadcasted via SIB7 are as follows:
 GERAN carrier frequencies per GERAN carrier frequency group

 A set of GERAN carrier frequencies can be provided in three ways (explicitListOfARFCNs, equallySpacedARFCNs, variableBitMapOfARFCNs) as per 3GPP.
 Cell reselection priority per GERAN carrier frequency group
 Cell reselection thresholds per GERAN carrier frequency group
 Cell reselection timer for GERAN cell reselection
 Cell reselection timer for speed dependant GERAN cell reselection
 For fast moving UE speed depedent GERAN cell reselection scaling factors are applied. If the number of reselections during the period TCRmax is greater than NCR_H high
mobility is detected. If the number exceeds NCR_M and not NCR_H then medium mobility is detected. In the high/medium mobility states Qhyst and TreselectionRAT are
multiplied by the Speed dependent scaling factor Qhyst and Treselection. The reselection to GERAN is performed if (Srxlev_GSM – Qrxlevmin in SIB7) > (Srxlev of LTE cell –
Qrxlevmin in SIB3 + Qhyst in SIB3)
Cell Reselection Triggering and Measurement
The inter-RAT cell reselection procedures are triggered when one of the following conditions is met:
• The UE has E-UTRA frequencies or GERAN frequencies with a reselection priority higher than the reselection priority of the current E-UTRA frequency. In this case, the UE performs inter-RAT
cell reselection procedures. The UE searches every layer of higher priority at least every T_higher_priority_search=(60 * N_layers) seconds, where N_layers is the total number of configured
higher priority E-UTRA carrier frequencies and is additionally increased by one if one more group of GERAN frequencies is configured as a higher priority. (3GPP TS 36.133 Section 4.2.2)
• The service cell does not fulfil S_rxlev > S_NON_INTRA_SEARCH_P and S_qual > S_NON_INTRA_SEARCH_Q. In this case, the UE performs inter-RAT cell reselection procedures for an E-
UTRA inter-frequency or a GERAN frequency with an equal or lower reselection priority than the reselection priority of the current E-UTRA frequency.
The priority of each frequency is broadcast in SIB3 (E-UTRA frequency) and SIB7 (GERAN frequency).
Since RSRQ can vary even in the center of the serving cell from -3 dB to -10 dB depending on traffic load from the serving cell, devices will test S_rxlev only.
UE triggers the measurement of GERAN frequency when the RSRP signal strength from LTE serving cell decreases below the calculated threshold.
Cell Reselection Criteria from LTE to 2G
Assuming that the priority of GERAN frequency is lower than E-UTRAN, cell reselection to a cell on a lower priority GERAN frequency than the serving frequency is performed according to
GERAN cell reselection criteria shown in the following figure.
UE reselects the GERAN cell when RSRP signal strength from LTE serving cell decreases to less than the threshold calculated and the signal strength of GERAN target cell increases to more
than the calculated threshold (3GPP TS 36.304 Section 5.2.4.5).
Cell reselection from 2G to LTE
UE in idle mode may be connected to either LTE or GERAN network depending on the radio condition.
UE selects primary LTE frequency when the UE ends a CSFB call or when the UE comes back into LTE coverage in the presence of acceptable LTE signal.
Cell reselection from GERAN to LTE is performed by UE, based on the system information provided by GERAN. The UE in GERAN monitors the broadcast channel from the GERAN serving cell
during idle mode to retrieve System Information 2Quarter message for preparation of cell reselection to E-UTRAN.
After cell reselection to E-UTRAN is completed, UE performs a Tracking Area update in E-UTRAN.
FEATURE SCOPE
FR10 The eNB can transmit information required for the GERAN cell reselection operation of the UE through SIB7.
FR20 The eNB can support SIB7 setting, change, and inquiry function done by operators.
FR30 The eNB can transmit SIB7 in accordance with the set cycle.
The eNB can configure GERAN frequencies for PS handover - Each GERAN frequency group can be configured to support CS service, PS service or both - A set of GERAN frequencies
FR40
can be provided in three ways(explicitListOfARFCNs, equallySpacedARFCNs, variableBitMapOfARFCNs) as per 3GPP.
FR50 (SSR4.0/SLR5.0) The eNB can support 8 GERAN iRAT layers.
SYSTEM OPERATION
How to Activate
To enable this feature, Operator should configure the SIB7_PERIOD in CHG-SIB-INF and the GERAN Frequency Information by using ‘CHG-GERAN-FA’
command.
Key Parameters
CHG-SIB-INF / RTRV-SIB-INF

SIB7_PERIOD This parameter is the transmission 0~7 0
period for the system information
block type 7 of the cell in the eNB.
SIB7 contains information for IRAT
cell reselection to GERAN.
- ms80: 80 ms. -
- ms160: 160 ms.
…...
- ms5120: 5120 ms.
- not_used: SIB7 is not transmitted.
CHG-GERAN-FA / RTRV-GERAN-FA

STATUS This parameter indicates whether the 0~1 0
GERAN FA object is valid.
-
- N_EQUIP: Invalid.
- EQUIP: Valid.
FOLLOWING_A The followingARFCNs is the choice 0~2 0
RFCNS option to select the remaining
ARFCN values except
startingARFCN.
- explicitList: used for
explicitListOfARFCNs. set
geranArfcn0 ~ geranArfcn31.
- equallySpaced: used for -
equallySpacedARFCNs. set
geranArfcn0, arfcnSpacing and
numberOfFollowingARFCNs.
- variableBitMap: used for
variableBitMapOfARFCNs. set
geranArfcn0 and
variableBitMapOfARFCNs.
GERAN_ARFCN This parameter is the Absolute Radio 0 ~ 1023 0
0 Frequency Channel
-
Number(ARFCN) of the GERAN FA
object. (Start ARFCN)
GERAN_ARFCN This parameter is the Absolute Radio -1 ~ 1023 -1
1~ Frequency Channel
-
GERAN_ARFCN Number(ARFCN) of the GERAN FA
31 object.
ARFCN_SPACI If followingARFCNs is set to 1~8 1
NG equallySpaced, arfcnSpacing
-
becomes Space, d, between a set of
equally spaced ARFCN values.
NUMBER_OF_F If followingARFCNs is set to 0 ~ 31 0
OLLOWING_AR equallySpaced,
FCNS numberOfFollowingARFCNs
becomes The number, n, of the -
remaining equally spaced ARFCN
values in the set. The complete set of
(n+1) ARFCN values is defined as:
{s, ((s + d) mod 1024), ((s + 2*d) mod
1024) ... ((s + n*d) mod 1024)}. s is
startingARFCN (geranArfcn0).
VARIABLE_BIT_ If followingARFCNs is set to 0 ~ 255 0
MAP_OF_ARFC variableBitMap,variableBitMapOfARF
NS [16] CNs becomes Bitmap field
representing the remaining ARFCN
values in the set. The leading bit of
the first octet in the bitmap
corresponds to the ARFCN = ((s + 1)
mod 1024), the next bit to the
ARFCN = ((s + 2) mod 1024), and so
-
on. If the bitmap consist of N octets,
the trailing bit of octet N corresponds
to ARFCN = ((s + 8*N) mod 1024).
The complete set of ARFCN values
consists of ARFCN = s and the
ARFCN values, where the
corresponding bit in the bitmap is set
to 1. s is startingARFCN
(geranArfcn0).
Counters and KPIs

There is no related counter or KPI
ABBREVIATIONS
REFERENCE
LTE-SW1302, PS Handover between LTE and GERAN
SUMMARY
GERAN PS handover is a mobility control functionality between E-UTRAN and GERAN PS domain.
INTRODUCTION
When a user under LTE data services gets out of the LTE area and moves to GERAN, the eNB transits the service to GERAN using the PS handover
procedure to provide seamless data services.
The eNB determines PS handover to the GERAN based on the GERAN measurement report in the UE. When the eNB receives the GERAN measurement
results in the UE, it selects the handover target cells from the results and processes the handover preparation procedure.
When the handover preparation procedure with GERAN is successful, the eNB commands the UE handover to the GERAN (PS handover). The UE makes
handover to the target cell of GERAN specified by the eNB, and receives data services from the GERAN.
When a user under data services moves from the GERAN, the eNB provides seamless data services using the PS handover procedure with GERAN.
When the eNB received a handover request from the MME, it determines whether to accept HO based on the Call Admission Control (CAC) of the HO. When
HO acceptance is determined, the eNB transmits an acknowledge message for the handover request to the MME, after assigned resources for that HO. After
that, the UE moves to LTE as per the direction from source GERAN, and after the PS handover from GERAN procedure succeeded, it continues data services
in the LTE.
BENEFIT
Operator Benefits:
 The operator can provide connected mobility to its subscribers between E-UTRAN and GERAN.
User Benefits:
 Users in a connected state can move between E-UTRAN and GERAN, remaining in the connected state.
RELEASE HISTORY
SLR2.4 : First release
SLR4.5 : The function of broadcasting GERAN frequency information in SIB7 is extended.
SLR5.0 :
- The eNB shall perform UE Capability Enquiry procedure after the handover completion from GERAN A/Gb mode to EUTRAN.
- When the eNB encode/decode transparent container, it considers only value part excluding type(T)/length(L) field.
Dependency:
• GERAN supported Device, EPC and GERAN shall support this feature based on 3GPP Rel.8. It needs IOT with commercial UE which support PS Handover
between LTE and GERAN.
Limitation:
• N/A
FEATURE DESCRIPTION
To support seamless data service when a UE moves from E-UTRAN to GERAN coverage, Samsung eNB supports PS handover to GERAN under the
following conditions.
 Target GERAN shall support PS handover
 UE shall support measurement reporting for GERAN frequencies in E-UTRA connected mode(FGI#15 for B1, FGI#23 for B2)
 UE shall support handover to GERAN(FGI#9)
 GERAN frequencs shall be configured for PS handover
- Each GERAN frequency group can be configured to support CS service, PS service or both.
- A set of GERAN frequencies can be provided in three ways(explicitListOfARFCNs, equallySpacedARFCNs, variableBitMapOfARFCNs) as per 3GPP.
Once above conditions are met, the serving eNB sends measurement configuration including event A2(Serving is worse than a threshold value) to trigger
GERAN measurement. On reception of measurement report triggered by event A2, Samsung eNB configures GERAN measurement using event B1 or B2.
The serving eNB also configures measurement gap for inter-RAT measurement, and the UE performs GERAN measurement during the configured gap period.
If measurement report for event B1 or B2 is received, the serving eNB starts handover preparation to the target cell.
PS handover procedure to the GERAN is as follows.

1) The UE transmits measurement report including the GERAN measurement for GERAN frequencies.
2) The source eNB determines PS handover to the GERAN.
3) The source eNB requests PS handover to the GERAN by transmitting the Handover required to the source MME.
4)~10) The handover preparation procedure between source E-UTRAN and target GERAN is processed. The resource allocation is made so that the UE can
maintain data services at the target GERAN after the PS handover through this procedure. When data forwarding is available, the tunnel setup for data
forwarding is made.
11) The source eNB receives a handover command from the source MME.
12) The source eNB transmits mobility from EUTRA command to the UE, including the HO command received from the GERAN.
13) The UE makes transition to the GERAN target cell as per the direction from the eNB, and transmits XID response to the GERAN.
14) The target BSC informs handover completion by transmitting the PS handover complete to target SGSN. It also transmits XID response to the target
SGSN.
15)~21) The target SGSN processes handover completion procedure with the source MME.
22) The UE performs the Routing Area update. After that, the UE keeps data services in the GERAN.
23)~27) After complete PS handover with GERAN, the source MME releases resources used in E-UTRAN. When a tunnel for data forwarding was setup, the
source MME and target SGSN release the data forwarding tunnel.
In case PS handover from GERAN, handover decision is made by GERAN and eNB starts handover preparation if it receives S1AP Handover Request
message from MME.
PS handover procedure from the GERAN is as follows.

1) The source BSC determines PS handover to the E-UTRAN.
2) The source BSC requests PS handover to the E-UTRAN, transmitting the PS Handover required to source SGSN.
3)~ 9) The handover preparation procedure between source GERAN and target E-UTRAN is processed. The resource allocation is made so that the UE can
maintain data services at the target E-UTRAN after the PS handover through this procedure.
When data forwarding is available, the tunnel setup for data forwarding is made.
10) The source BSC receives the PS Handover required acknowledge from source SGSN.
11) The source BSC transmits PS HO command to the UE including HO command received from the target E-UTRAN.
12) The UE transits to the E-UTRAN target cell as per the direction from source BSC, and transmits the RRC connection reconfiguration complete to the E-
UTRAN.
13) The target eNB transmits the Handover notify to the target MME to inform that the handover is completed.
14)~18) The target MME processes the handover completion procedure with source SGSN.
19) The source SGSN processes BSS packet flow release procedure with source BSC.
20) The UE performs the tracking area update procedure. After that, the UE keeps data services in the E-UTRAN.
21)~23) The source SGSN releases resources used in the GERAN after completing the PS handover with E-UTRAN. When a tunnel for data forwarding was
setup, source SGSN and target MME release the data forwarding tunnel.
FEATURE SCOPE
The eNB can control GERAN measurement on the UE. - Reflect the UE supported bands for GERAN. - Reflect the UE Radio Access Capability for inter-frequency measurement (FGI
FR10
bit number 23). - Reflect whether to require measurement gap for each UE supported band. - Measurement gap activation/deactivation, if needed.
FR20 The eNB can determine PS handover to GERAN depending on the GERAN measurement results of the UE.
The eNB can processes the measurement configuration the UE that supports GERAN PS handover. - Of neighbor GERAN carriers, select GERAN carriers that will command
FR30
measurement based on GERAN supported band supported by the UE. - Reporting configuration by reflecting the measurement event setting for GERAN PS handover
FR40 The eNB can determine the target cell of the GERAN PS handover. - Select the best cell of GERAN cells from those included in measurement report.
(SSR4.0/SLR5.0) The eNB can configure the Source to Target Transparent Container that will be delivered to the target GERAN. (in S1AP: HANDOVER REQUIRED message: E-
FR50
UTRAN to GERAN HO case) - Source BSS to Target BSS Transparent Container Contents of the Source BSS to Target BSS Transparent Container [3GPP TS48.018]
(SSR4.0/SLR5.0) The eNB can decode the Target to Source Transparent Container that is received from the target GERAN. (in S1AP: HANDOVER COMMAND message: E-UTRAN to
FR51 GERAN HO case) (c.f. The IE will deliver value part only.) - Target BSS to Source BSS Transparent Container Contents of the Target BSS to Source BSS Transparent Container [3GPP
TS48.018])
FR60 The eNB can process HO preparation with the target GERAN according to PS handover procedure to the GERAN.
FR70 The eNB can process data forwarding to the target GERAN.
FR80 The eNB can process handover cancel procedure with the target GERAN.
FR90 The eNB can collect the statistics of outgoing GERAN PS handover procedure. - Outgoing GERAN PS handover try/success/fail (collecting unit: source cell, target cell)
The eNB can configure GERAN frequencies for PS handover - Each GERAN frequency group can be configured to support CS service, PS service or both - (SSR4.0/SLR4.5) A set of
FR100
GERAN frequencies can be provided in three ways(explicitListOfARFCNs, equallySpacedARFCNs, variableBitMapOfARFCNs) as per 3GPP.
(SSR4.0/SLR5.0) The eNB shall be able to receive the incoming PS Handover from GERAN. - The eNB shall perform UE Capability Enquiry procedure after the handover completion
FR110
from GERAN A/Gb mode to EUTRAN.
SYSTEM OPERATION
How to Activate
To enable this feature, Operator should configure the GERAN Frequency Information by using ‘CHG-GERAN-FA’ command and A2 report
configuration for ci_A2PurposeIRatHo and B2 report configuration for the each GERAN carrier.
The handover target GERAN cell need to be registered in the serving cell neighboring cell list.
Key Parameters

-
- N_EQUIP: Invalid.
- EQUIP: Valid.
ARFCN values except
startingARFCN.
geranArfcn0 and
0 Frequency Channel
-
-
31 object.
-
becomes The number, n, of the
-
{s, ((s + d) mod 1024), ((s + 2*d) mod
1024) ... ((s + n*d) mod 1024)}. s is
-
to ARFCN = ((s + 8*N) mod 1024).
(geranArfcn0).

default.
Carrier Aggregation Periodic -
Measure Config.
Call Continuity.
Tests.
Frequency Anr.
Rat Anr.
current active UEs.
CHG-GERAN-B2CNF / RTRV-GERAN-B2CNF

PURPOSE This parameter is the usage of the 0~5 Index
GERAN Event B2 report. It is used
for inter-RAT Handover.
- InterRatHandover: For Inter-RAT
handover.
- Srvcc: For SRVCC.
- InterRatSPID : inter-RAT handover
-
operator
- Spare_1: Reserved.
GERAN Event B2, which is triggered
enabled/disabled. This change will be
signaling procedure (e.g. Attach or -
Idle to Active). To avoide overload, a
new setting will not be updated to the
current active UEs.
- Inactive: GERAN Event B2 is not
used.
- Active: GERAN Event B2 is used.
CHG-NBR-GERAN / RTRV-NBR-GERAN / CRTE-NBR-GERAN / DLT-NBR-GERAN

STATUS The validity of the GERAN 0~1 0
-
neighboring cell information.
- N_EQUIP: Invalid
- EQUIP: Valid
TARGET_CELL The ID of the GERAN neighboring 0x0 ~ 0xFFFF 0
-
_ID cell to the eNB.
LAC This parameter is the Location Area 0x0 ~ 0xFFFF 0
Code of the GERAN neighbor cell
located around the eNB. The location -
area code of GERAN neighboring
cell to the eNB.
RAC This parameter is the routing area 0x0 ~ 0xFF 0
code of the GERAN neighbor cell -
located around the eNB.
NETWORK_CO The network color code of GERAN 0~7 0
LOUR_CODE neighboring cell to the eNB. Codes
are from 0 to 7. Be careful not to
enter previously entered information.
If all three of the networkColourCode, -
baseStationColourCode, and ARFCN
information match previously entered
information, the system determines it
to be a duplicated entry.
BASE_STATION This parameter is the base station 0~7 0
_COLOUR_CO color code of the GERAN neighbor -
DE cell located around the eNB.
MCC [4] The PLMN information (MCC) of -128 ~ 127 -
GERAN neighboring cell to the eNB.
-
It is a three-digit number with each
digit being from 0 to 9.
MNC [4] The PLMN information (MNC) of -128 ~ 127 -
-
It is a three-digit or two-digit number
ARFCN This parameter is the ARFCN of the 0 ~ 1023 0
GERAN neighbor cell located around -
the eNB.
BAND_INDICAT The band indicator of GERAN 0~1 0
OR neighboring cell to the eNB.
-
- dcs1800: Indicates DCS 1800 band.
- pcs1900: Indicates PCS 1900 band.
Counters and KPIs

HO_INTER_RAT_GER RatGeranOutA
LTE to inter-RAT GERAN handover attempt count
AN_OUT tt
RatGeranOutP LTE to inter-RAT GERAN handover preparation success
repSucc count
RatGeranOutS LTE to inter-RAT GERAN handover execution success
ucc count
RatGeranOutP Preparation fails due to reset notification (eNB failure or
repFail_CpCc block restart) from ECMB or by ECCB block during inter
Fail GERAN Handover preparation.
RatGeranOutP
repFail_S1apC
the GERAN handover preparation.
uFail
RatGeranOutP
repFail_S1apL
GERAN handover preparation.
inkFail
RatGeranOutP
repFail_S1apR
received) during the GERAN Handover preparation.
pTo
RatGeranOutP
repFail_S1apS
igFail
RatGeranOutF
ail_CpCcTo
GERAN handover execution.
RatGeranOutF
block restart) from the ECMB or by the ECCB block
ail_CpCcFail
during the GERAN Handover execution.
RatGeranOutF A call is released due to internal failure in the GTP block
ail_UpGtpFail during the GERAN handover execution.
RatGeranOutF A call is released due to internal failure in the MAC block
ail_UpMacFail during the GERAN handover execution.
RatGeranOutF
A call is released due to internal failure in the PDCP
ail_UpPdcpFai
block during the GERAN handover execution.
l
RatGeranOutF A call is released due to internal failure in the RLC block
ail_UpRlcFail during the GERAN handover execution.
RatGeranOutF A call is released due to receiving RRC signaling during
ail_RrcSigFail the GERAN handover execution.
RatGeranOutF
A call is released due to the S1AP specification cause
ail_S1apCuFai
during the GERAN handover execution.
l
RatGeranOutF
ail_S1apLinkF
the GERAN handover execution.
ail
RatGeranOutF A call is released due to an S1AP relocoverall timeout
ail_S1apRoTo (not received) during the GERAN Handover execution.
RatGeranOutF
ail_S1apSigFa
the GERAN handover execution.
il

HO_INTER_RAT_GER
RatGeranInAtt LTE to inter-RAT GERAN handover attempt count
AN_IN
RatGeranInPr LTE to inter-RAT GERAN handover preparation success
epSucc count
RatGeranInSu LTE to inter-RAT GERAN handover execution success
cc count
RatGeranInPr Preparation fails due to call control timeout in the
epFail_CpCcT protocol blocks (MAC, RLC, PDCP, GTP) during the
o GERAN handover preparation.
RatGeranInPr Preparation fails due to reset notification (eNB failure or
epFail_CpCcF block restart) from ECMB or by ECCB block during
ail GERAN Handover preparation.
RatGeranInPr
Preparation fails due to internal failure in the GTP block
epFail_UpGtp
during the GERAN Handover preparation.
Fail
RatGeranInPr
Preparation fails due to internal failure in the MAC block
epFail_UpMac
during the GERAN handover preparation.
Fail
RatGeranInPr Preparation fails due to internal failure in the PDCP
epFail_UpPdc block during the GERAN handover preparation.
pFail
RatGeranInPr
Preparation fails due to internal failure in the RLC block
epFail_UpRlcF
during the GERAN handover preparation.
ail
RatGeranInPr
Preparation fails due to insufficient backhaul-based eNB
epFail_CpBhC
resources during the GERAN handover preparation.
acFail
RatGeranInPr
Preparation fails due to insufficient capacity-based eNB
epFail_CpCap
aCacFail
RatGeranInPr
Preparation fails due to insufficient QoS-based eNB
epFail_CpQos
CacFail
RatGeranInPr
epFail_S1apC
uFail
RatGeranInPr
epFail_S1apLi
GERAN handover preparation.
nkFail
RatGeranInPr
epFail_S1apSi
GERAN Handover preparation.
gFail
RatGeranInFai
l_CpCcTo
GERAN Handover execution.
RatGeranInFai
block restart) from the ECMB or by the ECCB block
l_CpCcFail
during GERAN Handover execution.
RatGeranInFai A call is released due to internal failure in the GTP block
l_UpGtpFail during the GERAN handover execution.
RatGeranInFai A call is released due to internal failure in the MAC block
l_UpMacFail during the GERAN handover execution.
RatGeranInFai A call is released due to internal failure in the PDCP
l_UpPdcpFail block during the GERAN handover execution.
RatGeranInFai A call is released due to internal failure in the RLC block
l_UpRlcFail during the GERAN handover execution.
RatGeranInFai A call is released due to HO command timeout (not
l_RrcHcTo received) during the GERAN Handover execution.
RatGeranInFai A call is released due to receiving RRC signaling during
l_RrcSigFail the GERAN handover execution.
RatGeranInFai A call is released due to the S1AP specification cause
l_S1apCuFail during the GERAN handover execution.
RatGeranInFai A call is released due to the S1 SCTP link failure during
l_S1apLinkFail the GERAN handover execution.
RatGeranInFai A call is released due to receiving S1AP signaling during
l_S1apSigFail the GERAN handover execution.
RatGeranInFai A call is released due to S1AP signaling timeout (not
l_S1apSigTo received) during the GERAN handover execution.
ABBREVIATIONS
REFERENCE
LTE-SW1304, Cell Change Order to GERAN without NACC

SUMMARY
This is outbound mobility control functionality to GERAN. When mobility event to GERAN is occurred, eNB orders cell change towards GERAN cell to UE.
INTRODUCTION
Cell Change Order to GERAN is another outbound mobility feature in addition to PS handover and redirection. Compared to PS handover, Cell Change Order does not
prepare user session in the target GERAN.
The eNB determines whether to perform the Cell Change Order to GERAN based on the UE’s measurement report and it specifies the carrier frequency and target cell for
the GERAN to which the UE needs to move(without including system information of the target cell).
Then the UE releases the connection to E-UTRAN and switches over to the target carrier frequency of the GERAN specified by the eNB to receive data service from the
GERAN.
BENEFIT
Operator Benefits:
 Operator can provide connected mobility to its subscribers from E-UTRAN to GERAN.
User Benefits:
 Users in connected state can move from E-UTRAN to GERAN.
RELEASE HISTORY
SLR2.4: First release
Dependency:
• GERAN supported Device, EPC and GERAN shall support this feature.
Limitation:
• N/A
FEATURE DESCRIPTION
Cell Change Order without NACC could be performed under the following conditions.
- UE or target GERAN does not support PS handover
- UE shall support measurement reporting for GERAN frequencies in E-UTRA connected mode(FGI#15 for B1, FGI#23 for B2)
: Optionally, measurement could be omited via configuration
- UE shall support cell change order procedure(FGI#10)
- System Information of the target cell is not provided(without NACC)
Once above conditions are met, the serving eNB sends measurement configuration including event A2(Serving is worse than a threshold value) to trigger GERAN
measurement. On reception of measurement report triggered by event A2, Samsung eNB configures GERAN measurement using event B1 or B2. The serving eNB also
configures measurement gap for inter-RAT measurement, and the UE performs GERAN measurement during the configured gap period. If measurement report for event B1
or B2 is received, the serving eNB starts Cell Change Order without NACC procedure
Below is the procedure to perform the Cell Change Order without NACC to the GERAN.
1) The eNB determines whether to switch the cell change order without NACC to the GERAN.
2) The eNB specifies the GERAN carrier frequency and target GERAN cell to which the UE is to switch over and transmits the Mobility from EUTRA Command to the UE.
3) The eNB transmits the UE Context Release Request to the MME.
4) The MME transmits the UE Context Release Command to the eNB.
5) The eNB transmits the UE Context Release Complete to the MME.
6) The UE switches over to the target GERAN cell of the GERAN carrier designated by the eNB to the Mobility from EUTRA Command and connects to the GERAN.
Procedures of GERAN location registration and GERAN call setup are performed. After then, the UE keeps providing its service in the GERAN.
FEATURE SCOPE
The eNB can decide to switch the cell change order to the GERAN depending on the UE measurement (E-UTRAN or GERAN) results if the UE supports the function of switching the cell
FR10 change order to the GERAN (FGI bit #10 is set to 1). - Use of GERAN measurement: When the UE supports the GERAN measurement and the Blind option is not activated - Use of E-
UTRAN measurement: When the UE does not support the GERAN measurement or the Blind option is activated
The eNB can decide the procedure of switching the cell change order to the GERAN. - If the SI list of the GERAN cell(s) that will process the cell change order is not secured, the eNB
FR20
processes the cell change order without NACC.
The eNB can select one among the adjacent GERAN carriers to which the UE will switch over based on the GERAN supported band that the UE supports. - Use of GERAN
FR30
measurement: Select the GERAN carrier in the measurement report. - Use of E-UTRAN measurement: Select the Round robin when GERAN carriers available to select are 2 or more.
The eNB can select the GERAN cell to be transmitted to the UE for the processing of the cell change order. - Use of GERAN measurement: Select the best cell among the GERAN cells
FR40
included in the measurement report. - Use of E-UTRAN measurement: Select the target GERAN cell that is set to the PLD.
The eNB can collect the statistics for the procedure of cell change order without NACC. - Attempt/Success/Failure of the cell change order to the GERAN (collection unit: source cell,
FR50
target cell)
SYSTEM OPERATION
How to Activate
To enable this feature, Operator should configure the GERAN Frequency Information by using ‘CHG-GERAN-FA’ command and configure A2 report
If ‘interRatDataOption’ in ‘CHG-INTWO-OPT’ is set to “Data_BlindOnly”, Blind Redirection is executed regardless UE’s capabilities on Measurement for
GERAN and PS handover to GERAN.
Operator can put the high priority on CCO to GERAN without NACC by using ‘CHG-GERAN-INTWO’ command for Normal type based on UE
measurement and Blind type without UE measurement. The lower number priority has the higher priority.
If ‘blindCCOsupport’ in ‘CHG-GERAN-INTWO’ is set to “True”, Blind CCO is supported during interworking with GERRAN and Target GERAN cell for Blind
CCO should be configured by using ‘CHG-GERAN-BLCCO’
Key Parameters

-
- N_EQUIP: Invalid.
- EQUIP: Valid.
ARFCN values except
startingARFCN.
geranArfcn0 and
0 Frequency Channel
-
-
31 object.
-
OLLOWING_AR equallySpaced, -
{s, ((s + d) mod 1024), ((s + 2*d) mod
1024) ... ((s + n*d) mod 1024)}. s is
-
to ARFCN = ((s + 8*N) mod 1024).
(geranArfcn0).

default.
- LteBlind : Used for Blind HO. -
Measure Config.
Call Continuity.
Tests.
Frequency Anr.
Rat Anr.
current active UEs.

CHG-GERAN-INTWO / RTRV-GERAN-INTWO
NORMAL_PRIO This parameter indicates the first 0~3 ccoWithNacc
RITY0 priority in the normal type GERAN
interworking procedure.
- ccoWithNACC: CCO with NACC.
- ccoWithoutNACC: CCO without
-
NACC.
- enhancedRedirection: Enhanced
Redirection with SI.
- geranRedirecdtion: Redirection
without SI.
NORMAL_PRIO This parameter indicates the second 0~3 enhancedRedi
RITY1 priority in the normal type GERAN rection
-
NACC.
without SI.
NORMAL_PRIO This parameter indicates the third 0~3 ccoWithOutNa
RITY2 priority in the normal type GERAN cc
-
NACC.
without SI.
NORMAL_PRIO This parameter indicates the fourth 0~3 geranRedirecti
RITY3 priority in the normal type GERAN on
-
NACC.
without SI.
BLIND_PRIORIT This parameter indicates the first 0~3 enhancedRedi
Y0 priority of blind type GERAN rection
-
NACC.
without SI.
BLIND_PRIORIT This parameter indicates the second 0~3 ccoWithNacc
Y1 priority in the normal type GERAN
-
NACC.
without SI.
BLIND_PRIORIT This parameter indicates the third 0~3 ccoWithOutNa
Y2 priority in the normal type GERAN cc
-
NACC.
without SI.
BLIND_PRIORIT This parameter indicates the fourth 0~3 geranRedirecti
Y3 priority in the normal type GERAN on
- ccoWithNACC: CCO with NACC. -
NACC.
without SI.
BLIND_CCOSU This parameter indicates whether to BOOL True
PPORT support blind Cell Change
Order(CCO) during GERAN
interworking. -
- False: Blind CCO not supported.
- True: Blind CCO supported.
CHG-GERAN-BLCCO / RTRV-GERAN-BLCCO

TARGET_GERA This parameter is the target GERAN 0~3 ccoWithNacc
N_NBR_IDX neighbor cell index where the blind
CCO will be performed for the -
relevant cell.- geranRedirecdtion:
Redirection without SI.
Counters and KPIs

CCO_GERAN_OUT CcoGeranAtt LTE to Inter RAT GERAN CCO attempt count
CcoGeranPrep LTE to Inter RAT GERAN CCO preparation success
Succ count
CcoGeranSuc
LTE to Inter RAT GERAN CCO execution success count
c
ABBREVIATIONS
REFERENCE
[1] 3GPP TS36.300 Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA) and Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network (E-UTRAN); Overall
description; Stage 2
LTE-SW1305, Cell Change Order to GERAN with NACC
SUMMARY
This is outbound mobility control functionality to GERAN. When mobility event to GERAN is occurred, eNB orders cell change towards GERAN cell to UE and transfers system informations of
the target GERAN cell.
INTRODUCTION
Cell Change Order to GERAN is another outbound mobility feature in addition to PS handover and redirection. Compared to PS handover, Cell Change Order does not
prepare user session in the target GERAN.
The eNB determines whether to perform the Cell Change Order to GERAN based on the UE’s measurement report and it specifies the carrier frequency and target cell for the
GERAN to which the UE needs to move(including system information of the target cell). System information is exchanged using RIM procedure.
Then the UE releases the connection to E-UTRAN and switches over to the target carrier frequency of the GERAN specified by the eNB to receive data service from the
GERAN.
BENEFIT
Operator Benefits:
User Benefits:
RELEASE HISTORY
Dependency:
 GERAN supported Device, EPC and GERAN shall support this feature.
 RIM for SI tunneling shall be support EPC and GERAN.
Limitation:
 RIM based SI tunneling is only possible for eNB to acquire GERAN NACC information.
FEATURE DESCRIPTION
Cell Change Order with NACC could be performed under the following conditions.
- System Information of the target cell is provided(with NACC)
Below is the procedure to switch the cell change order with NACC to the GERAN.
1) The eNB determines whether to switch the cell change order with NACC to the GERAN.
2) The eNB specifies the GERAN carrier frequency and target GERAN cell to which the UE is to switch over and, including the SI list of the target GERAN cell, transmits the
Mobility from EUTRA Command to the UE.
6) The UE switches over to the target GERAN cell of the GERAN carrier designated by the eNB to the Mobility from EUTRA Command and connects to the GERAN.
Procedures of GERAN location registration and GERAN call setup are performed. After then, the UE keeps providing its service in the GERAN.
FEATURE SCOPE
The eNB can decide to switch the cell change order to the GERAN depending on the UE measurement (E-UTRAN or GERAN) results if the UE supports the function of switching the cell
FR10 change order to the GERAN (FGI bit #10 is set to 1). - Use of GERAN measurement: When the UE supports the GERAN measurement and the Blind option is not activated - Use of E-
UTRAN measurement: When the UE does not support the GERAN measurement or the Blind option is activated
The eNB can decide the procedure of switching the cell change order to the GERAN. - If the SI list of the GERAN cell (s) that will process the cell change order is secured, the eNB
FR20
processes the cell change order with NACC.
FR30
The eNB can select the GERAN cell to be transmitted to the UE for the processing of the cell change order. - Use of GERAN measurement: Select the best cell among the GERAN cells
FR40
included in the measurement report. - Use of E-UTRAN measurement: Select the target GERAN cell that is set to the PLD.
The eNB can obtain and store the SI lists for each cell from an adjacent GERAN in accordance with the NACC RIM application with the GERAN, and use them when processing the cell
FR50
change order with NACC.
The eNB can collect the statistics for the procedure of cell change order without NACC. - Attempt/Success/Failure of the cell change order to the GERAN (collection unit: source cell,
FR60
target cell)
SYSTEM OPERATION
How to Activate
Operator can put the high priority on CCO to GERAN with NACC by using ‘CHG-GERAN-INTWO’ command for Normal type based on UE measurement
and Blind type without UE measurement. The lower number priority has the higher priority.
If ‘blindCCOsupport’ in ‘CHG-GERAN-INTWO’ is set to “True”, Blind CCO is supported during interworking with GERRAN and Target GERAN cell for Blind
CCO should be configured by using ‘CHG-GERAN-BLCCO’
‘isAllowedRim’ parameter should be set as ‘True’ using ‘CHG-HO-OPT’. This parameter configures the RIM procedure and ‘rimSupport’ parameter should
be set as ‘True’ using ‘CHG-NBR-GERAN’
Key Parameters

-
- N_EQUIP: Invalid.
- EQUIP: Valid.
ARFCN values except
startingARFCN.
geranArfcn0 and
0 Frequency Channel
-
-
31 object.
-
{s, ((s + d) mod 1024), ((s + 2*d) mod
1024) ... ((s + n*d) mod 1024)}. s is
-
to ARFCN = ((s + 8*N) mod 1024).
(geranArfcn0).

default.
- LteHo : Used for Gap Activate. -
Measure Config.
Call Continuity.
Tests.
Frequency Anr.
Rat Anr.
current active UEs.


-
NACC.
without SI.
-
NACC.
without SI.
-
NACC.
without SI.
interworking procedure. -
NACC.
without SI.
-
NACC.
without SI.
-
NACC.
without SI.
-
NACC.
without SI.
interworking procedure. -
NACC.
without SI.
interworking. -


function.

RIM_SUPPORT This parameter indicates whether or BOOL True
not the RIM procedure of a Neighbor
GERAN Cell is supported. It must be
set accurately since the RIM
procedure execution is determined -
by the setting.
Counters and KPIs

CCO_GERAN_OUT CcoGeranAtt LTE to Inter RAT GERAN CCO attempt count
CcoGeranPrep LTE to Inter RAT GERAN CCO preparation success
Succ count
CcoGeranSuc
LTE to Inter RAT GERAN CCO execution success count
c
ABBREVIATIONS
REFERENCE
LTE-SW1306, Redirection to GERAN without SI
SUMMARY
This is outbound mobility control functionality to GERAN. When mobility event to GERAN is occurred, eNB redirects the UE towards GERAN.
INTRODUCTION
The eNB ensures its seamless data service by switching to the GERAN using the procedure of redirection without the SI when a user providing the LTE data
service gets out of the LTE area.
The eNB determines whether to switch the redirection to the GERAN based on the UE’s measurement report.
When the Redirection of the GERAN is determined, the eNB clears the UE’s RRC connection and specifies the carrier frequency of the GERAN to which the
UE is to switch over (redirection without SI).
The UE switches over to the target carrier frequency of the GERAN specified by the eNB to receive data service from the GERAN.
BENEFIT
Operator Benefits:
User Benefits:
RELEASE HISTORY
Dependency:
• N/A
Limitation:
• GERAN supported Device, EPC and GERAN shall support this feature.
FEATURE DESCRIPTION
Below is the procedure to switch the redirection without SI to the GERAN.

1) The eNB determines whether to switch the redirection to the GERAN.
2) The eNB includes the GERAN carrier frequency to which the UE is to switch over and transmits the RRC Connection Release to the UE.
6) The UE switches over to the GERAN that the eNB specifies to the RRC Connection Release, and connects to the GERAN. It initiates the GERAN location
registration procedure. After then, the UE is on standby in the GERAN and continues providing the service.
FEATURE SCOPE
The eNB can determine the Redirection to the GERAN depending on the UE measurement results (E-UTRAN or GERAN). - Use of GERAN measurement: When the UE supports the
FR10
GERAN measurement and the Blind option is not activated - Use of E-UTRAN measurement: When the UE does not support the GERAN measurement or the Blind option is activated
The eNB can determine the Redirection to the GERAN procedure based on the UE Radio Access Capability. The Redirection without SI procedure is applied when the UE does not
FR20
support the enhanced redirection to the GERAN function.
The eNB can select one among the adjacent GERAN carriers to which the UE will be redirected based on the GERAN supported band that the UE supports. - Use of GERAN
FR30
FR40 - Attempt/Success/Failure of the redirection to the GERAN (collection unit: source cell)
SYSTEM OPERATION
How to Activate
To enable this feature, Operator should configure the GERAN Frequency Information by using ‘CHG-GERAN-FA’ command and configure A2
report configuration for ci_A2PurposeIRatHo and/or ci_A2PurposeIRatBlind.
Measurement for GERAN and PS handover to GERAN.
Operator can put the high priority on Redirection to GREAN without SI by using ‘CHG-GERAN-INTWO’ command for Normal type based on UE
measurement and Blind type without UE measurement. The lower number priority has the higher priority.
Key Parameters
-
- N_EQUIP: Invalid.
- EQUIP: Valid.
ARFCN values except
startingARFCN.
geranArfcn0 and
0 Frequency Channel
-
-
31 object.
-
remaining equally spaced ARFCN -
{s, ((s + d) mod 1024), ((s + 2*d) mod
1024) ... ((s + n*d) mod 1024)}. s is
-
to ARFCN = ((s + 8*N) mod 1024).
(geranArfcn0).

default.
-
Measure Config.
Call Continuity.
Tests.
Frequency Anr.
Rat Anr.
current active UEs.


RITY0 priority in the normal type GERAN -
NACC.
without SI.
-
NACC.
without SI.
-
NACC.
without SI.
-
NACC.
without SI.
-
NACC.
without SI.
-
NACC.
without SI.
-
NACC.
without SI.
-
NACC.
without SI.
Counters and KPIs

REDIR_GERAN_OUT RedirGeranAtt LTE to Inter RAT GERAN Redirection attempt count
RedirGeranPr LTE to Inter RAT GERAN Redirection preparation
epSucc success count
RedirGeranSu LTE to Inter RAT GERAN Redirection execution success
cc count
ABBREVIATIONS
REFERENCE
LTE-SW1307, Redirection to GERAN with SI
SUMMARY
This is outbound mobility control functionality to GERAN. When mobility event to GERAN is occurred, eNB redirects the UE towards GERAN and transfers system
informations of neighbouring GERAN cells.
INTRODUCTION
The eNB ensures its seamless data service by switching to the GERAN using the procedure of redirection with the SI when a user providing the LTE data service gets out of
the LTE area.
The eNB determines whether to perform the redirection to the GERAN based on the UE’s measurement report.When the redirection of the GERAN is determined, the eNB
clears the UE’s RRC connection, specifies the carrier frequency of the GERAN to which the UE is to switch over, and delivers the GERAN cell list and the system information
(SI) lists of each cell (redirection with SI). Finally, the UE switches over to the target carrier frequency of the GERAN specified by the eNB to receive data service from the
GERAN.
To experdite GERAN access, the RAN Information Management (RIM) interworking between the eNB and the GERAN is required to process the redirection with SI. The eNB
obtains and stores the SI lists of each cell from an adjacent GERAN through the RIM procedure, and use them when processing the redirection with SI.
BENEFIT
Operator Benefits:
User Benefits:
RELEASE HISTORY
Dependency:
Limitation:
 RIM based SI tunneling is only possible for eNB to acquire GERAN SI.
FEATURE DESCRIPTION
Below is the procedure to switch the redirection with SI to the GERAN.
Note that RRC Connection Release message includes cellInfoList-r9 IE which contains SI of the target cells.
1) The eNB determines whether to switch the redirection to the GERAN.
2) The eNB transmits the RRC Connection Release, including the GERAN carrier frequency, GERAN list, and SI lists of each cell.
6) The UE switches over to the GERAN that the eNB specifies to the RRC Connection Release, and connects to the GERAN. It initiates the GERAN location registration
procedure. After then, the UE is on standby in the GERNA and continues providing the service.
FEATURE SCOPE
The eNB can determine the Redirection to the GERAN depending on the UE measurement results (E-UTRAN or GERAN). - Use of GERAN measurement: When the UE supports the
FR10
GERAN measurement and the Blind option is not activated - Use of E-UTRAN measurement: When the UE does not support the GERAN measurement or the Blind option is activated
The eNB can determine the Redirection to the GERAN procedure based on the UE Radio Access Capability. The redirection with SI procedure is applied when the UE supports the
FR20
enhanced redirection to the GERAN function. - When the e-RedirectionGERAN-r9 is set to supported among UE-EUTRA-Capability
FR30
The eNB can select the GERAN cell list to process the redirection with SI and organize the RRC connection release message including the SI lists of the GERAN cells. - Use of GERAN
FR40 measurement: Include the SI list of the GERAN cell(s) included in the measurement report. - Use of E-UTRAN measurement: Include the SI list by selecting sequentially the GERAN
cell(s) that has secured the SI list among cells adjacent to the PLD’s GERAN.
The eNB can obtain and store the SI lists of each cell from an adjacent GERAN in accordance with the NACC RIM application with the GERAN and use them when processing the
FR50
redirection with SI.
FR60 The eNB can collect the statistics for the procedure of Redirection with SI to the GERAN . - Attempt/Success/Failure of the redirection to the GERAN (collection unit: source cell)
SYSTEM OPERATION
How to Activate
Operator can put the high priority on Redirection to GERAN with SI(Enhanced Redirection) by using ‘CHG-GERAN-INTWO’ command for Normal type
based on UE measurement and Blind type without UE measurement. The lower number priority has the higher priority.
be set as ‘True’ using ‘CHG-NBR-GERAN’.
Key Parameters

-
- N_EQUIP: Invalid.
- EQUIP: Valid.
ARFCN values except
startingARFCN.
geranArfcn0 and
0 Frequency Channel
-
-
31 object.
-
{s, ((s + d) mod 1024), ((s + 2*d) mod
1024) ... ((s + n*d) mod 1024)}. s is
-
to ARFCN = ((s + 8*N) mod 1024).
(geranArfcn0).

default.
- LteBlind : Used for Blind HO. -
Measure Config.
Call Continuity.
Tests.
Frequency Anr.
Rat Anr.
current active UEs.

-
NACC.
without SI.
-
NACC.
without SI.
-
NACC.
without SI.
-
NACC.
without SI.
-
NACC.
without SI.
-
NACC.
without SI.
-
NACC.
without SI.
NACC.
without SI.

function.

by the setting.
Counters and KPIs

REDIR_GERAN_OUT RedirGeranAtt LTE to Inter RAT GERAN Redirection attempt count
RedirGeranPr LTE to Inter RAT GERAN Redirection preparation
epSucc success count
RedirGeranSu LTE to Inter RAT GERAN Redirection execution success
cc count
ABBREVIATIONS
REFERENCE
LTE-SW1308, SRVCC to GERAN
SUMMARY
SRVCC handover is outbound mobility control functionality VoLTE call. SRVCC supports voice continuity of VoLTE calls from E-UTRAN to GERAN. This requires SGs interface between MME
and MSC.
INTRODUCTION
When a user using the Voice over LTE (VoLTE) service gets out of the LTE area and moves to a GERAN in which the PS-based Voice service is not available, the eNB secures the seamless
voice service by switching the user to the GERAN CS domain using the SRVCC handover procedure.
During attach procedure, MME informs eNB of SRVCC capability of MME and UE so that eNB can trigger SRVCC procedure when the UE has QCI#1 bearer.
The eNB determines the SRVCC handover of the GERAN based on the GERAN measurement report. When the UE’s GERAN measurement results are received, the eNB selects the handover
target cell and performs the handover preparation procedure. When the GERAN handover preparation procedure is completed successfully, the eNB requests the UE the SRVCC handover to
the GERAN. The UE switches over to the GERAN target cell specified by the eNB and receives the CS voice service from the GERAN.
BENEFIT
Operator Benefits:
 Operator can provide voice continuity (VoLTE) to its subscribers from E-UTRAN to GERAN.
User Benefits:
 Users during VoIP call (VoLTE) can move from E-UTRAN to GERAN, remaining the connected state.
RELEASE HISTORY
SLR5.0: When the eNB encode/decode transparent container, it considers only value part excluding type(T)/length(L) field.
Dependency:
 N/A
Limitation:
 GERAN supported device, EPC and GERAN shall support this feature.
 Need IOT with SRVCC capable device and the related network entities, i.e. EPC, GERAN and IMS.
FEATURE DESCRIPTION
As SRVCC is to support voice call continuity of VoLTE service in the legacy network, it shall be based on the handover procedure.
Depending on the capability of the GERAN, SRVCC from E-UTRAN to GERAN has 3 different SRVCC procedures.
- with DTM support
- with DTM but without PS handover
- with DTM HO support
Whether target GERAN supports DTM or PS handover could be configured by system parameters. From eNB perspective, the difference among 3 operation scenarios is the value of SRVCC
HO Indication IE and existence of PS Service Not Available IE in the S1AP Handover Required message.
Below call flow shows SRVCC procedure to the GERAN. (SRVCC from E-UTRAN to GERAN without DTM support).
1) The VoLTE UE transmits the measurement report that includes the GERAN measurement. The Source eNB determines the SRVCC handover to the GERAN.
2) The source eNB transmits the Handover Required to the source MME to request SRVCC handover to the GERAN.
(if target GERAN does not support DTM, eNB shall include "SVCC HO Indication and PS Service NOT available IE)
3) The source MME processes the bearer splitting based on the QCI for each bearer.
4)~7) The handover preparation between the Source E-UTRAN and the target GERAN CS domain is processed. Through this procedure, resources are allocated to ensure that the UE keeps
receiving the voice service from the target GERAN after the SRVCC handover.
8) The Source eNB receives the Handover Command from the target MME.
9) The Source eNB transmits the Mobility from EUTRA Command to the UE including the HO command received from the target GERAN.
10) The UE switches over to the GERAN target cell assigned by the eNB and transmits the HO Complete.
11) As the target GERAN is not able to provide simultaneous CS and PS service, the UE sends a request for suspension of PS service to the GERAN cell.
12) The target BSC transmits the Handover Complete to the target MSC to inform that the SRVCC handover is completed. The target MSC, along with the source MME, processes the handover
completion procedure.
13) The source MME clears the resources used in the E-UTRAN after completion of SRVCC handover to the GERAN.
When the blind redirection option is enabled the redirection procedure rather than the handover procedure shall be carried out. In this case, the voice call is disconnected.
FEATURE SCOPE
ability for inter-frequency measurement (FGI

FR10
ion if needed
FR20 The eNB can determine the SRVCC handover to the GERAN depending on the UE’s GERAN measurement results.
rier to which measurement is requested based

FR30
GERAN neighbor cell list configuration to which the VoIP support status for each cell adjacent to the GERAN is reflected
FR40 he Measurement Report
(SSR4.0/SLR5.0) The eNB can configure the Source to Target Transparent Container that will be delivere - Old
FR50 - Source BSS to Target BSS Transparent Container Contents of the Source
BSS to Target BSS Transparent Container [3GPP TS48.018]
(SSR4.0/SLR5.0) The eNB can decode the Target to Source Transparent Container IE that is received from the target GERAN. (in S1AP: HANDOVER COMMAND message) (c.f. The IE
FR51 will deliver value part only.) - Layer 3 Information field of the Layer 3 Information [3GPP TS48.008] - Target BSS to Source BSS Transparent Container Contents of the Target BSS to
Source BSS Transparent Container [3GPP TS48.018]
FR60 The eNB can process the target GERAN and the HO preparation in accordance with the procedure of SRVCC handover to the GERAN.
FR70 ailure (collection unit: source cell, target cell)
SYSTEM OPERATION
How to Activate
To enable this feature, interRatVolteOption should be set as Volte_SrvccOnly or Volte_UeCapability or be set as Volte_SameAsData in case
interRatDataOption is not set as Data_BlindOnly by using ‘CHG-INTWO-OPT’.
Operator should configure the GERAN Frequency Information and purpose of target GERAN frequency should be set to CS_ONLY or BOTH by
using ‘CHG-GERAN-FA’ command and A2 report configuration for ci_ A2PurposeSrvcc and B2 report configuration for the each GERAN carrier.
The handover target GERAN cell need to be registered in the serving cell GERAN neighboring cell list and srvccOption should be set as
srvccWithPSHO or srvccWithoutPSHO.
Key Parameters

INTER_RAT_VO How to the perform the inter RAT 0~3 Volte_SrvccOn
LTE_OPTION Mobility for Volte Call. ly
- Volte_SrvccOnly: Srvcc Only
- Volte_SameAsData: not allowed
SRVCC Same As Data Option -
- Volte_UeCapability: selected Option
according to Ue Capability (SRVCC,
PS HO, Redirection)
- Volte_BlindOnly: Redirection only
-
- N_EQUIP: Invalid.
- EQUIP: Valid.
ARFCN values except
startingARFCN.
geranArfcn0 and
0 Frequency Channel
-
-
31 object.
-
-
{s, ((s + d) mod 1024), ((s + 2*d) mod
1024) ... ((s + n*d) mod 1024)}. s is
MAP_OF_ARFC variableBitMap,variableBitMapOfARF -
to ARFCN = ((s + 8*N) mod 1024).
(geranArfcn0).
BAND_INDICAT The band indicator of the GERAN FA 0~1 0
OR object.
-
PURPOSE This parameter is the usage of the 0~2 0
GERAN carrier information.
- 0: Used for CS and PS handover.
-
- 1: Used for CS handover(CSFB,
SRVCC).
- 2: Used for PS handover.
default.
-
Measure Config.
Call Continuity.
Tests.
Frequency Anr.
Rat Anr.
current active UEs.
CHG-GERAN-B2CNF / RTRV-GERAN-B2CNF
PURPOSE This parameter is the usage of the 0~5 Index
GERAN Event B2 report. It is used
for inter-RAT Handover.
- InterRatHandover: For Inter-RAT
handover.
- Srvcc: For SRVCC.
- InterRatSPID : inter-RAT handover
-
operator
GERAN Event B2, which is triggered
enabled/disabled. This change will be
signaling procedure (e.g. Attach or -
Idle to Active). To avoide overload, a
new setting will not be updated to the
current active UEs.
- Inactive: GERAN Event B2 is not
used.
- Active: GERAN Event B2 is used.

STATUS The validity of the GERAN 0~1 0
neighboring cell information.
-
- N_EQUIP: Invalid
- EQUIP: Valid
TARGET_CELL The ID of the GERAN neighboring 0x0 ~ 0xFFFF 0
-
_ID cell to the eNB.
LAC This parameter is the Location Area 0x0 ~ 0xFFFF 0
Code of the GERAN neighbor cell
located around the eNB. The location -
area code of GERAN neighboring
cell to the eNB.
RAC This parameter is the routing area 0x0 ~ 0xFF 0
code of the GERAN neighbor cell -
located around the eNB.
NETWORK_CO The network color code of GERAN 0~7 0
LOUR_CODE neighboring cell to the eNB. Codes
are from 0 to 7. Be careful not to
enter previously entered information.
If all three of the networkColourCode, -
baseStationColourCode, and ARFCN
information match previously entered
information, the system determines it
to be a duplicated entry.
BASE_STATION This parameter is the base station 0~7 0
_COLOUR_CO color code of the GERAN neighbor -
DE cell located around the eNB.
MCC [4] The PLMN information (MCC) of -128 ~ 127 -
-
It is a three-digit number with each
digit being from 0 to 9.
MNC [4] The PLMN information (MNC) of -128 ~ 127 -
-
It is a three-digit or two-digit number
ARFCN This parameter is the ARFCN of the 0 ~ 1023 0
GERAN neighbor cell located around -
the eNB.
BAND_INDICAT The band indicator of GERAN 0~1 0
OR neighboring cell to the eNB.
-
SRVCC_OPTIO The option of Srvcc for 3GPP IRAT 0~2 srvccWithoutP
N Cell. SHO
- noSrvcc: not allowed SRVCC.
- srvccWithPSHO: Processing -
SRVCC with PS/DTM HO.
- srvccWithoutPSHO: Processing
SRVCC without PS/DTM HO.
Counters and KPIs

HO_GERAN_SRVCC_ GeranSrvccOut
GERAN SRVCC Handover attempt count
OUT Att
GeranSrvccOut
GERAN SRVCC Handover preparation success count
PrepSucc
GeranSrvccOut
GERAN SRVCC Handover execution success count
Succ
GeranSrvccOut Preparation fails due to reset notification (eNB failure
PrepFail_CpCcF or block restart) from ECMB or by the ECCB block
ail during the GERAN SRVCC preparation
GeranSrvccOut
Preparation fails due to S1AP specification cause
PrepFail_S1apC
during the GERAN SRVCC preparation
uFail
GeranSrvccOut
PrepFail_S1apLi
GERAN SRVCC preparation.
nkFail
GeranSrvccOut
PrepFail_S1apR
received) during the GERAN SRVCC preparation.
pTo
GeranSrvccOut
Preparation fails due to receiving S1AP signaling
PrepFail_S1apS
during the GERAN SRVCC preparation
igFail
GeranSrvccOut
Fail_CpCcTo
GERAN SRVCC
A call is released due to reset notification (eNB failure
GeranSrvccOut
or block restart) from ECMB or by the ECCB block
Fail_CpCcFail
during the GERAN SRVCC execution
GeranSrvccOut A call is released due to the failure in the GTP block
Fail_UpGtpFail during the GERAN SRVCC execution
GeranSrvccOut A call is released due to the failure in the MAC block
Fail_UpMacFail during the GERAN SRVCC execution
GeranSrvccOut A call is released due to the failure in the PDCP block
Fail_UpPdcpFail during the GERAN SRVCC execution
GeranSrvccOut A call is released due to the failure in the RLC block
Fail_UpRlcFail during the GERAN SRVCC execution
GeranSrvccOut A call is released due to receiving RRC signaling
Fail_RrcSigFail during the GERAN SRVCC execution
GeranSrvccOut A call is released due to the S1AP specification cause
Fail_S1apCuFail during the GERAN SRVCC execution
GeranSrvccOut
A call is released due to the S1 SCTP link failure
Fail_S1apLinkF
during the GERAN SRVCC execution
ail
GeranSrvccOut A call is released due to S1AP relocoverall timeout (not
Fail_S1apRoTo received) during the GERAN SRVCC execution
GeranSrvccOut A call is released due to receiving S1AP signaling
Fail_S1apSigFai during the GERAN SRVCC execution
l
ABBREVIATIONS
REFERENCE
[4] 3GPP TS23.216 Single Radio Voice Call Continuity (SRVCC); Stage 2
LTE-SW1309, CSFB to GERAN with Redirection without SI
SUMMARY
CS fallback toGERAN enables the delivery of CS domain services when a UE is being served by the E-UTRAN. When eNB receives CSFB indicator from MME, then performs a procedure of
redirection without system information.
INTRODUCTION
CS fallback is the function to provide LTE users a voice service prior to the introduction of the Voice over LTE (VoLTE), it switches the UE over to the legacy GERAN CS domain to provide
mobile originated/mobile terminated call.
The CSFB to GERAN with Redirection without SI function switches the UE to the GERAN in accordance with the Redirection without SI procedure.
When the S1 message including the CSFB indicator is received from the MME, the eNB clears the UE’s RRC connection and specifies the carrier frequency of the GERAN to which the UE is to
switch over(redirection without SI).
The UE switches over to the target carrier frequency of the GERAN specified by the eNB and initiates the voice call sending/receiving procedure.
BENEFIT
Operator Benefits:
 Operator can provide CS service to its subscribers by using legacy CS network (GERAN)
User Benefits:
 Users can do a CS call while staying in E-UTRAN, by transition to legacy CS network (GERAN)
RELEASE HISTORY
SLR4.0: In case of using GERAN measurement to select GERAN target carrier frequency, eNB solicits GERAN measurement for CSFB with Redirection to UE. eNB should configure all
available sets of GERAN carrier frequencies as measurement objects.
Dependency:
• N/A
Limitation:
• GERAN supported device, EPC and GERAN shall support this feature.
FEATURE DESCRIPTION
Regardless of a UE movement, CSFB is triggered when there is mobile originating or mobile terminating call.
To support CSFB service, 2G network coexists with LTE network where in . MME serves users while in LTE access network, and SGSN serves users while in
2G access network. In a 2G network SGSN serves users when utilizing data services and MSC (Mobile Switching Center) when utilizing voice services. To
support CS Fallback signaling, the MME connects to the MSC with SGs interface. The SGs interface is used for the mobility management and paging
procedures between EPS and CS domain. And it is also used for the delivery of both mobile originating and mobile terminating SMS.
In general, UE informs MME about the type of attach required during the attach procedure. In case “Attach Type” in the Attach request message is “Combined
EPS/IMSI Attach”, combined CS and PS updates are executed. For Combined EPS/IMSI Attach there is a requirement to use SGs interface, between MME
and MSC.
Below is the procedure for performing the CSFB with Redirection to GERAN without SI when UE is in active.
1) The UE initiates the CSFB procedure. If the UE is in idle state, the UE uses the RRC connection establishment procedure to switch over to the connected state. Above figure shows the case
when UE is in Active state.
2) The UE transmits the NAS EXTENDED SERVICE REQEUST which is embedded in RRC UL Information Transfer message.
3) eNB relays NAS message to the MME using S1AP Uplink NAS Transport message
4) The MME transmits the S1AP UE Initial Context Setup Request message in which the CSFB indicator is included to the eNB., The eNB processes the AS security activation and the default
bearer setup procedure.
5) The eNB transmits the S1AP Initial Context Setup Response message to the MME.
6) The eNB includes the GERAN carrier frequency to which the UE is to switch over and transmits the RRC Connection Release to the UE.
(Optionally, the eNB may request measurement of GERAN before step 6)
7~11) The eNB transmits the UE Context Release Request to the MME. The MME further processes the S1 release procedure with the eNB.
13) The UE switches over to the GERAN Carrier frequency given in the RRC Connection Release designated by the eNB and connects to the GERAN. It initiates the GERAN location
registration procedure.
14) If the GERAN cannot provide simultaneous CS and PS service, the UE request the GERAN to suspend the PS service.
15~16) The SGSN processes bearers suspension procedure in accordance with the UE’s request. The MME suspends the S-GW and PS bearers in accordance with the request from the SGSN.
17) After then, the UE performs the CS call setup and continues providing the CS service.
Below figure shows the call for CSFB when UE is in Idle state.
FEATURE SCOPE
The eNB can determine the GERAN target to which the UE is to switch over when triggering the CSFB. - GERAN measurement report solicitation: When the UE supports the GERAN
FR10
measurement and the blind option is not activated - eNB’s selection: When the UE does not support the GERAN measurement or the Blind option is activated
The eNB can determine the CSFB with Redirection to the GERAN procedure based on the UE radio access capability. The CSFB with Redirection without SI procedure applies when the
FR20
UE does not support the enhanced redirection to the GERAN function.
(SSR4.0/SLR4.0) In case of using GERAN measurement to select GERAN target carrier frequency, eNB solicits GERAN measurement for CSFB with Redirection to UE. eNB should
FR30
configure all available sets of GERAN carrier frequencies as measurement objects.
FR40
measurement: Select the GERAN carrier in the Measurement Report - Selection of eNB: elect the Round robin when GERAN carriers available to select are 2 or more
The eNB can collect the statistics for the procedure of CSFB with Redirection without SI to the GERAN. - CSFB with Redirection to GERAN Attempt/Success/Failure (collection unit:
FR50
source cell)
SYSTEM OPERATION
How to Activate
To enable this feature, Operator should configure the GERAN Frequency Information by using ‘CHG-GERAN-FA’ command.
Operator can put the high priority on CSFB to GERAN with Redirection without SI by using ‘CHG-GERAN-INTWO’ command for Normal type
based on UE measurement and Blind type without UE measurement. The lower number priority has the higher priority.
Key Parameters
-
- N_EQUIP: Invalid.
- EQUIP: Valid.
ARFCN values except
startingARFCN. -
- equallySpaced: used for
geranArfcn0 and
0 Frequency Channel
-
-
31 object.
-
-
{s, ((s + d) mod 1024), ((s + 2*d) mod
1024) ... ((s + n*d) mod 1024)}. s is
the first octet in the bitmap -
to ARFCN = ((s + 8*N) mod 1024).
(geranArfcn0).
-
NACC.
without SI.
-
NACC.
without SI.
- ccoWithoutNACC: CCO without -
NACC.
without SI.
-
NACC.
without SI.
-
NACC.
without SI.
-
NACC.
without SI.
-
NACC.
without SI.
-
NACC.
without SI.
Counters and KPIs

CSFB_REDIR_GERA CSFBGeranR Count of CSFB with Inter RAT GERAN Redirection
N_OUT edirAtt attempts
CSFBGeranR Count of CSFB with Inter RAT GERAN Redirection
edirPrepSucc preparation successes
edirSucc execution successes
ABBREVIATIONS
REFERENCE
LTE-SW1310, CSFB to GERAN with Redirection with SI

SUMMARY
CS fallback to GERAN enables the delivery of CS domain services when a UE is being served by the E-UTRAN. When eNB receives CSFB indicator from MME, then performs a procedure of
redirection with system information.
INTRODUCTION
CS fallback is the function to provide LTE users a voice service prior to the introduction of the Voice over LTE (VoLTE), it switches the UE over to the CS domain to provide mobile
originated/mobile terminated call. The CSFB to GERAN with Redirection with System Information (SI) function switches the UE to the GERAN in accordance with the Redirection with SI
procedure when sending or receiving the CSFB.
When the S1 message including the CSFB indicator is received from the MME, the eNB clears the UE’s RRC connection, specifies the carrier frequency of the GERAN to which the UE is to
switch over, and delivers the GERAN cell list and the system information (SI) lists of each cell (redirection with SI). The UE switches over to the target carrier frequency of the GERAN specified
by the eNB and initiates the voice call sending/receiving procedure. This function delivers the GERAN carrier frequency together with the SI lists of each GERAN cell, which reduces the
processing time taken after the UE switches over to GERAN, resulting in contributing to the improvement of CSFB call quality.
To provide system information, RAN Information Management (RIM) interworking between the eNB and GERAN is necessary to process the CSFB to GERAN with Redirection with SI. The eNB
obtains and stores the SI lists of each cell from an adjacent GERAN through the RIM procedure and use them when processing the CSFB to GERAN with Redirection with SI.
BENEFIT
Operator Benefits:
User Benefits:
RELEASE HISTORY
Dependency:
Limitation:
 RIM based SI tunneling is only possible for eNB to acquire GERAN SI (Manual configuration in LSM is not available)
FEATURE DESCRIPTION
To support CSFB service, 2G network coexists with LTE network where in . MME serves users while in LTE access network, and SGSN serves users while in 2G access
network. In a 2G network SGSN serves users when utilizing data services and MSC (Mobile Switching Center) when utilizing voice services To support CS Fallback signaling,
the MME connects to the MSC with SGs interface. The SGs interface is used for the mobility management and paging procedures between EPS and CS domain. And it is
also used for the delivery of both mobile originating and mobile terminating SMS.

In general, UE informs MME about the type of attach required during the attach procedure. In case “Attach Type” in the Attach request message is “Combined EPS/IMSI
Attach”, combined CS and PS updates are executed. For Combined EPS/IMSI Attach there is a requirement to use SGs interface, between MME and MSC.
Below is the procedure for performing the CSFB with Redirection to GERAN with SI. Note that RRC Connection Release includes cellInfoList-r9 IE to provide system
information of target cells.
1) The UE initiates the CSFB procedure. If the UE is in idle state, the UE via RRC connection establishment procedure switches over to the connected state. The figure below
shows the case when UE is in Active state.
2) The UE transmits the NAS EXTENDED SERVICE REQEUST which is embedded in RRC UL Information Transfer message.
4) The MME transmits the S1AP initial Context setup Request message in which the CSFB indicator is included to the eNB. In case the UE in idle state, the eNB processes
the AS security activation and the default bearer setup procedure.
5) The eNB transmits the S1AP Context setup Response message to the MME.
6) The eNB includes the GERAN carrier frequency to which the UE is to switch over and transmits the RRC Connection Release to the UE with system information of
candidate cells. (Optionally, the eNB may request measurement of GERAN before step 6)
7~11) The eNB transmits the UE Context Release Request to the MME. The MME processes the S1 release procedure with the eNB.
13) The UE switches over to the GERAN carrier frequency provided in the RRC Connection Release by the eNB and connects to the GERAN carrier frequency. It initiates the
GERAN location registration procedure.
14) If the GERAN cannot provide simultaneousCS and PS service, the UE request the GERAN to suspend the PS service.
15~16) The SGSN processes the MME and bearers suspension procedure in accordance with the UE’s request. The MME suspends the S-GW and PS bearers in
accordance with the request from the SGSN.
Below figure shows the call for CSFB when UE is in Idle state.
FEATURE SCOPE
FR10
The eNB can determine the CSFB with Redirection to the GERAN procedure based on the UE Radio Access Capability. The CSFB with Redirection with SI procedure is applied when
FR20
the UE supports the enhanced redirection to the GERAN function. - When the e-RedirectionGERAN-r9 is set to supported among the UE-EUTRA-Capability
(SSR4.0/SLR4.0) In case of using GERAN measurement to select GERAN target carrier frequency, eNB solicits GERAN measurement for CSFB with Redirection to UE. eNB should
FR30
configure all available sets of GERAN carrier frequencies as measurement objects.
FR40
The eNB selects the GERAN cell list to be transmitted for processing the CSFB with Redirection with SI and can, including the SI lists of the GERAN cells, organize the RRC Connection
FR50 Release message. - Use of GERAN measurement: Include the SI lists of the GERAN cell(s) included in the Measurement Report - eNB Selection: Include the SI lists by selecting
sequentially the GERAN cell(s) that has secured the SI list among cells adjacent to the PLD’s GERAN
The eNB obtains and stores the SI lists of each cell from an adjacent GERAN in accordance with the NACC RIM application with the GERAN and can use them when processing the
FR60
CSFB with Redirection with SI.
The eNB can collect the statistics for the procedure of CSFB with Redirection to the GERAN with SI. - CSFB with Redirection to GERAN Attempt/Success/Failure (collection unit: source
FR70
cell)
SYSTEM OPERATION
How to Activate
Operator can put the high priority on CSFB to GERAN with Redirection with SI(Enhanced Redirection) by using ‘CHG-GERAN-INTWO’ command for
Normal type based on UE measurement and Blind type without UE measurement. The lower number priority has the higher priority.
be set as ‘True’ using ‘CHG-NBR-GERAN’.
Key Parameters
-
- N_EQUIP: Invalid.
- EQUIP: Valid.
ARFCN values except
startingARFCN.
geranArfcn0 and
0 Frequency Channel
-
-
31 object.
-
-
{s, ((s + d) mod 1024), ((s + 2*d) mod
1024) ... ((s + n*d) mod 1024)}. s is
MAP_OF_ARFC variableBitMap,variableBitMapOfARF -
to ARFCN = ((s + 8*N) mod 1024).
(geranArfcn0).
-
NACC.
without SI.
-
NACC.
without SI.
-
NACC.
without SI.
-
NACC.
without SI.
-
NACC.
without SI.
-
NACC.
without SI.
BLIND_PRIORIT This parameter indicates the third - 0~3 ccoWithOutNa
NACC.
without SI.
-
NACC.
without SI.
function.

GERAN Cell is supported. It must be -
procedure execution is determined
by the setting.
Counters and KPIs

CSFB_REDIR_GERA CSFBGeranR Count of CSFB with Inter RAT GERAN Redirection
N_OUT edirAtt attempts
edirPrepSucc preparation successes
edirSucc execution successes
ABBREVIATIONS
REFERENCE
LTE-SW1311, CSFB to GERAN with CCO without NACC
SUMMARY
CS fallback to GERAN enables the delivery of CS domain services when a UE is being served by the E-UTRAN. When eNB receives CSFB indicator from MME, then performs a procedure of
CCO without NACC.
INTRODUCTION
CS fallback is the function to provide LTE users a voice service prior to the introduction of the Voice over LTE (VoLTE), it switches the UE over to the CS domain to provide mobile
originated/mobile terminated call (Refer to SW1309).
The CSFB to GERAN with Cell Change Order (CCO) without Network Assisted Cell Change (NACC) function switches the UE to the GERAN in accordance with the CCO without NACC
procedure.
When the S1 message including the CS FB indicator is received from the MME, the eNB gives the cell change order to the UE and specifies carrier frequency and target cell of the GERAN to
which the CSFB indicator and the UE are to switch over (CCO without NACC). The UE switches over to the target cell of the GERAN specified by the eNB and initiates the voice call
sending/receiving procedure.
Whether to use CCO or release with redirection could be configured by LSM.
BENEFIT
Operator Benefits:
User Benefits:
RELEASE HISTORY
Dependency:
FEATURE DESCRIPTION
CS fallback is the function to provide LTE users a voice service prior to the introduction of the Voice over LTE (VoLTE), it switches the UE over to the CS
domain to provide mobile originated/mobile terminated call (Refer to SW1309).
The CSFB to GERAN with Cell Change Order (CCO) without Network Assisted Cell Change (NACC) function switches the UE to the GERAN in accordance
with the CCO without NACC procedure.
When the S1 message including the CS FB indicator is received from the MME, the eNB gives the cell change order to the UE and specifies carrier frequency
and target cell in the GERAN to which the CSFB indicator and the UE are to switch over (CCO without NACC). The UE switches over to the target cell of the
GERAN specified by the eNB and initiates the voice call sending/receiving procedure.
CCO without NACC could be performed under the following conditions.
: Optionally, measurement could be omitted via configuration

- System Information of the target cell is not provided(without NACC)
Below figure shows the call flow for CSFB to GERAN with CCO without NACC.
1) The UE initiates the CSFB procedure. If the UE is in idle state, the UE using the RRC connection establishment procedure switches over to the connected state.
2) The UE transmits the NAS EXTENDED SERVICE REQEUSTembedded in RRC UL Information Transfer message.
4) The MME transmits the S1AP Initial Context Context setup Request message in which the CSFB indicator is included to the eNB. In case the UE is in idle state, the eNB processes the AS
security activation and the default bearer setup procedure.
6) The eNB specifies the GERAN carrier frequency and the target GERAN cell to which the UE is to switch over and transmits the Mobility from EUTRA command to the UE.
(The eNB may request measurement of GERAN before step 6. This measurement will increase total CSFB latency)
13) The UE switches over to the GERAN carrier frequency given by the eNB and connects to the GERAN. It initiates the GERAN location registration procedure.
15~16) The SGSN processes the bearers suspension procedure in accordance with the UE’s request. The MME suspends the S-GW and PS bearers in accordance with the request from the
SGSN.
Below shows the procedure for UE in idle state.
FEATURE SCOPE
FR10
If the UE supports the cell change order to the GERAN (FGI bit #10 is set to 1), the eNB can determine the procedure of cell change order to the GERAN. - If the SI list of the GERAN
FR20
cell(s) that will process the cell change order is not secured, the eNB processes the CSFB with CCO without NACC.
(SSR4.0/SLR4.0) In case of using GERAN measurement to select GERAN target carrier frequency, eNB solicits GERAN measurement for CSFB with CCO to UE. eNB should configure
FR30
all available sets of GERAN carrier frequencies as measurement objects.
FR40
The eNB can select the GERAN cell to be transmitted to the UE for the processing of the CSFB with CCO. - Use of GERAN measurement: Select the best cell among the GERAN cells
FR50
included in the measurement report - eNB selection: Select the target GERAN cell that is set in the PLD
The eNB can collect the statistics for the procedure of CSFB with CCO without NACC to the GERAN - CSFB with CCO to GERAN Attempt/Success/Failure (collection unit: source cell,
FR60
target cell)
SYSTEM OPERATION
How to Activate
Operator can put the high priority on CSFB to GERAN with CCO without NACC by using ‘CHG-GERAN-INTWO’ command for Normal type based
on UE measurement and Blind type without UE measurement. The lower number priority has the higher priority.
If ‘blindCCOsupport’ in ‘CHG-GERAN-INTWO’ is set to “True”, Blind CCO is supported during interworking with GERRAN and Target GERAN cell
for Blind CCO should be configured by using ‘CHG-GERAN-BLCCO’
Key Parameters
Uni Default
t Value
STATUS This parameter indicates whether the - 0~1 0
Uni Default
t Value
- N_EQUIP: Invalid.
- EQUIP: Valid.
FOLLOWING_ARFCNS The followingARFCNs is the choice option 0~2 0
to select the remaining ARFCN values
except startingARFCN.
explicitListOfARFCNs. set geranArfcn0 ~
geranArfcn31.
equallySpacedARFCNs. set geranArfcn0,
arfcnSpacing and
geranArfcn0 and
GERAN_ARFCN0 This parameter is the Absolute Radio 0~ 0
Frequency Channel Number(ARFCN) of - 1023
the GERAN FA object. (Start ARFCN)
GERAN_ARFCN1 ~ This parameter is the Absolute Radio -1 ~ -1
GERAN_ARFCN31 Frequency Channel Number(ARFCN) of - 1023
the GERAN FA object.
ARFCN_SPACING If followingARFCNs is set to 1~8 1
equallySpaced, arfcnSpacing becomes
-
Space, d, between a set of equally spaced
ARFCN values.
NUMBER_OF_FOLLOWING_ARFCN If followingARFCNs is set to 0 ~ 31 0
S equallySpaced,
numberOfFollowingARFCNs becomes The
number, n, of the remaining equally
spaced ARFCN values in the set. The -
complete set of (n+1) ARFCN values is
defined as: {s, ((s + d) mod 1024), ((s +
2*d) mod 1024) ... ((s + n*d) mod 1024)}. s
is startingARFCN (geranArfcn0).
VARIABLE_BIT_MAP_OF_ARFCNS If followingARFCNs is set to 0~ 0
[16] variableBitMap,variableBitMapOfARFCNs - 255
becomes Bitmap field representing the
Uni Default
t Value
remaining ARFCN values in the set. The
leading bit of the first octet in the bitmap
corresponds to the ARFCN = ((s + 1) mod
1024), the next bit to the ARFCN = ((s + 2)
mod 1024), and so on. If the bitmap
consist of N octets, the trailing bit of octet
N corresponds to ARFCN = ((s + 8*N)
mod 1024). The complete set of ARFCN
values consists of ARFCN = s and the
ARFCN values, where the corresponding
bit in the bitmap is set to 1. s is
NORMAL_PRIORITY0 This parameter indicates the 0~3 ccoWithNacc
first priority in the normal
type GERAN interworking
procedure.
- ccoWithNACC: CCO with
NACC.
- ccoWithoutNACC: CCO -
without NACC.
- enhancedRedirection:
Enhanced Redirection with
SI.
- geranRedirecdtion:
NORMAL_PRIORITY1 This parameter indicates the 0~3 enhancedRedirection
second priority in the normal
procedure.
NACC. -
- ccoWithoutNACC: CCO
without NACC.
SI.
NORMAL_PRIORITY2 This parameter indicates the 0~3 ccoWithOutNacc
third priority in the normal
procedure.
NACC.
without NACC.
SI.
NORMAL_PRIORITY3 This parameter indicates the 0~3 geranRedirection
fourth priority in the normal
procedure.
NACC.
without NACC.
SI.
BLIND_PRIORITY0 This parameter indicates the 0~3 enhancedRedirection
first priority of blind type
GERAN interworking
procedure.
NACC.
-
- ccoWithoutNACC: CCO
without NACC.
SI.
BLIND_PRIORITY1 This parameter indicates the 0~3 ccoWithNacc
second priority in the normal
procedure.
NACC.
without NACC.
SI.
BLIND_PRIORITY2 This parameter indicates the 0~3 ccoWithOutNacc
third priority in the normal
procedure.
NACC.
without NACC.
SI.
BLIND_PRIORITY3 This parameter indicates the 0~3 geranRedirection
fourth priority in the normal
procedure.
NACC.
without NACC.
SI.
BLIND_CCOSUPPORT This parameter indicates BOOL True
whether to support blind Cell
Change Order(CCO) during
GERAN interworking.
-
- False: Blind CCO not
supported.
- True: Blind CCO
supported.
Counters and KPIs

CSFB with inter-RAT GERAN CCO
CSFB_CCO_GERAN_OUT CSFBGeranCcoAtt
attempt count
CSFBGeranCcoPrepSucc
preparation success count
CSFBGeranCcoSucc
execution success count
ABBREVIATIONS
REFERENCE
[4] 3GPP TS23.272 Circuit Switched Fallback in Evolved Packet System; Stage
LTE-SW1312, CSFB to GERAN with CCO with NACC
SUMMARY
CS fallback toGERAN enables the delivery of CS domain services when a UE is being served by the E-UTRAN. When eNB receives CSFB indicator from MME, then performs a procedure of
CCO with NACC.
INTRODUCTION
CS fallback is the function to provide LTE users a voice service prior to the introduction of the Voice over LTE (VoLTE), it switches the UE over to the CS domain when an LTE user sends or
receives a voice call to let the user receive a voice service from the CS domain.
The CSFB to GERAN with Cell Change Order (CCO) with Network Assisted Cell Change (NACC) function switches the UE to the GERAN with CCO with NACC procedure .
When the S1 message including the CSFB indicator is received from the MME, the eNB gives the cell change order to the UE, specifies the carrier frequency and target cell of the GERAN to
which the UE is to switch over, and delivers the system information (SI) list of the target cell (CCO with NACC). The UE switches over to the target cell of the GERAN specified by the eNB and
initiates the voice call sending/receiving procedure.
The RAN information management (RIM) interworking between the eNB and the GERAN is required to process the CSFB to GERAN with CCO with NACC. The eNB obtains and stores the SI
lists of each cell from an adjacent GERAN through the RIM procedure and use them when processing the CSFB to GERAN with CCO with NACC.
BENEFIT
Operator Benefits:
User Benefits:
RELEASE HISTORY
Dependency:
 RIM for SI tunneling shall be supported by EPC and GERAN
Limitation:
 RIM based SI tunneling is only possible for ENB to acquire GERAN system information (Manual configuration in LSM is not available)
FEATURE DESCRIPTION
To support CSFB service, 2G network coexists with LTE network where in . MME serves users while in LTE access network, and SGSN serves users while
in 2G access network. In a 2G network SGSN serves users when utilizing data services and MSC (Mobile Switching Center) when utilizing voice services. To
Cell Change Order wth NACC could be performed under the following conditions.
- System Information of the target cell is provided(with NACC)
Below figure shows the call flow for CSFB to GERAN with CCO with NACC.Note that system information of the target cell shall be obtained by RIM procedure.
1) The UE initiates the CSFB procedure. If the UE is in idle state, the UE using the RRC connection establishment procedure switches over to the connected state.
2) The UE transmits the NAS EXTENDED SERVICE REQEUSTembedded in RRC UL Information Transfer message.
4) The MME transmits the S1AP Initial Context Context setup Request message in which the CSFB indicator is included to the eNB. In case the UE is in idle state, the eNB processes the AS
security activation and the default bearer setup procedure.
6) The eNB specifies the GERAN carrier frequency and the target GERAN cell to which the UE is to switch over and transmits the Mobility from EUTRA command to the UE including the SI lists
of the target GERAN cell.
(The eNB may request measurement of GERAN before step 6. This measurement will increase total CSFB latency)
13) The UE switches over to the GERAN carrier frequency given by the eNB and connects to the GERAN. It initiates the GERAN location registration procedure.
15~16) The SGSN processes the bearers suspension procedure in accordance with the UE’s request. The MME suspends the S-GW and PS bearers in accordance with the request from the
SGSN.
17) After then, the UE performs the CS call setup and continues providing the CS service
Below shows the procedure for UE in idle state.
FEATURE SCOPE
FR10
If the UE supports the cell change order to the GERAN (FGI bit #10 is set to 1), the eNB can determine the procedure of cell change order to the GERAN. - If the SI list of the GERAN
FR20
cell(s) that will process the cell change order is not secured, the eNB processes the CSFB with CCO with NACC.
(SSR4.0/SLR4.0) In case of using GERAN measurement to select GERAN target carrier frequency, eNB solicits GERAN measurement for CSFB with CCO to UE. eNB should configure
FR30
all available sets of GERAN carrier frequencies as measurement objects.
FR40
The eNB can select the GERAN cell to be transmitted to the UE for the processing of the CSFB with CCO. - Use of GERAN measurement: Select the best cell among the GERAN cells
FR50
included in the measurement report - eNB selection: Select the target GERAN cell that is set in the PLD
The eNB can obtain and store the SI lists of each cell from an adjacent GERAN in accordance with the NACC RIM application with the GERAN, and use them when processing the CSFB
FR60
with CCO with NACC.
The eNB can collect the statistics for the procedure of CSFB with CCO with NACC to the GERAN - CSFB with CCO to GERAN Attempt/Success/Failure (collection unit: source cell,
FR70
target cell)
SYSTEM OPERATION
How to Activate
Operator can put the high priority on CSFB to GERAN with CCO with NACC by using ‘CHG-GERAN-INTWO’ command for Normal type based on
UE measurement and Blind type without UE measurement. The lower number priority has the higher priority.
If ‘blindCCOsupport’ in ‘CHG-GERAN-INTWO’ is set to “True”, Blind CCO is supported during interworking with GERRAN and Target GERAN cell
for Blind CCO should be configured by using ‘CHG-GERAN-BLCCO’
should be set as ‘True’ using ‘CHG-NBR-GERAN’
Key Parameters

-
- N_EQUIP: Invalid.
- EQUIP: Valid.
ARFCN values except
startingARFCN.
-
geranArfcn0 and
0 Frequency Channel
-
1~GERAN_ARF Frequency Channel
-
CN31 Number(ARFCN) of the GERAN FA
object.
-
-
{s, ((s + d) mod 1024), ((s + 2*d) mod
1024) ... ((s + n*d) mod 1024)}. s is
-
to ARFCN = ((s + 8*N) mod 1024).
(geranArfcn0).
OR object.
-

-
NACC.
without SI.
-
NACC.
without SI.
NORMAL_PRIO This parameter indicates thethird 0~3 ccoWithOutNa
-
NACC.
without SI.
NORMAL_PRIO This parameter indicates thefourth 0~3 geranRedirecti
-
NACC.
without SI.
-
NACC.
without SI.
-
NACC.
without SI.
BLIND_PRIORIT This parameter indicates thethird 0~3 ccoWithOutNa
NACC.
without SI.
BLIND_PRIORIT This parameter indicates thefourth 0~3 geranRedirecti
-
NACC.
without SI.
interworking. -


RIM_ENABLE This parameter indicates whether to - BOOL False
RAT (WCDMA, GEARN).
function.

by the setting.
Counters and KPIs

CSFB_CCO_GERAN_ CSFBGeranCc
CSFB with inter-RAT GERAN CCO attempt count
OUT oAtt
CSFBGeranCc CSFB with inter-RAT GERAN CCO preparation success
oPrepSucc count
CSFBGeranCc CSFB with inter-RAT GERAN CCO execution success
oSucc count
ABBREVIATIONS
REFERENCE
LTE-SW1313, CSFB to GERAN with PS Handover
SUMMARY
CS fallback toGERAN enables the delivery of CS domain services when a UE is being served by the E-UTRAN. When eNB receives CSFB indicator from MME, then performs a procedure of PS
handover to GERAN.
INTRODUCTION
CS fallback is the function to provide LTE users a voice service prior to the introduction of the Voice over LTE (VoLTE), it switches over the UE to the CS domain when
there is a voice call(mobile originated or mobile terminated) so that the user receive a voice service from the CS domain.The CSFB to GERAN with PS handover function switches the UE to the
GERAN in accordance with the PS handover procedure.
When the S1 message including the CSFB indicator is received from the MME, the eNB gives the GERAN measurement order to the UE. When the GERAN measurement results are received
from the UE, the eNB selects the handover target cell and processes the handover preparation procedure. If the GERAN and handover preparation procedures are
successfully completed, the eNB commands the UB the handover to the GERAN and delivers the CSFB indicator (PS handover).
The UE performs handover to the target cell of the GERAN specified by the eNB and initiates the voice call setup procedure.
BENEFIT
Operator Benefits:
User Benefits:
RELEASE HISTORY
SLR6.0: The CSFB mechanism and target RAT/carrier can be selected based on the UE's state.
Dependency:
 GERAN supported Device, EPC and GERAN shall support this feature based on 3GPP Rel.8. It needs IOT with commercial UE which support PS Handover between LTE and GERAN.
Limitation:
 N/A
FEATURE DESCRIPTION
To support CSFB service, 2G network coexists with LTE network where in . MME serves users while in LTE access network, and SGSN serves users while
in 2G access network. In a 2G network SGSN serves users when utilizing data services and MSC (Mobile Switching Center) when utilizing voice services. To
Samsung eNB can use PS handover for CSFB to GERAN under the following conditions.
- Target GERAN shall support PS handover
- UE shall support handover to GERAN(FGI#9)
Note that, depending on the configuration and UE capability, Redirection or Cell Change Order could be used for CSFB
Below is the procedure for CSFB with PS handover to GERAN for UE in active.
1) The UE initiates the CSFB procedure. If the UE is in idle state, the UE processes the connection establishment between the eNB and RRC procedure to switch over to the connected state.
2~3) The UE transmits the NAS EXTENDED SERVICE REQEUST. And eNB relays it.
4) The MME transmits the S1 request message in which the CSFB indicator is included to the eNB. In case of the CSFB of the UE in idle state, the eNB processes the AS security activation and
the default bearer setup procedure.
5) The eNB transmits the S1 response message to the MME.
6) The eNB gives the GERAN measurement order to the UE. (if available)
7) The handover preparation procedure between the Source E-UTRAN and the target GERAN is processed.
8) The eNB, including the HO command received from the CSFB indicator and the target GERAN frequency, transmits the Mobility from EUTRA Command to the UE.
9) The UE switches over to the GERAN target cell designated by the eNB and performs the rest of handover procedure
The following figure shows the procedure for CSFB with PS handover to GERAN in case UE is in idle state.
FEATURE SCOPE
FR10
measurement and the blind option is not activated (csfbOption=ueCapability) - eNB’s selection: When the UE does not support the GERAN measurement or the Blind option is activated
FR20 If the UE supports the GERAN measurement and PS handover to the GERAN, the eNB can process according to the CSFB with PS handover procedure.
(SSR4.0/SLR4.0) When the eNB solicits GERAN measurement for CSFB with PS handover to UE, the eNB should configure all available sets of GERAN carrier frequencies as
FR30
measurement objects.
The eNB can select one among the adjacent GERAN carriers to which the UE will perform redirection based on the GERAN supported band that the UE supports. - Use of GERAN
FR40
measurement: Select the GERAN carrier in the Measurement Report
The eNB can select the target GERAN cell to process the CSFB with PS handover. - Use of GERAN measurement: Select the best cell among the GERAN cells included in the
FR50
measurement report.
The eNB can collect the statistics for the procedure of CSFB with PS handover to the GERAN - CSFB with CCO to GERAN Attempt/Success/Failure (collection unit: source cell, target
FR60
cell)
FR70 (SLR6.0) The eNB can select the CSFB mechanism and target RAT/carrier based on the UE's state (ACTIVE or IDLE) when the CSFB is triggered.
SYSTEM OPERATION
How to Activate
To enable this feature, Operator should configure the GERAN Frequency Information by using ‘CHG-GERAN-FA’ command and the GERAN
Periodic Measurement information for StrongestCell report purpose by using ‘CHG-GERAN-PRD’ command.
‘psHoSupport’ parameter should be set as ‘True’ using ‘CHG-NBR-GERAN’
Key Parameters
-
- N_EQUIP: Invalid.
- EQUIP: Valid.
-
ARFCN values except
startingARFCN.
geranArfcn0 and
0 Frequency Channel
-
-
31 object.
-
-
{s, ((s + d) mod 1024), ((s + 2*d) mod
1024) ... ((s + n*d) mod 1024)}. s is
representing the remaining ARFCN -
to ARFCN = ((s + 8*N) mod 1024).
(geranArfcn0).
OR object.
-
CHG-GERAN-PRD / RTRV-GERAN-PRD
PURPOSE The purpose for using information on 0~3 0
the GERAN periodic event report.
- StrongestCells: This purpose is
used for ICIC.
- StrongestCellsForSON: This -
purpose is used for SON.
- ReportCGI: This purpose is used for
CGI.
- Mlb : This purpose is used for MLB.
ACTIVE_STATE This parameter indicates whether to 0~1 0
use the GERAN periodic event
report.
- Inactive: The GERAN periodic -
event report is not used.
- Active: The GERAN periodic event
report is used.
MAX_REPORT_ The maximum number of cells to be 1~8 1
CELL included in a measurement report
-
due to the GERAN periodic event
report.
REPORT_INTE The interval of a measurement report - 0 ~ 12 1
of UE due to the GERAN periodic
RVAL event report.
REPORT_AMO The maximum number of 0~7 4
UNT measurement reports of UE due to -
the GERAN periodic event report.

PS_HO_SUPPO This parameter indicates whether to BOOL True
RT support the PS-HO of the given
GERAN neighbor cell. -
- False: PS-HO is not supported.
- True: PS-HO is supported.
Counters and KPIs

CSFB_PSHO_GERAN CSFBPsHoGe Attempt count for CSFB with inter-RAT GRAN PS
_OUT ranAtt handover
CSFBPsHoGe Preparation success count for CSFB with inter-RAT
ranPrepSucc GRAN PS handover
CSFBPsHoGe Count of CSFB with Inter RAT GERAN PS handover
ranSucc execution successes
CSFBPsHoGe Preparation fails due to reset notification (eNB failure or
ranPrepFail_C block restart) from ECMB or by the ECCB block during
pCcFail the CSFB PS handover preparation.
CSFBPsHoGe
ranPrepFail_S
1apCuFail
CSFBPsHoGe
ranPrepFail_S
CSFB PS handover preparation.
1apLinkFail
CSFBPsHoGe
ranPrepFail_S
received) during the CSFB PS handover preparation.
1apRpTo
CSFBPsHoGe Preparation fails due to receiving S1AP signaling during
ranPrepFail_S the CSFB PS handover preparation.
1apSigFail
CSFBPsHoGe A call is released due to call control timeout in the
ranFail_CpCc protocol blocks (MAC, RLC, PDCP, GTP) during the
To CSFB PS handover execution.
CSFBPsHoGe A call is released due to reset notification (eNB failure or
ranFail_CpCc block restart) from the ECMB or by the ECCB block
Fail during the CSFB PS handover execution.
CSFBPsHoGe
A call is released due to a failure in the GTP block
ranFail_UpGtp
Fail
CSFBPsHoGe
A call is released due to a failure in the MAC block
ranFail_UpMa
cFail
CSFBPsHoGe
A call is released due to a failure in the PDCP block
ranFail_UpPdc
pFail
CSFBPsHoGe
A call is released due to a failure in the RLC block during
ranFail_UpRlc
Fail
CSFBPsHoGe
A call is released due to receiving an RRC signaling
ranFail_RrcSig
Fail
CSFBPsHoGe
A call is released due to S1AP specification cause
ranFail_S1apC
uFail
CSFBPsHoGe
ranFail_S1apL
inkFail
CSFBPsHoGe
A call is released due to an S1AP relocoverall timeout
ranFail_S1apR
(not received) during the CSFB PS handover execution.
oTo
CSFBPsHoGe
ranFail_S1aSi
gFail
ABBREVIATIONS
REFERENCE
LTE-SW2012, Service based Handover from LTE to UTRAN
SUMMARY
The UE can use a variety of services such as Voice over LTE, Web, or FTP in the LTE network. Because each service has a different feature, it is necessary to use a different UTRAN inter-RAT
handover policy depending on the service.
INTRODUCTION
The UE can use a variety of services such as Voice over LTE, Web, or FTP in the LTE network. Because each service has a different feature, it is necessary to use a different UTRAN inter-RAT
handover policy depending on the service.
BENEFIT
Operator can differentiate LTE to UTRAN mobility control policy for each service.
RELEASE HISTORY
SLR 2.4 (New)
Dependency:
 UTRAN Device, EPC and UTRAN shall support PS handover from E-UTRAN to UTRAN
Limitation:
 Up to 5 mobility profiles are allowed.
 The QCI 5 is the default mobility profile.
FEATURE DESCRIPTION
The operator sets the parameters required for inter-RAT handover to the UTRAN in the service based LTE.
Provisioning/Parameter Settings for Service based Handover from LTE to UTRAN
Appropriate mobility profile is allocated to each QCI. Below table shows an example of mobility profile allocation according to QCI. The Mobility Profile 0 is the default configuration, which is
allocated to the QCI that does not belong to Mobility Profile 1-4. For QCI 5, Mobility Profile 0 is allocated instead of Mobility Profile 1-4.
Below table is example of Mobility Profile Allocation for each QCI.
Mobility Profile Mobility Mobility Mobility Mobility Mobility

# Profile 0 Profile 1 Profile 2 Profile 3 Profile 4
QCIs allocated Default QCI 1 QCI 2, QCI 7, No
to each configuration 3, 4 8, 9 allocate
mobility group d QCI
(Default value
per QCI)
Mobility control related items are set for each mobility profile as shown below.
Ÿ - Preferred target carrier frequencies for E-UTRAN (FDD or TDD)
Ÿ - Handover triggering event
Ÿ - Measurement configuration
Ÿ - Blind redirection option

If the UE has several QCIs, a mobility profile is allocated to the QCI with the highest priority. For this, the operator can set priority per QCI as shown in below table.
Below table is example of Priority Allocation per QCI.
QCI# 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Priority 9 2 4 3 5 1 6 7 8 9
Determine a mobility profile that will be applied to a UE based on the QCI of a bearer that is used by the UE. Therefore, a different handover policy can be applied per QCI.
The operational scenario is described below.

Below figure is example of service based handover from LTE to UTRAN.
'
For example, UE A and UE B have QCI 1 and QCI 9 respectively and mobility profile per QCI is set as shown in below table. That is, Mobility
Profile 1 is allocated to UE A and Mobility Profile 2 is allocated to UE B. In this case, if a handover to the UTRAN is not set for Mobility Profile 1
and a preferred carrier is set to the UTRAN for Mobility Profile 2, UE A does not handovers to the UTRAN and UEB handovers to the UTRAN as
shown in below figure.
Below table is example of Mobility Profile Allocation for each QCI that is Set in the UE.
UE A B
QCI 1 9
Mobility Profile Mobility Profile 1 Mobility Profile 2
FEATURE SCOPE
The eNB should provide a mobility profile that has inter-RAT handover related policy to the UTRAN in the following LTE. Ÿ - Preferred target carrier frequencies for UTRAN (FDD or TDD)
FR10
- Handover triggering event Ÿ - Measurement configuration Ÿ - Blind redirection option
FR20 The eNB should provide up to 5 mobility profiles of R1. (Group #0: General calls, Group #1-4: Specific QCI calls)
FR30 The eNB should be able to set up QCI for each QCI or mobility profile.
FR40 The priority for each QCI can be set by operator to select a mobility profile.
FR50 The eNB should be able to process UTRAN mobility according to the QCI mobility profile of a moving UE.
FR60 The eNB should be able to process UTRAN measurement configuration according to the QCI mobility profile of a moving UE.
SYSTEM OPERATION
How to Activate
Configure QCI Mobility Group ID to each QCI value by using CHG-QCI-VAL command.
Configure QCI Moibility Group specific handover parameters by using CHG- INTWO-OPTQCI, CHG UTRA-FAQCI, CHG-EUTRA-
A2CNFQ, CHG-EUTRA-A1CNFQ, CHG-UTRA-B1CNFQ, CHG-UTRA-B2CNFQ commands.
Key Parameters
RTRV-QCI-VAL / CHG-QCI-VAL (QCI Mobility Group configuration)
This parameter is the
QoS Class
Identifier(QCI). The range
is 0 - 255.The standard
QCI defined in the
standard document is 1 -
9. 0 and 10 - 255 can be
QCI used by the operator - 0 ~ 255 0
optionally.
[Related Specifications]
3GPP TS 23.203 [Table
6.1.7] Standardized QoS
characteristics.
This parameter indicates
the whether to use the
QoS Class Identifier
(QCI).
STATUS - EQUIP: eNB uses the

- 1 ~ 16 9
relevant QCI.
- N_EQUIP: eNB does

not use the relevant QCI.
priority of the QoS Class
Identifier (QCI). The
PRIORITY range is 1 to 16, and 1
- 1 ~ 16 9
means the highest
priority.
This attribute defines the
QCI_MOBILITY_GROUP_ID QCI Mobility Group ID of - 0~4 0
the QCI.
RTRV-UTRA-FAQCI / CHG-UTRA-FAQCI
The cell number to 0~
CELL_NUM be changed.
- 0
MAX_CELL_PER_SYS_CDD
This parameter
specifies the
frequency index to
change the
UTRAN carrier
FA_INDEX information. - 0~5 0
Maximum 6 FAs
can be set for each
cell.
QCI_GROUP_INDEX QCI Group index. - 1~4 1
This parameter
indicates whether
to use the UTRAN
carrier information.
- N_EQUIP: Does N_EQUIP

STATUS not use the - N_EQUIP
UTRAN carrier EQUIP
information.
- EQUIP: Uses the

UTRAN carrier
information.
This parameter is
the offset value
applied to the
UTRA carrier
OFFSET_FREQ frequency. dB -15 ~ 15 0
[Related
Specifications]
3GPP TS 36.331
Handover type
mapped to a
UTRAN carrier.
- EventB1: UTRAN EventB1

HANDOVER_TYPE carrier is mapped
- - ci_HoEventB2
EventB2
to B1 report config.
- EventB2: UTRAN
carrier is mapped
to B2 report config.
RTRV-UTRA-B1CNFQ / CHG-UTRA-B1CNFQ
This parameter is
the number of
cells.This value
must not exceed the
maximum number
of cells supported
by the system. It is
determined by 0~
CELL_NUM FA/Sector. For
- 0
example, if the
maximum capacity
provided to the
carrier per system is
1 FA/3 Sector, up to
3 cells are
supported.
This parameter
specifies the use of
the UTRAN Event
B1 used for
interoperating with
the UTRAN.
InterRatHandover: Used for
- InterRatHandover:
Used for handover
to the UTRAN. ANR_Specific: Used for the ANR
PURPOSE -- operation with the UTRAN. InterRatHandover
- ANR_Specific:
Used for the ANR Spare_1: Reserved value.
operation with the
UTRAN. Spare_2: Reserved value.
- Spare_1:
Reserved value.
- Spare_2:
Reserved value.
This parameter
specifies the
UTRAN frequency
index to use for
interoperating with
the UTRAN.
FA_INDEX - 0~5 0
This value
corresponds to the
faIndex of
UtraFaPriorInfoFunc
PLD one to one.
This parameter
indicates whether to
use the UTRAN
Event B1 used for
interoperating with
the UTRAN.
Inactive
ACTIVE_STATE - Inactive
- Inactive: Does not Active
use the UTRAN
Event B1.
- Active: Uses the

UTRAN Event B1.
RTRV-UTRA-B2CNFQ / CHG-UTRA-B2CNFQ
number of cells.This
value must not exceed
the maximum number
of cells supported by 0~
CELL_NUM the system. It is
- 0
determined by
FA/Sector. For
example, if the
maximum capacity
provided to the carrier
per system is 1 FA/3
Sector, up to 3 cells are
supported.
This parameter
specifies the use of the
UTRAN Event B2 used
for interoperating with
the UTRAN.
InterRatHandover: Used for
- InterRatHandover:
PURPOSE Used for handover to -- InterRatHandover
the UTRAN. Spare_1: Reserved value.
- Spare_1: Reserved Spare_2: Reserved value.

field.
- Spare_2: Reserved
field.
This parameter
specifies the UTRAN
frequency index to use
for interoperating with
the UTRAN.
FA_INDEX - 0~5 0
This value corresponds
to the faIndex of
UtraFaPriorInfoFunc
PLD one to one.
This parameter
indicates whether to
use the UTRAN Event
B2 used for
interoperating with the
UTRAN. Inactive
ACTIVE_STATE - Inactive
Active
- Inactive: Does not use
the UTRAN Event B2.
- Active: Uses the

UTRAN Event B2.
RTRV-INTWO-OPTQCI / CHG- INTWO-OPTQCI
This parameter is
the number of
cells.This value
must not exceed
the maximum
number of cells
supported by the
system. It is
0~
CELL_NUM determined by - 0
FA/Sector. For MAX_CELL_PER_SYS_CDD
example, if the
maximum capacity
provided to the
carrier per system
is 1 FA/3 Sector,
up to 3 cells are
supported.
This parameter
specifies whether
to enable forced
redirection when
receiving the A2
Event
Measurement
Report message
for the operation of
Inter-frequency
handover.
BlindNotSupport
INTER_FREQ_REDIR_SUPPORT - BlindNotSupport
- BlindNotSupport: BlindSupport
Performs the
follow-up operation
for normal Inter-
frequency
handover when
receiving the A2
Event
Measurement
Report message
Inter-frequency
handover.
- BlindSupport:
Immediately
performs
redirection to Inter-
frequency when
receiving the A2
Event
Measurement
Report message
Inter-frequency
handover.
Whether to force
redirection during
the inter RAT PS
handover for Data
Call.
- Data_BlindOnly
Data_UeCapability: Data_UeCapability (* for some
Redirection Or
INTER_RAT_DATA_OPTION handover
- customers, this
according to Ue Data_BlindOnly: value can be
Capability. changed)
- Data_BlindOnly:
Redirection is
executed
regardless of
condition.
Counters and KPIs

Family Type Name Type Description
Display
Name
HO_INTER_R RatOutAttUTRAN LTE to inter-RAT UTRAN handover attempt count.
AT_UTRAN_
OUT RatOutPrepSuccUT LTE to inter-RAT UTRAN handover preparation success
RAN count.
RatOutSuccUTRAN LTE to inter-RAT UTRAN handover execution success
count.
RatOutPrepFailUTRA Preparation fails due to eNB or block fault during the
N_CP_CC_FAIL UTRAN handover preparation.
RatOutPrepFailUTRA Preparation fails due to S1AP specification cause during
N_S1AP_CU_FAIL the UTRAN handover preparation.
RatOutPrepFailUTRA Preparation fails due to S1 SCTP link failure during the
N_S1AP_LINK_FAIL UTRAN handover preparation.
RatOutPrepFailUTRA Preparation fails due to S1AP relocprep timeout (not
N_S1AP_RP_TO received) during the UTRAN handover preparation.
RatOutPrepFailUTRA Preparation fails due to receiving S1AP signaling during
N_S1AP_SIG_FAIL the UTRAN handover preparation.
RatOutFailUTRAN_C A call is released due to Call Control Timeout of a
P_CC_TO protocol block during UTRAN handover execution.
RatOutFailUTRAN_C A call is released due to eNB or block fault during the
P_CC_FAIL UTRAN handover execution.
RatOutFailUTRAN_U A call is released due to the failure in the GTP block
P_GTP_FAIL during the UTRAN handover execution.
RatOutFailUTRAN_U A call is released due to the failure in the MAC block
P_MAC_FAIL during the UTRAN handover execution.
RatOutFailUTRAN_U A call is released due to the failure in the PDCP block
P_PDCP_FAIL during the UTRAN handover execution.
RatOutFailUTRAN_U A call is released due to the failure in the RLC block
P_RLC_FAIL during the UTRAN handover execution.
RatOutFailUTRAN_R A call is released due to receiving RRC signaling during
RC_SIG_FAIL the UTRAN handover execution.
RatOutFailUTRAN_S A call is released due to the S1AP specification cause
Family Type Name Type Description
Display
Name
1AP_CU_FAIL during the UTRAN handover execution.
RatOutFailUTRAN_S A call is released due to the S1 SCTP link failure during
1AP_LINK_FAIL the UTRAN handover execution.
RatOutFailUTRAN_S A call is released due to S1AP relocoverall timeout (not
1AP_RP_TO received) during the UTRAN handover execution.
RatOutFailUTRAN_S A call is released due to receiving S1AP signaling
1AP_SIG_FAIL during the UTRAN handover execution.
RatOutAttUTRAN LTE to inter-RAT UTRAN handover attempt count.
RatOutPrepSuccUTR LTE to inter-RAT UTRAN handover preparation success

AN count.
RatOutSuccUTRAN LTE to inter-RAT UTRAN handover execution success
count.
RatOutPrepFailUTRA Preparation fails due to eNB or block fault during the
N_CP_CC_FAIL UTRAN handover preparation.
RatOutPrepFailUTRA Preparation fails due to S1AP specification cause during
N_S1AP_CU_FAIL the UTRAN handover preparation.
RatOutPrepFailUTRA Preparation fails due to S1 SCTP link failure during the
N_S1AP_LINK_FAIL UTRAN handover preparation.
RatOutPrepFailUTRA Preparation fails due to S1AP relocprep timeout (not
N_S1AP_RP_TO received) during the UTRAN handover preparation.
RatOutPrepFailUTRA Preparation fails due to receiving S1AP signaling during
N_S1AP_SIG_FAIL the UTRAN handover preparation.
RatOutFailUTRAN_C A call is released due to Call Control Timeout of a
P_CC_TO protocol block during UTRAN handover execution.

RTRV-INTWO-OPT/CHG-INTWO-OPT
Recommen
ded Value
CELL_NUM Cell number 0~2 0
Whether to use the force redirection
for inter RAT PS mobility
- FALSE: PS handover is triggered if
INTER_RAT_PS_R available (handover preferred).
BOOL False
EDIRECTION - TRUE: Redirection is always
executed regardless of the PS
handover availability (forced
redirection).
Reco
Paramete mmen
Description Range
r ded
Value
CELL_N The cell number. This value 0~2 0
UM must not exceed the maximum
number of cells supported by
the system. It is determined by
Carrier/Sector. For example, if
the maximum capacity system
is 1 Carrier/3 Sector, up to 3
RELATIO Database index of UTRAN 0~255 0
N_IDX neighboring cell.
STATUS The validity of the UTRAN N_EQUIP/EQUIP N_EQ
- N_EQUIP: UTRAN
neighboring cell information is
invalid.
- EQUIP: UTRAN neighboring
cell information is valid.
RNC_ID RNC ID of UTRAN neighboring 0~4095 0
cell to the eNB.
C_ID CID of UTRAN neighboring cell 0~65535 0
to the eNB.
LAC The location area code of 0~65535 0
UTRAN neighboring
cell to the eNB.
RAC The routing area code of 0~255 0
UTRAN neighboring cell to the
eNB.
MCC0 The broadcast PLMN list 3 (Char) 234
information (MCC) of UTRAN
neighboring cell to the eNB. It
is a three-digit number with
each digit being from 0 to 9.
MNC0 The broadcast PLMN list 3 (Char) 20
information (MNC) of UTRAN
is a three-digit or two-digit
number with each digit being
from 0 to 9.
MCC1 The broadcast PLMN list 3 (Char) FFF
MNC1 The broadcast PLMN list 3 (Char) FFF
from 0 to 9.
from 0 to 9.
from 0 to 9.
from 0 to 9.
from 0 to 9.
DUPLEX_ The duplex type of UTRAN ci_FDD/ci_TDD ci_FD
TYPE neighboring cell to the eNB. D
- ci_FDD: Frequency division
duplex.
P_SCM_C The primary scramble code of 0~511 0
ODE UTRAN neighboring cell to the
eNB, which needs only for
FDD.
CELL_PA The cell parameter ID of 0~127 0
RA_ID UTRAN neighboring cell to the
eNB, which needs only for
TDD.
ARFCN_U The uplink absolute radio 0~16383 0
L frequency channel number
(ARFCN) of UTRAN
ARFCN_D The downlink absolute radio 0~16383 0
L frequency channel number
(ARFCN) of UTRAN
IS_REMO Whether to delete a certain False/True True
VE_ALLO neighboring cell to the eNB
WED using the ANR (Automatic
Neighbor Relation) function.
- True: The neighboring cell
can be deleted.
- False: The neighboring cell
cannot be
deleted.
IS_ Whether to perform handover False/True True
HOALLO to UTRAN neighboring cell.
WED - True: Handover is allowed.
- False: Handover is not
allowed.
VOIP_INC Whether to support VoIp of False/True True
APA UTRAN neighboring cell.
BLE - True: VoIP is not support.
- False: VoIP is supported.
RIM_SUP Whether to support RIM False/True False
PORT Procedure of UTRAN neighbor
cell.
- False: RIM is not support.
- True: RIM is support.
OWNER_ This parameter defines how NoneType/InitialNRT/AnrBySer Create
TYPE NRT is updated, This filed can ver/AnrByUe/CreatedByUserCo dBy-
be classfied Initial NRT/ANR by mmand/CreatedByUserUI UserC
Server/ANR by UE/Created by o
User mman
Command/CreatedByUserUI. d
Recommen
ded Value
determined by Carrier/Sector.
For example, if the maximum capacity
FA_INDEX EUTRA frequency index. Up to 8 FAs 0~5 0
can be assigned per cell.
STATUS Whether the EUTRA FA is valid. N_EQUIP 0
- N_EQUIP: Invalid. /EQUIP
- EQUIP: Valid.
DUPLEX_TYPE The duplex mode information on a ci_FDD/ci ci_FDD
cell. _TDD
Enter either FDD or TDD.
UARFCN_UL Uplink UTRA Absolute Radio 0~16383 0
UARFCN_DL Downlink UTRA Absolute Radio 0~16383 0
PRIORITY Priority information on the UTRA FA. 0~7 4
THRESH_XHIGH The threshold used in the UE to 0~31 0
reselect a frequency whose priority is
frequency.
THRESH_XLOW The threshold used to reselect low- 0~31 0
priority frequency from high-priority
frequency.
Q_RX_LEV_MIN The minimum RX level required in a -60~-13 -50
cell in dBm units.
P_MAX_UTRA The maximum RF output power in the -50~33 0
UE.
Q_QUAL_MIN The minimum quality level required in -24~0 0
UTRA FDD cells.
OFFSET_FREQ The offset applied to UTRA carrier -15~15 0
frequency.
THRESH_XHIGH_ The threshold used in the UE to 0~31 0
QREL9 reselect a frequency whose priority is
frequency in Rel-9.
W_QREL9 priority frequency from high-priority
frequency in Rel-9.
ANR_UE_SEARCH The Searching Rate of UE which 0.0~100.0 100.0
_RATE performs the ANR measurement for
the corresponding carrier index.
PURPOSE The usage of UTRAN carrier 0~2 0
Information
- 0 (BOTH): use for CS and PS HO.
- 1 (CS_ONLY): use for CS HO
(CSFB, SRVCC)
- 2 (PS_ONLY): use for PS HO.
HANDOVER_TYPE Handover Type per Carrier ci_RatHo ci_RatHoEve
- ci_RatHoEventB1 EventB1/ ntB2
- ci_RatHoEventB2 ci_RatHo
EventB2
ABBREVIATIONS
REFERENCE
LTE-SW2013, Service based Handover from LTE to GERAN
SUMMARY
LTE to GERAN handover control based on service (QCI) specific criteria.
INTRODUCTION
The UE can use various services including Voice over LTE, Web, and FTP in LTE network. As each service has different properties, it is required to use different handover policies depending on
the service. For example, making handover to the carrier having better coverage is appropriate for VoLTE services in multi-carrier environment. For the services having different QoS attribute,
use different QCI. In order to control handover for each service, the eNB applies handover policy established for each QCI.
BENEFIT
Operator Benefits: Operator can differentiate LTE to GERAN mobility control policy for each service.
RELEASE HISTORY
SLR 2.4: First release
Dependency
UE shall supports GERAN frequency
EPC and GERAN shall support PS handover procedure
Limitation
Up to 5 mobility profiles are supported
For QCI value 5, the default mobility profile is allocated

FEATURE DESCRIPTION
Provisioning/Parameter Settings for Service based Handover from LTE to GERAN
Appropriate mobility profile is allocated to each QCI. Table 1 shows an example of mobility profile allocation according to QCI. The Mobility Profile 0 is the default configuration, which is
allocated to the QCI that does not belong to Mobility Profile 1-4. For QCI 5, Mobility Profile 0 is allocated instead of Mobility Profile 1-4. The following table shows the example of mobility
profile allocation for each QCI.
MobilityProfile # QCIs allocated to each mobility group
Mobility Profile0 Default configuration (Default value per QCI)
Mobility Profile1 QCI 1
Mobility Profile2 QCI 2, 3, 4
Mobility Profile3 QCI 7, 8, 9
Mobility Profile4 No allocated QCI
Mobility control related items are set for each mobility profile per QCI as shown below.
 Preferred target carrier frequencies for GERAN
 Handover triggering event
 Measurement configuration
 Blind redirection option
The eNB sets different triggering information (e.g. threshold) for every handover triggering event (B1 or B2) which is set by QCI, so that handover to a specific carrier can be made.
If a UE has several QCIs, a mobility profile where QCI with highest priority is used.
For this, the operator can set priority per QCI as shown below.
Qci # 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Priorit 9 2 4 3 5 1 6 7 8 9
y
Determine a mobility profile that will be applied to a UE based on the QCI of a bearer that is used by the UE. Therefore, a different handover policy can be applied per QCI.
The operational scenario is described below.
For example, when the UE A and UE B have QCI 1 and QCI 9 respectively, if the mobility profile by QCI is set as table 1, then the mobility profile 1 is allocated to the UE A and the
mobility profile 3 is allocated to the UE B. In addition, when handover to GERAN is not set for the mobility profile 1 in the step 0, and the preferred carrier is set as GERAN for the
mobility profile 2, if the UE A does not make handover but the UE B has handover, then the handover is made in GERAN, as shown below.
The following table shows the example of mobility profile allocation for each QCI that is Set in the UE.
Ue A B
QCI 1 9
Mobility Profile Mobility Profile 1 Mobility Profile 3
FEATURE SCOPE
The eNB should provide a mobility profile that has inter-

FR10
FR20 The eNB should provide up to 5 mobility profiles of R1. (Group #0: General calls, Group #1-4: Specific QCI calls)
FR30 The eNB should be able to set up QCI for each QCI or mobility profile.
FR40 The priority for each QCI can be set by operator to select a mobility profile.
FR50 The eNB should be able to process GERAN mobility according to the QCI mobility profile of a moving UE.
FR60 The eNB should be able to process GERAN measurement configuration according to the QCI mobility profile of a moving UE.
SYSTEM OPERATION
How to Activate
Configure QCI Mobility Group ID to each QCI value by using CHG-QCI-VAL. If multiple bearers with different QCIs are configured for the same UE, then the QCI Mobility
Group ID with highest priority QCI will be chosen. QCI Moibility Group specific handover parameters can be configured by RTRV/CHG GERAN-FAQCI, RTRV/CHG-
GERAN-B1CNFQ, RTRV/CHG-GERAN-B2CNFQ. If specific QCI Mobility Group is going to use event B1 to handover to the specific GERAN FA, then use 1) CHG-GERAN-
FAQCI to set handover type to be B1 and 2) CHG-GERAN-B1CNFQ to set the active status of the corresponding cell, handover purpose, qci group index, and FA index.
Key Parameters
RTRV-QCI-VAL / CHG-QCI-VAL (QCI Mobility Group configuration)

QoS Class
Identifier(QCI). The range
is 0 - 255.The standard
QCI defined in the
standard document is 1 -
9. 0 and 10 - 255 can be
QCI used by the operator - 0 ~ 255 0
optionally.
[Related Specifications]
3GPP TS 23.203 [Table
6.1.7] Standardized QoS
characteristics.
This parameter indicates
the whether to use the
QoS Class Identifier
(QCI).
STATUS - EQUIP: eNB uses the

- 1 ~ 16 9
relevant QCI.
- N_EQUIP: eNB does

not use the relevant QCI.
PRIORITY priority of the QoS Class
- 1 ~ 16 9
Identifier (QCI). The
range is 1 to 16, and 1
means the highest
priority.
This attribute defines the
QCI_MOBILITY_GROUP_ID QCI Mobility Group ID of - 0~4 0
the QCI.
RTRV-GERAN-FAQCI / CHG- GERAN -FAQCI

The cell number to 0~
CELL_NUM be changed.
- 0
GERAN frequency
index. Up to 6 FAs
FA_INDEX can be assigned per
- 0~5 0
cell.
Whether the
GERAN FA object
is valid.
N_EQUIP
STATUS - N_EQUIP
- N_EQUIP: Invalid. EQUIP
- EQUIP: Valid.
The offset for carrier
OFFSET_FREQ frequency of the dB -15 ~ 15 0
GERAN FA object.
Handover Type per
Carrier
RatHoEventB1
HANDOVER_TYPE - ci_RatHoEventB1
- RatHoEventB2
RatHoEventB2
- ci_RatHoEventB2
RTRV-GERAN-B1CNFQ / CHG-UTRA-B1CNFQ

This parameter is the number of
cells. This value must not
exceed the maximum number of
cells supported by the system. It
0~
CELL_NUM is determined by FA/Sector. For - 0
example, if the maximum MAX_CELL_PER_SYS_CDD
capacity provided to the carrier
per system is 1 FA/3 Sector, up
to 3 cells are supported.
The purpose for using
information on the GERAN B1
event report. It is used for inter-
RAT Handover and SON ANR
function.
B1PurposeInterRatHandover
-
ci_B1PurposeInterRatHandover :
For inter-RAT Handover. B1PurposeANR_Specific
PURPOSE -- B1PurposeInterRatHandover
- ci_B1PurposeANR_Specific: B1PurposeSpare_1
For ANR.
B1PurposeSpare_2
- ci_B1PurposeSpare_1:
Reserved.
Reserved.
FA_INDEX GERAN FA Index - 0~5 0
Whether to use the GERAN B1
event report.
- Inactive: Does not use the Inactive

ACTIVE_STATE GERAN Event B1.
- Inactive
Active
- Active: Uses the GERAN Event

B1.
RTRV-GERAN-B2CNFQ / CHG-GERAN-B2CNFQ

This parameter is the number of
cells. This value must not
exceed the maximum number of
cells supported by the system. It
0~
CELL_NUM is determined by FA/Sector. For - 0
example, if the maximum MAX_CELL_PER_SYS_CDD
capacity provided to the carrier
per system is 1 FA/3 Sector, up
to 3 cells are supported.
The purpose for using the B2PurposeInterRatHandover
GERAN B2 event report.
PURPOSE -- B2PurposeSpare_1
B2PurposeInterRatHandover
-
ci_B2PurposeInterRatHandover:
For Inter-RAT handover. B2PurposeSpare_2
Reserved.
Reserved.
FA_INDEX GERAN FA Index - 0~5 0
Whether to use the GERAN B2
event report.
- Inactive: The GERAN B2 event Inactive

ACTIVE_STATE report is not used.
- Inactive
Active
- Active: The GERAN B2 event

report is used.
RTRV-GERAN-INTWOQ / CHG-GERAN-INTWOQ

The cell number to be 0~
CELL_NUM changed.
- 0
Normal Priority of first
Geran Interworking
- ccoWithNACC :
CCO with NACC ccoWithNACC
- ccoWithoutNACC : ccoWithoutNACC
CCO without NACC
NORMAL_PRIORITY0 - ccoWithNacc
enhancedRedirection
-
enhancedRedirection :
Enhanced Redirection geranRedirecdtion
with SI
- geranRedirecdtion :
Redirection without SI
Normal Priority of
second Geran ccoWithNACC
NORMAL_PRIORITY1 Interworking - enhancedRedirection
- ccoWithNACC : ccoWithoutNACC
CCO with NACC
enhancedRedirection
- ccoWithoutNACC :
CCO without NACC geranRedirecdtion
-
Enhanced Redirection
with SI
Normal Priority of 3rd
Geran Interworking
- ccoWithNACC :
CCO without NACC
NORMAL_PRIORITY2 - ccoWithOutNacc
enhancedRedirection
-
with SI
Normal Priority of 4th
Geran Interworking
- ccoWithNACC :
NORMAL_PRIORITY3 CCO without NACC - geranRedirection
enhancedRedirection
-
enhancedRedirection : geranRedirecdtion
with SI
Blind Priority of first
Geran Interworking
- ccoWithNACC :
CCO without NACC
BLIND_PRIORITY0 - enhancedRedirection
enhancedRedirection
-
with SI
Blind Priority of
second Geran
Interworking
- ccoWithNACC :
BLIND_PRIORITY1 CCO without NACC - ccoWithNacc
enhancedRedirection
-
enhancedRedirection : geranRedirecdtion
with SI
Blind Priority of 3rd
Geran Interworking
ccoWithNACC
- ccoWithNACC :
ccoWithoutNACC
CCO with NACC
BLIND_PRIORITY2 - ccoWithOutNacc
enhancedRedirection
- ccoWithoutNACC :
CCO without NACC
geranRedirecdtion
-
with SI
Blind Priority of 4th
Geran Interworking
- ccoWithNACC :
CCO without NACC
BLIND_PRIORITY3 - geranRedirection
enhancedRedirection
-
with SI
Indicate to support
BlindCCO.
False
- False : Blind CCO
BLIND_CCOSUPPORT not support
- True
True
- True : Blind CCO
support
Indicate to CSFB
option when receive
CSFB Indication.
ueCapability
CSFB_OPTION - ueCapability : by UE
- geranCsfbByBlind
Capability blind
- blind : Blind CSFB
Counters and KPIs

There are no related counters or KPIs.
ABBREVIATIONS
REFERENCE
[3] 3GPP TS23.203 Policy and charging control architecture
LTE-SW2014, SPID based Dedicated Priority
SUMMARY
The eNB supports dedicated signaling with Inter-Frequency/RAT cell reselection or handover priorities based on SPID.
INTRODUCTION
The eNB supports dedicated signaling with Inter-Frequency/RAT cell reselection or handover priorities based on SPID (Subscriber Profile ID).
- Spec. based SPID support
- Operator specific SPID support
BENEFIT
Operator Benefits:
 The operator can control idle mode camping RAT and carriers of a UE based on absolute priorities determined by subscription information.
 The operator can control service frequency of a UE based on absolute priorities determined by subscription information.
RELEASE HISTORY
SSR2.0/SLR2.3 : First release
SSR3.0/SLR4.0 : Support to operator specific value (SPID 1~128)
SSR4.0/SLR4.5 : SPID based inter-frequency handover is added.

SSR4.0/SLR5.0 : SPID based inter-RAT handover is added.
Dependency:
• Operator specific values required.
Limitation:
• The reference values, SPID=1~128, 254, 255 and 256 can be supported.
FEATURE DESCRIPTION
SPID information is received from MME(Initial Context Setup Request/UE Context Modification/Downlink NAS Transport) or Other eNB(Handover Setup Request).
eNB support to Inter-frequency handover or reselection priority based on dedicated priority each SPID.
1. SPID based inter-frequency handover
When the eNB receives UE's SPID, it checks whether the SPID is set by the operator. If this SPID is set, the eNB performs Inter-frequency handover for the highest prioritized frequency in the
dedicated priority list.
[Related Operation]
- When the eNB receives UE's SPID, it selects frequencies should be UseFlag is set to use.
- The eNB performs measurement (A4, A5) using RRCConnectionReconfiguration procedure for the highest prioritized frequencies among selected frequencies.
- The eNB sets Measurement Gap, which leads to search for Inter-frequency cell.
- When the eNB receives MR by A4 (Nneighbour cell signal strength only) or A5, it performs inter-frequency handover toward the searched frequency.
2. SPID based inter-RAT handover
When the eNB receives UE's SPID, it checks whether the SPID is set by the operator. If the SPID is set and the highest prioritized frequency is Inter-RAT frequency, the eNB performs Inter-
RAT handover to the chosen frequency.
[Related Operation]
- When the eNB receives UE's SPID, it selects frequencies should be UseFlag is set to use.
- If the highest prioritized frequency is Inter-RAT frequency, the eNB performs measurement (B1, B2) using RRCConnectionReconfiguration procedure on the highest prioritized inter-RAT
frequency.
- The eNB sets Measurement Gap, which leads to search for Inter-frequency cell.
- When the eNB receives MR by B1 or B2, it performs inter-frequency handover toward the searched frequency.
- If the frequencies of multiple RATs have the same highest priority, one target RAT is chosen according to the fixed order of LTE > UTRAN > GERAN.
3. SPID based reselection priority
During RRC Connection Release occurrence, the SPID setup of corresponding UE is verified by eNB. If the setup is complete, the corresponding dedicated priority list is transferred to UE by
eNB.
[Related Operation]
- When configuring RRC Connection Release to MS, verify if SPID (1~128, 254, 255, and 256) of MS is set.
- Allow configuration of IdleModeMobilityControlInfo only for the SPID set to MS with UseFlag on. At this point, only include RAT supported according to UE Radio Capability of MS in order to
exclude non-supported RAT information.
- If UseFlag is off for the SPID set for UE, configure IdleModeMobilityControlInfo according to Idle mode Load Balancing feature.
- Transmit the configured RRC Connection Release message to MS.
4. Specification
[SPID range]
- Values 1~128 : Operator specific SPID values.
- Values 129~256 : Reference values
[Reference SPID values]
Table 1. eNB local configuration in idle and connected mode for SPID = 256
Configuration parameter Value Meaning
E-UTRAN carriers priority high The selection priorities for idle and
connected mode of all E-UTRAN
carriers are higher than the priorities
for all UTRAN and GERAN carriers
UTRAN carriers priority medium The selection priorities for idle and
connected mode of all UTRAN
carriers are lower than the priorities
for all E-UTRAN carriers and higher
than the priorities for all GERAN
carriers
GERAN carriers priority low The selection priorities for idle and
connected mode of all GERAN
for all E-UTRAN and UTRAN carriers
UTRAN carriers priority high The selection priorities for idle and
for all GERAN and E-UTRAN carriers
GERAN carriers priority medium The selection priorities for idle and
for all UTRAN carriers and higher
than the priorities for all E-UTRAN
carriers
E-UTRAN carriers priority low The selection priorities for idle and
for all UTRAN and GERAN carriers
GERAN carriers priority high The selection priorities for idle and
for all UTRAN and E-UTRAN carriers
UTRAN carriers priority medium The selection priorities for idle and
for all GERAN carriers and higher
than the priorities for all E-UTRAN
carriers
E-UTRAN carriers priority low The selection priorities for idle and
for all GERAN and UTRAN carriers
FEATURE SCOPE
FR10 MME 로 부터 받은 Initial Context Setup Request 에 포함된 UE 별 SPID 에 대해 저장할 수 있어야 한다.
FR20 SPID 기반의 Dedicated Priority 지원여부에 대해 On/Off 할 수 있어야 한다.
FR30 Reselection priority 기능을 지원하지 않을 경우 Idle mode Load Balancing 기능에 따라 IdleModeMobilityControlInfo 를 구성할 수 있어야 한다.
FR40 IdleModeMobilityControlInfo 구성 시 단말의 Radio Capacity 상 지원 가능한 RAT 에 대해서만 구성 가능하도록 하고 미지원 RAT 에 대해서는 배제해야 한다.
FR50 IdleModeMobilityControlInfo 에 넣을 수 있는 최대 개수는 10 개이하여야 한다.
FR60 사업자는 SPID 와 관련된 Dedicated priority 정보를 변경할 수 있어야 한다.(Operator specific : 1~128 포함)
FR70 Handover 시 받은 UE 별 SPID 에 대해 저장할 수 있어야 한다.
UE 별 SPID 수신 시 해당 SPID 별 설정된 frequency 정보 중 priority 가 높은 frequency 들을 선정할 수 있어야 한다. 단, serving frequency 와 동일할 경우 Inter-frequency handover 를
FR80
수행하지 않는다.
FR90 선정된 frequency 정보를 이용해 target frequeny 에 대한 RRCConnectionReconfiguration 을 통해 measure(Event A4, A5) 할 수 있어야 한다.
FR100 Inter-frequency cell 에 대해 search 할 수 있도록 Measurement Gap 을 설정 할 수 있어야 한다.

FR110 Event A4 에 의해 MR 수신 시 해당 frequency 로 Inter-frequency handover 시킬 수 있어야 한다.
FR120 SPID 별 usecase 를 별도 parameter 로 정의하여 선정할 수 있어야 한다. (both, handover, reselection)
(SLR5.0/SSR4.0) UE 별 SPID 수신 시 해당 SPID 별 설정된 frequency 정보 중 가장 priority 가 높은 frequency 가 Inter-RAT frequency 인 경우 SPID 기반의 Inter-RAT handover 절차를
FR130
수행한다.
(SLR5.0/SSR4.0) 선정된 Inter-RAT frequency 정보를 이용해 target frequeny 에 대한 RRCConnectionReconfiguration 을 통해 measure(Event B1 or Event B2) 할 수 있어야 한다.
FR140
(Default = Event B1)
FR150 (SLR5.0/SSR4.0) Inter-RAT cell 에 대해 search 할 수 있도록 Measurement Gap 을 설정 할 수 있어야 한다.
FR160 (SLR5.0/SSR4.0) Event B1/B2 에 의해 MR 수신 시 해당 frequency 로 Inter-frequency handover 시킬 수 있어야 한다.
FR170 (SLR5.0/SSR4.0) Inter-RAT frequency 들에 대해서도, SPID 별 usecase 를 별도 parameter 로 정의하여 선정할 수 있어야 한다. (both, handover, reselection)
SYSTEM OPERATION
How to Activate
 Set dedicated priority of the FA to the specific SPID by using RTRV/CHG-EUTRA-PRIOR for EUTRAN FA, RTRV/CHG-UTRA-PRIOR for UTRAN FA, and RTRV/CHG-
GERAN-PRIOR for GERAN FA.
 If an operator wants to make a UE with specific SPID to intra-LTE handover to FA with the highest dedicate priority using A4 or A5 measurement event,
 1)Set SPID_MOBILITY_OPTION of the specific Cell/PLMN/FA/SPID with the highest dedicatedPriority value to “handoverOnly” or “both” using CHG-EUTRA-PRIOR.
 2)Set SPID_MEASURE_OPTION of the corresponding Cell/PLMN/FA/SPID to “hoEventA4” or “hoEventA5” using CHG-EUTRA-PRIOR.
 3)Set ACTIVE_STATE of the A4 or A5 event for the corresponding Cell/FA to be active using CHG-EUTRA-A4CNF or CHG-EUTRA-A5CNF with index
A4purposeInterFrequencySPID or A5purposeInterFrequencySPID. (if service based handover feature is applied, EUTRA-A4CNFQ or EUTRA-A5CNFQ with the relevant QCI
Mobility Group ID has to be considered also.)
 If an operator wants to make a UE with specific SPID to inter-RAT handover to FA with the highest dedicate priority using B1 or B2 measurement event,
 1)Set SPID_MOBILITY_OPTION of the specific Cell/PLMN/FA/SPID with the highest dedicatedPriority value to “handoverOnly” or “both” using CHG-UTRA-PRIOR or CHG-
GERAN-PRIOR.
 2)Set SPID_MEASURE_OPTION_INTER_RAT of the corresponding Cell/PLMN/FA/SPID to “hoEventB1” or “hoEventB2” using CHG-UTRA-PRIOR or CHG-GERAN-PRIOR.
 3)Set activeState of the B1 or B2 event for the corresponding Cell/FA to be active using CHG-UTRA-B1CNF/CHG-UTRA-B2CNF or CHG-GERAN-B1CNF/CHG-GERAN-
B2CNF. (if the service specific handover feature is applied, UTRA-B1CNFQ/UTRA-B2CNFQ or GERAN-B1CNFQ/GERAN-B2CNFQ with the relevant QCI Mobility Group ID
has to be considered also.)
Key Parameters
RTRV-EUTRA-PRIOR / CHG-EUTRA-PRIOR
Default
Parameter Description Unit Range
Value
This parameter is the number of cells.This
value must not exceed the maximum
number of cells supported by the system. It 0~
CELL_NUM is determined by FA/Sector. For example, if - MAX_CELL_ 0
the maximum capacity provided to the PER_SYS_CDD
carrier per system is 1 FA/3 Sector, up to 3
PLMN index. It is mapping to mcc/mnc
PLMN_ID configured in plmnIdx of PLDEnbPlmnInfo.
- 0~5 0
This parameter is the Evolved Universal
Terrestrial Radio Access (EUTRA)
frequency index. This parameter enters the
FA_ID FA value that each cell supports and it is
- 0~7 0
mapped to the FA_INDEX parameter value
in the RTRV-EUTRA-FA command.
This parameter is the Subscriber Profile ID
(SPID). This parameter is the index used to
SPID_INDEX - 0~9 0
refer to the registration information of a
subscriber.
(SPID) for Radio Access Terminal
SPID (RAT)/frequency priority value. The range of - 1 ~ 256 254
an entered value is 1 - 128 and a value
between 129 and 253 cannot be entered.
This parameter shows whether the
dedicated priority is used.
no_use
USED_FLAG - no_use: Dedicated priority is not used.
- No_use
use
- use: Dedicated priority is used.

This parameter is the dedicated priority
DEDICATED_PRIORITY value. Enter a dedicated priority value - 0~7 4
according to the FA_INDEX and SPID.
Define additioanl operations based on the
mobility setting of the parameter for SPID of
the UE.
-reselectionOnly (0) : When UE is released,
send the dedicated priority per FA for SPID reselectionOnly
that the UE currently possesses among the
SPID_MOBILITY_OPTION FAs supported in UE Radio Capability - handoverOnly reselectionOnly
through IdleModeMobilityControlInfo.
However, A4 or A5 based inter-frequency both
handover based on SPID shall not be
performed.
- handoverOnly (1) : When the UE first
receives SPID, if the FA configured to be
Default
Parameter Description Unit Range
Value
the highest DEDICATED_PRIORITY for the
SPID is different from the serving frequency
of the UE but can be supported in UE Radio
Capabiilty, attach A4 or A5 event to induce
inter-frequency handover.
Note: in this case,
idleModeMobilityControlInfo to be
transmitted when the UE is released shall
be based on Idle Mode Load Balancing .
- both (2) : When the UE first receives SPID,
if the FA configured to be the highest
DEDICATED_PRIORITY for the SPID is
different from the serving frequency of the
UE but can be supported in UE Radio
Capabiilty, attach A4 or A5 event to induce
inter-frequency handover. In addition, when
the UE is released, the dedicated priority
per FA configured in SPID that the UE
currently possesses among the FAs that
can be supported in UE Radio Capability
shall be transitted through
IdleModeMobilityControlInfo.
If spidMobilityOption is
handoverOnly or both, designate
measurement event type to
trigger inter-frequency handover.
-
spidHoEventA4
spidHoEventA4(0) :measurement
SPID_MEASURE_OPTION - spidHoEventA4
event type for inter-frequency spidHoEventA5
handover triggering is EventA4.
-
spidHoEventA5(1) :measurement
event type for inter-frequency
handover triggering is EventA5.
RTRV-UTRA-PRIOR / CHG-UTRA-PRIOR
Uni Default
t Value
This parameter specifies the cell number 0~
CELL_NUM to retrieve the periodic report config - 0
information used for interoperating with MAX_CELL_
Uni Default
t Value
the UTRAN. PER_SYS_CDD
PLMN_INDEX configured in plmnIdx of PLDEnbPlmnInfo.
- 0~5 0
This parameter is the Universal Terrestrial
Radio Access (UTRA) frequency index.
The operator can enter a FA value each
FA_ID cell supports and maximum 6 FAs can be - 0~5 0
entered. This parameter is mapped to the
FA_INDEX parameter value included in
the RTRV-UTRA-FA command.
(SPID) index. This parameter is the index
SPID_INDEX used to refer to the registration information
- 0~9 0
of a subscriber.
Subscriber Profile ID for RAT/Frequency
SPID priority. spid couldn't be setting 129~253.
- 1 ~ 256 254
Whether to use dedicatedPriority.
no_use
USED_FLAG - CI_no_use: dedicatedPriority is not used. - No_use
use
- CI_use: dedicatedPriority is used.
Dedicated Priority Value for Frequency
according SPID.
DEDICATED_PRIORIT
- 0~7 4
Y
According to 3GPP TS36.300, if spid is
255, dedicated priority is set to 7.
Define additional operations based on the
mobility setting of the parameter for SPID
of the UE.
-reselectionOnly (0) : When UE is

released, send the dedicated priority per
FA for SPID that the UE currently -
possesses among the FAs supported in reselectionOnly
UE Radio Capability through (0) -
SPID_MOBILITY_OPTI
IdleModeMobilityControlInfo. However, B1 - reselectio
ON or B2 based inter-RAT handover to - handoverOnly
nOnly (0)
UTRAN based on SPID shall not be (1)
performed. - both (2)
- handoverOnly (1) : When the UE first

the highest DEDICATED_PRIORITY for
the SPID is different from the serving
frequency of the UE but can be supported
Uni Default
t Value
in UE Radio Capability, attach B1 or B2
event to induce inter-RAT handover to
UTRAN.
Note: in this case,

be based on Idle Mode Load Balancing.
- both (2) : When the UE first receives

SPID, if the FA configured to be the
highest DEDICATED_PRIORITY for the
SPID is different from the serving
UTRAN. In addition, when the UE is
released, the dedicated priority per FA
configured in SPID that the UE currently
possesses among the FAs that can be
supported in UE Radio Capability shall be
transitted through
If spidMobilityOption is handoverOnly or
both, designate measurement event type
to trigger inter-RAT handover to UTRAN.
-
spidHoEventB1
-spidHoEventB1(0) :measurement event (0) -
SPID_MEASURE_OPT
type for inter-RAT handover to UTRAN - spidHoEv
ION_INTER_RAT triggering is EventB1. - entB1 (0)
spidHoEventB2
-spidHoEventB2(1) :measurement event
(1)
type for inter-RAT handover to UTRAN
triggering is EventB2.
RTRV-GERAN-PRIOR / CHG-GERAN-PRIOR
Uni Default
t Value
0~
MAX_CELL_
CELL_NUM The cell number to be changed. - 0
PER_SYS_CD
D
Uni Default
t Value
PLMN_INDEX configured in plmnIdx of - 0~5 0
PLDEnbPlmnInfo.
GERAN frequency index. Up to 6 FAs can
FA_INDEX be assigned per cell. It is mapping to - 0~5 0
PLDGeranFaPriorInfo.
SPID_INDEX SPID index. - 0~9 0
Subscriber Profile ID for RAT/Frequency
SPID priority. spid couldn't be setting 129~253.
- 1 ~ 256 254
Whether to use dedicatedPriority.
- CI_no_use: dedicatedPriority is not no_use no_use

USED_FLAG used.
-
use (0)
- CI_use: dedicatedPriority is used.

Dedicated Priority Value for Frequency
according SPID.
DEDICATED_PRIORIT
- 0~7 4
Y
According to 3GPP TS36.300, if spid is
254, dedicated priority is set to 7.
Define additional operations based on the
mobility setting of the parameter for SPID
of the UE.
-reselectionOnly (0) : When UE is

released, send the dedicated priority per
FA for SPID that the UE currently
possesses among the FAs supported in
UE Radio Capability through
IdleModeMobilityControlInfo. However, B1 -
or B2 based inter-RAT handover to reselectionOnly -
SPID_MOBILITY_OPTI GERAN based on SPID shall not be (0) reselec
performed. -
ON - handoverOnly tionOnl
(1) y (0)
- handoverOnly (1) : When the UE first - both (2)
the highest DEDICATED_PRIORITY for
the SPID is different from the serving
GERAN.
Note: in this case,

Uni Default
t Value
be based on Idle Mode Load Balancing.
- both (2) : When the UE first receives

SPID, if the FA configured to be the
highest DEDICATED_PRIORITY for the
SPID is different from the serving
GERAN. In addition, when the UE is
released, the dedicated priority per FA
configured in SPID that the UE currently
possesses among the FAs that can be
supported in UE Radio Capability shall be
transitted through
If spidMobilityOption is handoverOnly or
both, designate measurement event type
to trigger inter-RAT handover to GERAN.
-
spidHoEventB1 -
-spidHoEventB1(0) :measurement event (0)
SPID_MEASURE_OPT spidHo
type for inter-RAT handover to GERAN -
ION_INTER_RAT triggering is EventB1. - EventB
spidHoEventB2 1 (0)
-spidHoEventB2(1) :measurement event
(1)
type for inter-RAT handover to GERAN
triggering is EventB2.
RTRV-EUTRA-A4CNF / CHG-EUTRA-A4CNF or RTRV-EUTRA-A4CNFQ / CHG-EUTRA-A4CNFQ
Uni Default
t Value
… … … … …
This parameter is the purpose of using -
Event A4. IntraLteHandover
- IntraLteHandover: handover is executed - ANR_Specifi
- ANR_Specific:the ANR operation is -
executed IntraLte
PURPOSE - - CA: SCELL is
- CA: SCELL is configured Handov
configured
- Sendback : the Sendback operation is er
- Sendback
executed
- InterFrequencyLb : the Active Load
Balancing operation is executed -
- ArpHandover : Enable inter frequency InterFrequencyLb
Uni Default
t Value
handover function for UEs that have a - ArpHandover
specific ARP
- OnDemandHandover : Enable the forced -
handover triggering by operator OnDemandHando
- InterFrequencySPID : inter-frequency ver
handover is excuted for specific SPID
with handover mobility option.
-
InterFrequencyS
PID
... ... ... ... ...
This parameter is the purpose of using - Inactive
-
ACTIVE_STATE Event A4. If this is set to Inactive, the -
Inactive
Event A4 is not configured. - Active
RTRV-EUTRA-A5CNF / CHG-EUTRA-A5CNF or RTRV-EUTRA-A5CNFQ / CHG-EUTRA-A5CNFQ
Uni Default
t Value
… … … … …
This parameter is the purpose of using
Event A5.
- IntraLteHandover: Used for Intra LTE -
Handover. IntraLteHandover
- CaInterFreq : Performs Inter frequency - CaInterFreq
handover for Carrier Aggregation(CA) UE -
- InterFrequencyMbms : Inter frequency InterFrequencyM
bms IntraLte
handover to get MBMS service
PURPOSE - - ArpHandover Handov
- ArpHandover : Enable Inter frequency
- er
handover function for UEs that have a
specific ARP OnDemandHand
- OnDemandHandover : Enable the forced over
handover triggering by operator -
- InterFrequencySPID: Inter frequency InterFrequencyS
handover for the specific SPID with PID
handover mobility option
... ...
-
ACTIVE_STATE Event A5. If this is set to Inactive, the -
Inactive
Event A5 is not configured. - Active
RTRV-UTRA-B1CNF / CHG-UTRA-B1CNF or RTRV-UTRA-B1CNFQ / CHG-UTRA-B1CNFQ

Uni Default
t Value
… … … … …
This parameter specifies the use of the
UTRAN Event B1 used for interoperating
with the UTRAN.
-
- InterRatHandover: Used for handover to InterRatHandover
the UTRAN. (0) (0)
- ANR_Specific: Used for the ANR - Anr_Specific (1) -

operation with the UTRAN. (1) InterRat
PURPOSE -
- Srvcc (2) Handov
- Srvcc : Used for the Srvcc with the er (0)
UTRAN. (2) - Mlb (3)
- Mlb: Used for MLB. (3) - InterRatSPID

(4)
-InterRatSPID : inter-RAT handover is
executed for specific SPID with
handover mobility option. (4)
... ... ... ... ...
-
ACTIVE_STATE Event B1. If this is set to Inactive, the -
Inactive
Event B1 is not configured. - Active
RTRV-UTRA-B2CNF / CHG-EUTRA-B2CNF or RTRV-EUTRA-B2CNFQ / CHG-EUTRA-B2CNFQ
Uni Default
t Value
… … … … …
This parameter is the purpose to retrieve
the B2 report configuration information
used for interoperating with the UTRAN.
-
- InterRatHandover: Used for handover to InterRatHandover -
the UTRAN. (0) InterRat
PURPOSE -
- Srvcc Handov
- Srvcc: Used for SRVCC. (1) er
- InterRatSPID
Uni Default
t Value
… … … … …
-
Inactive
RTRV-GERAN-B1CNF / CHG-GERAN-B1CNF or RTRV-GERAN-B1CNFQ / CHG-GERAN-B1CNFQ
Uni Default
t Value
… … … … …
This parameter is the usage of information
on the GERAN Event B1 report. It is used
for inter-RAT Handover and SON ANR
function.
-
InterRatHandover
- InterRatHandover: Used for InterRAT
Handover (0)
- ANR_Specific -
PURPOSE - ANR_Specific: Used for SON ANR (1) - InterRat
- Srvcc Handov
er
- Srvcc : Used for SRVCC (2)
- Mlb
- Mlb: For MLB. (3)
-InterRatSPID
… … … … …

-
Inactive
RTRV-GERAN-B2CNF / CHG-GERAN-B2CNF or RTRV-GERAN-B2CNFQ / CHG-GERAN-B2CNFQ
Uni Default
t Value
… … … … …
This parameter is the usage of the -
PURPOSE - -
GERAN Event B2 report. It is used for InterRat
Uni Default
t Value
inter-RAT Handover.(0) InterRatHandover Handov
er
- InterRatHandover: For Inter-RAT - Srvcc
handover.(0)
- InterRatSPID
- Srvcc: For SRVCC. (1)

... ...
-
Inactive
Counters and KPIs
There are no related counters or KPIs.
ABBREVIATIONS
REFERENCE
[1] 3GPP TS36.300 Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access (E-UTRA) and Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network (E-UTRAN);Overall description; Stage 2
LTE-SO0203, Inter-RAT ANR (WCDMA)
SUMMARY
Inter-RAT ANR (WCDMA) allows automatic discovery and setup of neighbor relations when a UE detects target WCDMA negihbour.
INTRODUCTION
1. Overview
Samsung Inter-RAT (WCDMA) ANR provides a function of automatically configuring inter-RAT (WCDMA) NRT, which is required to provide the stable Inter-RAT mobility (CSFB / PSHO /
SRVCC / Redirection) for a dual-mode UE that can optionally access the WCDMA system. Also, Samsung Inter-RAT ANR fully satisfies the 3GPP LTE specification requirements. In addition,
Samsung LSM at the self-configuration step provides a function of automatically configuring the initial inter-RAT NRT by using the information on the location of the WCDMA cell entered by the
operator during the eNB or LTE cell grow. At the self-optimization step, Samsung eNB provides the functions of adding new NRs periodically by using the WCDMA band, which supports UE
during the system operation and calculating NR ranking periodically by using the information on inter-RAT mobility statistics. The NR ranking is used to optimally configure the list of neighbor
cells that the station sends to UE for the inter-RAT mobility of the active mode UE.
2. Introduction
Through Samsung Inter-RAT (WCDMA) ANR, as a function of configuring and managing inter-RAT (WCDMA) NRT automatically, Samsung LTE cell guarantees the stable inter-RAT mobility to
the WCDMA system.
Samsung Inter-RAT ANR provides the following functions under the SON phases:
(1) Self-configuration Phase
● Automatic configuration of the initial inter-RAT NRT by O&M
① Use of the information on operational WCDMA carriers and the location of the WCDMA cell now operating during eNB or cell grow in the LSM.
② Generation of Initial Inter-RAT NRT which configures, for each operational carrier, the closest neighbor cells among the ones located within the effective radius of Inter-RAT NRT
Limit Distance, as many as the maximum size of Inter-RAT NRT Size.
(2) Self-optimization Phase
● Finding and adding the new neighbor cell based on ANR specific event
① Operational interval setup: DAY / HOUR / MINUTE / DURATION
② Setup relating to the selection of UE to be operated
- Rate of UEs that perform operations
- Rate of WCDMA selection of UEs that perform operations
- Rate of selecting the operational carriers
③ Addition of new neighbor cells to inter-RAT NRT by using the WCDMA band supporting UEs
- The eNB considers PLMN ID of new neighbor cell before adding the cell in NRT.
● Inter-RAT ANR control function per operator
① Prevents adding a new neighbor cell that belongs to a specific operator by controlling neighbor cell addition function per operator.
● Inter-RAT NRT management
① Calculation of NR ranking: Using the number of times receiving MR messages to each neighbor cell during the operation of adding periodically new neighbor cells or of inter-RAT
mobility.
② Full inter-RAT NRT situation handling: If a new neighbor cell is found in the situation that NRT is full, delete the lowest-ranking NR first and then add the new one.
③ Invalid Inter-RAT (WCDMA) NR management: eNB deletes the invalid Inter-RAT (WCDMA) NR or manages it as HO blacklist based on the statistics on HO failure cause
④ Unnecessary Inter-RAT NR removal: When the number of MR messages received for an Inter-RAT NR is reduced due to UE not reporting them any longer, this function removes
the Inter-RAT NR based on the specific threshold, which enables for the NRT to include only valid NRs.
⑤ Management of Inter-RAT NR causing HO performance degradation: If the number of HO success for an Inter-RAT NR is extremely low in spite of considerable number of HO
attempts, this function removes the Inter-RAT NR or manages it as HO blacklist based on the two respective thresholds for HO success and attempts.
⑥ HO blacklist management: This function manages the Inter-RAT NRs causing HO performance degradation or invalid Inter-RAT NRs as HO blacklist.
BENEFIT
Operator Benefits:
● The operator can reduce CAPEX and OPEX costs for configuring and managing the inter-RAT (WCDMA) NRT of LTE cells.
User Benefits:
● By configuring the optimized inter-RAT (WCDMA) NRT to the coverage and air status of each LTE cell, the end user may guarantee the stable inter-RAT mobility of all UEs in the
RRC_CONNECTED mode and then maximize the performance of the inter-RAT mobility success ratio and call drop rate.
RELEASE HISTORY
SLR2.4: First Release
SLR3.0: NR ranking function
SLR3.1: Initial Inter-RAT NR auto-configuration enhancement
SSR3.1/SLR4.0: Addition of DRX termination control parameter
SSR4.0/SLR4.5:
- Inter-RAT ANR on/off per PLMN
- Invalid NR removal function
- Inter-RAT NR blacklist management function
- HO performance based NR removal function
- Unnecessary NR removal
SSR4.0/SLR5.0:
- Automatic NR addition based on ANR specific-event
Dependency:
● WCDMA band support of UEs: UE must support the WCDMA band to add new neighbor cells in WCDMA.
● Support of CGI acquisition in the UE: UE must support the function of acquiring the CGI.
Limitation:
● N/A
FEATURE DESCRIPTION
1. Architecture
Samsung Inter-RAT (WCDMA) ANR operates in eNB and LSM and the whole architecture is as shown in the figure:
Figure 1. Samsung Inter-RAT ANR Architecture
In the aforementioned architecture, Samsung Inter-RAT (WCDMA) ANR is performed in the SON agent of eNB and the SON Manager of LSM. The operation of each entity in this architecture is
as follows:
(1) LSM
● SON Manager: NRT Management Function
① Initial Inter-RAT NRT configuration
(2) eNB
● SON Agent: NR Detection Function
① After receiving the measurement report message during the performance of adding periodically new neighbor cells from the call processor, find an unknown neighbor cell.
● SON Agent: NR Add Function
① Request to acquire CGI information on the unknown neighbor cell by using the call processor.
② After receiving the CGI information from the call processor, add a new neighbor cell to the inter-RAT NRT.
● SON Agent: NR Ranking Function
① Calculate NR ranking by using the number of times receiving MR messages from each neighbor cell during the operation of adding periodically new neighbor cells and
inter-RAT mobility.
● SON Agent: NRT Management Function
② If a new neighbor cell is found in the situation that NRT is full, delete the lowest-ranking NR first and then add the new one
2. Inter-RAT (WCDMA) ANR Function
2.1. Self-Configuration Phase – Initial Inter-RAT NRT auto configuration
When the creation of the initial inter-RAT (WCDMA) NRT in the SON option box in eNB or cell grow window provided by Samsung LSM is checked, it configures the initial inter-RAT
(WCDMA) NRT by using the information on operational WCDMA carriers and the location of already inputted WCDMA cells in LSM after the SW download to the cell is completed. In the
SON property window provided by Samsung LSM, it is possible to set the following parameters in relation to the configuration of the initial inter-RAT (WCDMA) NRT.
(1) Inter-RAT (WCDMA) NRT Limit Distance: The maximum distance to the WCDMA cell which may be included to the initial inter-RAT (WCDMA) NRT
(2) Inter-RAT (WCDMA) NRT Size: The count of WCDMA cells which may be included to the initial inter-RAT (WCDMA) NRT
Samsung LSM provides how to create the initial inter-RAT (WCDMA) NRT as follows:
(1) Find Inter-RAT (WCDMA) cells located within the effective radius of Inter-RAT (WCDMA) NRT Limit Distance based on the distance between grow cell and Inter-RAT cells.
(2) After calculating the average inter-site distance per each operational carrier, sort the carriers in the ascending order of the distance.
A. In case that there are carriers with the same distance more than one, the carrier including more inter-RAT cells has higher ranking than others.
(3) From the first carrier in the above sorted list, configure the initial Inter-RAT (WCDMA) NRT as including the closest neighbor cells, as many as Inter-RAT (WCDMA) NRT size.
2.2. Self-Optimization phase – Automatic Inter-RAT NRT management
At the self-optimization phase, Samsung Inter-RAT (WCDMA) ANR provides the following functions:
(1) Periodically finding new neighbor cells and adding to the inter-RAT NRT
A. Operational interval setup: DAY / HOUR / MINUTE / DURATION
i. Setting Command: CHG-ANR-SCHED
1) DAY: Day of the periodical operation of ANR (Possible to set ‘daily’)
2) HOUR: The time of starting the periodical operation of ANR
3) MINUTE: The minute of starting the periodical operation of ANR
4) DURATION: The duration of the periodical operation of ANR
B. Setup relating to the selection of UE to be operated
i. Rate of UEs that perform operations (ANR_UE_SEARCH_RATE_TOTAL)
1) Setting Command: CHG-SONFN-CELL
2) The rate of UEs that perform the periodical ANR operation among the UEs that attempt to access an initial call as its own cell or perform HO preparation for HO-in
during the period of periodical ANR operation
ii. Rate of WCDMA selection of UEs that perform operations (ANR_UE_SEARCH_RATE_UTRAN)
iii. Rate of selecting the operational carriers (ANR_UE_SEARCH_RATE)

1) Setting Command: CHG-UTRA-FA
2) The rate of each carrier selecting the periodical ANR operation
C. Addition of new neighbor cells to inter-RAT NRT by using the UTRAN band supporting UEs
(2) Inter-RAT NRT management
A. Calculation of NR ranking: Using the number of times receiving MR messages to each neighbor cell during the operation of adding periodically new neighbor cells or of inter-RAT
mobility
B. Full inter-RAT NRT situation handling: If a new neighbor cell is found in the situation that NRT is full, delete the lowest-ranking NR first and then add the new one
2.2.1. Finding and Adding the New Neighbor Cells Based on the ANR Specific-event
Since WCDMA cells that UEs detect in LTE specifications are limited to the information on the listed cells sent by the base station, it is necessary to configure a separate RRC to
detect an unknown WCDMA cell. Samsung Inter-RAT (WCDMA) ANR periodically performs the operation of adding new WCDMA neighbor cells. Also, the operator may control the
overhead from eNB and UE through the operation by adjusting the DAY / HOUR / MINUTE / DURATION of the inter-RAT ANR operation as follows.
(1) Operational interval setup: DAY / HOUR / MINUTE / DURATION
A. Setting Command: CHG-ANR-SCHED
i. DAY: Day of the periodical operation of ANR (Possible to set ‘daily’)
ii. HOUR: The time of starting the periodical operation of ANR
iii. MINUTE: The minute of starting the periodical operation of ANR
iv. DURATION: The duration of the periodical operation of ANR
(2) Setup relating to the selection of UE to be operated
A. Rate of the UEs that perform operations (ANR_UE_SEARCH_RATE_TOTAL)
i. Setting Command: CHG-SONFN-CELL
ii. The rate of the UE that selects to perform the periodical ANR operation among the UEs that attempt to access an initial call as its own cell during the period of
periodical ANR operation or perform HO preparation for HO-in
B. Rate of WCDMA selection of UEs that perform operations (ANR_UE_SEARCH_RATE_UTRAN)

C. Rate of selecting the operational carriers (ANR_UE_SEARCH_RATE)
i. Setting Command: CHG-UTRA-FA
ii. The rate of each carrier selecting the periodical ANR operation
The procedure for the operation of adding periodical new WCDMA neighbor cells is as shown below.
(1) When it reaches at the time of periodical addition of a new neighbor cell, (i) select a UE for periodical operation of ANR, (ii) select WCDMA as the network to be operated, and (iii)
select an operating carrier to send a RRC Connection Reconfiguration message that sets ANR measurement configuration.
(i) Select a UE for periodical ANR operation among UEs that attempt to access an initial call as its own cell during the period of periodical ANR operation or perform HO
preparation for HO-in.
■ Check whether the inter-RAT (WCDMA) ANR operation is supported by using the information included in the UE-EUTRA-Capability IE of the selected candidate UE.
① Check the support by using the band information included in SupportedBandListUTRA IE.
② Check whether 19th bit = 1 & 22th bit = 1 in FeatureGroupIndicators IE.
■ How to Select
① Create a random number between 0 and 1 for UE that supports the inter-RAT (WCDMA) ANR operation (N_{random}).
② If N_{random} < ANR_UE_SEARCH_RATE_TOTAL, UE performs the periodical operation of adding a new neighbor cell.
(ii) Select WCDMA in the inter-RAT network that will perform the periodical ANR operation.
■ If the provider performs ANR only for WCDMA: If ANR_UE_SEARCH_RATE_UTRAN > 0, select all the time.
(iii) Select a carrier among WCDMA carriers that will make the periodical ANR operation.
■ How to Select
① Set the scope by carrier between 0 and 1 in order of carrier index by using the ANR_UE_SEARCH_RATE value set in the WCDMA carrier.
i. x_{k} : ANR_UE_SEARCH_RATE set in the carrier k.
ii. Scope of carrier k

a. Minimum value of scope: (Provided that if k = 0, the minimum value = 0)
b. Maximum value of scope:
② Perform the periodical operation of adding a new neighbor cell for the corresponding carrier in the scope where a random number created between 0 and 1
belongs.
(iv) How to make ANR measurement configuration
■ If A2 event is used for inter-RAT ANR
① ReportConfigEUTRA: configures ANR specific A2 event
■ If A2 event is not used for inter-RAT ANR or the eNB receives MR message due to ANR specific A2 event
① ReportConfigInterRAT configuration: periodical {purpose = reportStrongestCellsForSON}
A. maxReportCells = 1 (Restriction in specification)
B. reportAmount = 1 (Restriction in specification)
② MeasurementGap configuration
(2) Check whether an unknown physical cell ID is included after the MR message corresponding to ANR Measurement Configuration from UE is received.
(3) Transmit the RRC Connection Reconfiguration message that requests UE to acquire the CGI of an unknown cell.
(i) ReportConfigInterRAT configuration: periodical {purpose = reportCGI}
(ii) How to configure DRX
A. Setting Command: CHG-DRX-INFO
① QCI: QCI index to operate the periodical addition of a new neighbor cell (1 ~ 9)
② DRX_CONFIG_SETUP: ci_Config_reportCGI
③ ON_DURATION_TIMER_INTER_RAT: ci_onDurationTimer_psf10
④ DRX_INACTIVITY_TIMER_INTER_RAT: ci_drx_InactivityTimer_psf100
⑤ DRX_RETRANSMISSION_TIMER_INTER_RAT: ci_drx_RetransmissionTimer_sf16
⑥ LONG_DRXCYCLE_START_OFFSET_TYPE_INTER_RAT: ci_sf2560_chosen
(4) The UE acquires CGI of a new cell corresponding to the unknown physical cell ID in the DRX section for Inter-RAT.
(5) It sends the MR message including the CGI information acquired to the serving cell.
(6) The serving eNB checks whether PLMN ID in MR message is registered in SonAnrPlmnBlackListInfo PLD.
(i) In case that PLMN ID is registered in SonAnrPlmnBlackListInfo PLD and its usedFlag = use,
● If UTRA_BLOCK_FLAG = True, serving eNB terminates ANR operation.
● If UTRA_BLOCK_FLAG = False, serving eNB performs step (7).
(ii) In case that the PLMN ID is not registered in SonAnrPlmnBlackListInfo PLD or the PLMN ID is registered and its usedFlag = no_use,
● Serving eNB performs step (7).
(7) The serving cell adds it to NRT by using the CGI information obtained from UE.
(8) It transmits the updated NRT information to LSM to synchronize NRT information between two entities.
Figure 2. Procedure of periodical NR adding function
2.2.2. Inter-RAT (WCDMA) NRT Management
The procedure of Samsung Inter-RAT (WCDMA) ANR for calculating the periodical NR ranking is as shown below.
① The serving cell collects information on the statistics of MR messages during the operation of periodically adding new neighbor cells for the neighbor cells included in NRT or the
operation of inter-RAT mobility.
② When it reaches the time of calculating NR ranking, the serving cell calculates the ranking of NRs included in the inter-RAT NRT by using the collected statistical information.
Figure 3. Periodical NR ranking calculation procedure
1) Periodical Calculation of NR Ranking
NR ranking means the degree of validity or significance of the NRs included in the inter-RAT NRT. Samsung eNB defines that NRs which get more counts of receiving MR messages
due to the triggered inter-RAT mobility and have more MR messages received during the operation of periodically adding new neighbor cells are ranked higher. The operation of NR
ranking is as shown below.
(1) The calculation of NR ranking is performed at a certain interval.
A. NR ranking interval: IRAT_RANK_PERIOD

(2) NRs in the calculation of ranking will be NRs included in the inter-RAT NRT at least for more than the ranking calculation interval.
(3) The ranking calculated at the previous interval is used between intervals.
NR ranking is calculated in the following method:
(1) The currentRank value of NR i in the inter-RAT NRT for more than the NR ranking calculation interval
currentRank_{i}(k) = (1－ω)·previousRank_{i}(k) + ω·NMR_{i}(k)
NMR_{i}(k) = NPSHOMR_{i}(k) + NSRVCCMR_{i}(k) + NREDIRMR_{i}(k) + NCSFBMR_{i}(k) + NIRATANA_{i}(k)
A. k: The time of calculating NR ranking
B. ω: Filtering coefficient for moving averaging
C. previousRanki(k): The ranking value calculated at the previous interval
D. NMRi(k): The counts of receiving MR messages for Cell i collected from k-1 as the time of calculating the just previous ranking to k and composed of the items below.
i. NPSHOMRi(k): The count of receiving MR messages by the satisfaction of B2 event during the performance of PSHO for Cell i
ii. NREDIRMRi(k): The count of receiving MR messages by the satisfaction of B2 event during the performance of redirection with SI for Cell i
iii. NSRVCCMRi(k): The count of receiving MR messages by the satisfaction of B2 event during the performance of SRVCC for Cell i
iv. NCSFBMRi(k): The count of receiving MR messages by configuring reportStrongtestCells during the performance of CSFB for Cell i
v. NIRATANRi(k): The number of receiving MR messages by the setting of reportStrongtestCellsForSON during the operation of adding a new neighbor cell
(2) The currentRank value of NR j in the inter-RAT NRT for less than the NR ranking calculation interval
A. At k as the time of calculating NR ranking,
currentRank_{j}(k) = -1
- Keep as -1 until the time of the second NR ranking calculation.
B. At k+1 as the time of calculating next ranking,
currentRank_{j}(k+1) = NMR_{j}(k+1)
NMR_{j}(k+1) = NPSHOMR_{i}(k+1) + NSRVCCMR_{i}(k+1) + NREDIRMR_{i}(k+1) + NCSFBMR_{i}(k+1) + NIRATANA_{i}(k+1)
- If the number of receiving the MR message for NR j is 0, save as 0.
2) Handling Full Inter-RAT NRT Situation
If a new neighbor cell is found while the inter-RAT NRT is full, perform the operation under the ANR configuration mode as follows:
(1) ANR configuration mode = sonAutoApply or sonManualApply
A. Causes of attempting to add a new NR
i. By the ANR function periodically.
ii. By an operator manually.
B. Operation Procedure
i. Among NRs with the properties of CURRENT_RANK ≠ -1 & Status (EQUIP) & HO (T) & Remove (T),
ii. Delete the lowest ranked NR and then add a new one.
① If CURRENT_RANK of NRS with the properties of CURRENT_RANK ≠ -1 & Status (EQUIP) & HO (T) & Remove (T) in i) of the procedure is -1 and there are
two or more lowest ranked NRs or all NRs are in the same ranking in ii) of the procedure: Delete the NR whose time of adding the NRT is fastest and then add a
new NR.
(2) ANR configuration mode = sonFuncOff
A. Causes of attempts at adding a new NR: By an operator manually.
B. Operation Procedure: A new NR is not added.
3) Management of invalid Inter-RAT (WCDMA) NR removal
Based on the statistics on the HO failure causes, this function removes Inter-RAT NRs which have invalid neighbor information or manages the Inter-RAT NRs as HO blacklist. The
operator can control this function’s ON/OFF state. eNB collects statistics per HO failure cause as follows:
(1) If HO to a neighbor cell fails, eNB checks whether the HO failure cause is registered in NbrDelCauseInfo PLD.
A. If the HO failure cause is registered in NbrDelCauseInfo PLD, eNB increases counter by one for the HO failure cause of the neighbor cell.
B. If the HO failure cause is not registered in NbrDelCauseInfor PLD, eNB maintains the counter of HO failure cause of the neighbor cell.
(2) If HO to a neighbor cell succeeds, eNB resets counters of all HO failure causes for the neighbor cell to zero.
If the counter of the HO failure cause for a neighbor cell exceeds the predefined threshold for each HO failure cause, eNB deletes the neighbor cell from the NRT.
HO failure causes used in unnecessary Inter-RAT (WCDMA) NR removal function
HO failure cause Meaning

Handover Failure In Target EPC/eNB The handover failed due to a failure in target EPC/eNB or target
Or Target System system.
Handover Preparation procedure is cancelled when timer
TS1RELOCprep Expiry
TS1RELOCprep expires.
Cell not available The concerned cell is not available.
Unknown Target ID Handover rejected because the target ID is not known to the EPC.
Unknown PLMN The MME does not identify any PLMN provided by the eNB.
4) Unnecessary Inter-RAT NR removal
When the network is stabilized through the network optimization, this function removes Inter-RAT NRs which cannot receive MR messages among the Inter-RAT NRs included when
the network was initially created, so that only valid Inter-RAT NRs could be included in the NRT. The operator can control this function’s ON/OFF state, and at the NR ranking
calculation point k, the serving cell removes the Inter-RAT NR i which meets the following conditions.
① Inter-RAT ANR operation mode = sonAutoApply or sonManualApply &
② nrDelFlagUtran = True &
● nrDelFlagUtran: ON/OFF control flag that determines the operational status.
③ CumulatedMRi (k) ≤ thNumMrNrDelInterRat &
● CumulatedMRi(k): The number of Inter-RAT MR messages received for NR i during thTimeNrDel period at the NR ranking calculation point k
● thNumMrNrDelInterRat: The threshold value to decide unnecessary Inter-RAT NR
④ ‘isRemoveAllowed = True’ for Inter-RAT NR i
The following figure shows the statistics based Inter-RAT NR removal function used to delete unnecessary Inter-RAT NRs.
Figure 4. Statistics based NR removal function to delete unnecessary Inter-RAT NRs
5) Management of Inter-RAT NR causing HO performance degradation
If a new cell located nearby has the same PCI as the PCI of a distant Inter-RAT NR which is included in the NRT at the initial network formation, and the UE transmits a
measurement report message for HO while moving to the new cell, the serving cell wrongly recognizes the PCI in the message as belonging to the distant NR. As a result, the UE
fails the HO execution.
The following figure illustrates the management scenario of the Inter-RAT NR causing HO performance degradation.
Figure 5. HO performance degradation causing Inter-RAT NR management scenario
In the previous figure, the UE moves toward the neighbor cell (CGI = 1002) and transmits the measurement report message including PCI = 20 by HO triggering to the serving cell
(CGI = 1000). The serving cell completes HO preparation using the Inter-RAT NR (CGI = 1001) included in the Inter-RAT NRT, and then transmits the HO command message
received from the Inter-RAT NR. However, the UE has been moved to the new cell (CGI = 1002), thus HO execution fails. As shown above, Samsung ANR removes the HO
performance degradation causing NR from the NRT or manages it as HO blacklist.
The operator can control this function’s ON/OFF state, and at the Inter-RAT NR ranking calculation point k, the serving cell removes the Inter-RAT NR i from the Inter-RAT NRT or
manages it as HO blacklist which meets the following conditions.
① Inter-RAT ANR operation mode = sonAutoApply or sonManualApply &
② wrongNrDelFlagUtran = True &
● wrongNrDelFlagUtran: ON/OFF control flag that determines the operational status.

③ CumulatedNHOAtti(k) ≥ thHoAttNrDelInterRat &
● CumulatedNHOAtti(k): The number of HO attempts collected for Inter-RAT NR i during thTimeNrDel at the NR ranking calculation point k
● thHoAttNrDelInterRat: The threshold value of HO attempts to decide HO performance degradation causing Inter-RAT NR
④ CumulatedNHOSuci(k) ≤ thHoSucNrDelInterRat &
● CumulatedNHOSuci(k): The number of HO success collected for Inter-RAT NR i during thTimeNrDel period at the NR ranking calculation point k
● thHoSucNrDelInterRat: The threshold value of the number of HO success to decide HO performance degradation causing Inter-RAT NR
⑤ isRemoveAllowed = True for Inter-RAT NR i
6) HO blacklist management
(1) Inter-RAT NR can be managed as HO blacklist if the Inter-RAT NR is determined as the invalid Inter-RAT NR or the Inter-RAT NR causing HO performance degradation.
(2) Serving cell performs validation check for the Inter-RAT NR managed as HO blacklist by acquiring CGI of the NR through reportCGI once during ranking period.
(3) NRs can be changed from HO blacklist to the HO whitelist for the following cases
A. CGI information of the Inter-RAT NR is changed by reportCGI operation
B. Operator changes the HO attribute of the Inter-RAT NR from HO blacklist to HO whitelist
FEATURE SCOPE
FR10 Samsung Inter-RAT (WCDMA) ANR provides a function of the operator setting the ANR operation mode as one of auto, manual and operation release modes through LSM.
Samsung Inter-RAT (WCDMA) ANR provides a function of the operator composing the initial inter-RAT (WCDMA) NRT at eNB or cell grow through the LSM. (1) LSM 은 Initial Inter-RAT
FR20
NRT 생성시 Carrier 별로 WCDMA Size 개의 NR 을 NRT 에 추가한다.
Samsung Inter-RAT (WCDMA) ANR provides a function of detecting an unknown neighbor cell through the operation of periodically adding a new neighbor cell and adding it to the inter-
FR30
RAT (WCDMA) NRT.
Samsung Inter-RAT (WCDMA) ANR provides a function of making the UE support the CGI acquisition and acquiring CGI information of a new neighbor cell found by the UE if the
FR40
current serving cell operates DRX.
FR50 Samsung Inter-RAT (WCDMA) ANR provides a function of changing the inter-RAT (WCDMA) NRT attribute as received from the LSM. (1) Reflection of the deletion setting (‘No
Remove’) (2) Reflection of the setting of the inter-RAT mobility black list (‘No HO’)
Samsung Inter-RAT (WCDMA) ANR provides a function of additionally operating a new neighbor cell periodically for neighbor cells and calculating NR ranking by using the counts of
FR60
receiving MR messages to each neighbor cell during the performance of the inter-RAT mobility.
FR70 Samsung Inter-RAT (WCDMA) ANR provides a function of composing the neighbor information for the inter-RAT mobility optimally.
FR80 Samsung eNB 는 PLMN 별로 Inter-RAT ANR(WCDMA)을 on/off 하는 기능을 제공한다. (from SLR4.5)
FR90 Samsung eNB 는 HO 실패원인에 대한 통계를 기반으로 불필요한 Inter-RAT(WCDMA) NR 을 삭제하는 기능을 제공한다. (from SLR4.5)
FR100 Samsung eNB 는 HO 성공률이 낮은 Inter-RAT NR 을 삭제하는 기능을 제공한다. (SLR5.0)
Samsung eNB 는 Inter-RAT NR Black List 를 관리하는 기능을 제공한다. (SLR5.0) (1) eNB 는 HO 성공률이 낮은 Inter-RAT NR 을 Black List 에 추가한다. (2) eNB 는 Black List 에 있는
FR110
Inter-RAT NR 에 대한 유효성을 확인한다.
FR120 Samsung eNB 는 MR 수신횟수가 작은 Inter-RAT NR 을 삭제하는 기능을 제공한다. (SLR5.0)
FR130 Samsung eNB 와 LSM 은 Manual Mode 로 동작할 경우 Inter-RAT NR(Black List + White List)을 삭제하기 전에 운용자 확인을 받아야 한다. (SLR5.0)
FR140 Samsung eNB 는 HO Event 및 ANR 전용의 Event 를 기반으로 한 Inter-RAT ANR 기능을 제공한다. (SLR5.0)
SYSTEM OPERATION
How to Activate
[Pre-condition]
● The eNB must support LTE to UTRAN interworking functionality.
● The UE must support Inter-RAT UTRAN ANR capability (i.e. UE capability & related feature group indicator bits are set to ‘1’).
● The UE has no GBR bearer (e.g. QCI=1).
[Feature Activation & Action]
● To activate this feature, INTER_RAT_ANR_ENABLE_UTRAN value must be set to 'Auto' or ‘Manual’.
● Additionally, all of the following conditions are fulfilled.
- ANR_UE_SEARCH_RATE_TOTAL value must be greater than ‘0’.

- ANR_UE_SEARCH_RATE_UTRAN value must be greater than ‘0’.
- ANR_STATE value must be set to ‘anrActive’ (i.e. Periodic ANR functionality is scheduled).
- The concerned UTRA FA’s ANR_UE_SEARCH_RATE value must be greater than ‘0’.
- DRX_CONFIG_SETUP value must be set to 'Drx_Config_Setup' or ‘Drx_Config_reportCGI’.
● To activate Inter-RAT ANR ON/OFF per PLMN feature, USED_FLAG value must be set to 'use' and configures valid PLMN information.
● To activate invalid NR removal feature, NBR_DEL_CAUSE_FLAG value must be set to 'True'.
● To activate unnecessary NR removal feature, NR_DEL_FLAG_UTRANvalue must be set to 'True'.
● To activate HO performance degrading NR removal feature, WRONG_NR_DEL_FLAG_UTRAN value must be set to 'True'.
● To activate blacklist management feature, BLACK_LIST_MGMT_FLAG value must be set to 'True'.
1)The eNB choose UE for periodic Inter-RAT UTRA ANR by ANR UE selection rules.
2)In case of Inter-RAT (UTRA) ANR UE is selected, eNB configures ANR specific measurement configuration to the UE (In this time, measurement duration timer is
started in eNB).
3)The UE periodically measure and report to eNB by ANR specific measurement configuration.
4)When the eNB receive non-neighbor UTRA cell from UE, it requests cell global identity to UE (that is, using reportCGI configuration).
5)If eNB successfully obtain non-neighbor UTRA cell’s CGI from UE, it registers the new UTRA cell into the own neighbor DB.
6)The eNB remove ANR specific measurement configuration from UE when the measurement duration timer is expired.
[Feature deactivation]
● To deactivate this feature, INTER_RAT_ANR_ENABLE_UTRAN value must be set to 'Off’ and ANR_UE_SEARCH_RATE_UTRAN value must be set to ‘0’.
● To deactivate inter-RAT ANR on/off per PLMN feature, USED_FLAG value must be set to 'no_use'.
● To deactivate invalid NR removal feature, NBR_DEL_CAUSE_FLAG value must be set to 'False'.
● To deactivate unnecessary NR removal feature, NR_DEL_FLAG_UTRANvalue must be set to 'False'.

● To deactivate HO performance degrading NR removal feature, WRONG_NR_DEL_FLAG_UTRAN value must be set to 'False'.
● To deactivate blacklist management feature, BLACK_LIST_MGMT_FLAG value must be set to 'False'.
Key Parameters
The parameters used for automatically configuring the initial inter-RAT (WCDMA) NRT at eNB or cell grow in LSM are in the SON property window and information is shown in the following table.
Parameters for Initial Inter-RAT NRT auto-configuration
Parameters Description Unit Range Default Value

The number of WCDMA neighbor cells configured
-
WCDMA Size by initial Inter-RAT (WCDMA) NRT auto- 1 ~ 256 32
configuration.
WCDMA Limit The minimum effective radius for initial Inter-RAT
km 1 ~ 100 2
Distance (WCDMA) auto-configuration.
The operator may set or view the operation mode and method of Samsung Inter-RAT (WCDMA) ANR by using following commands and parameters.
Commands for the operation mode control
Commands Description
CHG-SONFN-CELL This command changes the operation mode and parameter information of the Self-
Organizing Network (SON) functions which are operated by cell. For a given
CELL_NUM, operation mode and parameter information for each SON function can
be changed.
RTRV-SONFN-CELL This command retrieves the operation mode and parameter information of the Self-
Organizing Network (SON) functions which are operated by cell. If a CELL_NUM is
entered, operation mode and parameter information for each SON function is
notified.
Parameters for the operation mode control

INTER_RAT_ (1) sonFuncOff (= 0): Inter-RAT (UTRAN) ANR - Off (0), Off (0)
ANR_ENABLE_ function is disabled except periodical NR ranking Manual (1),
UTRAN calculation Auto (2) Auto
(2) sonManualApply (= 1): Periodical NR adding
function is performed automatically.
(3) sonAutoApply (= 2): Periodical NR adding
function is performed automatically.
ANR_UE_ The flag which controls whether the periodical NR % 0~100 5
SEARCH_ adding function is operated or not, in the EUTRAN
RATE_TOTAL system.
ANR_UE_ The Searching Rate of UE which performs the % 0~100 100
SEARCH_ ANR measurement for UTRAN neighbor cells in
RATE_UTRAN the periodical ANR function with a specific
schedule.
ANR_MEAS_ The duration of ANR measurement which an UE sec 1~3600 10
DURATION_ performs for UTRAN system (Unit. Second). If the
UTRAN timer set to this parameter value is expired,
serving cell releases the corresponding setting of
ANR measurement for the UE.
The operator can set the operational method of periodical NR adding function or retrieve the current operational method through the following commands and parameters.
Commands for Inter-RAT NR ranking calculation / unnecessary & HO performance degrading Inter-RAT (UTRAN) NR removal / blacklist management control
CHG-SON-ANR This command changes the information of parameters used in Self-Organizing
Networks (SON) Automatic Neighbor Relation (ANR) function.
RTRV-SON-ANR This command retrieves the information of parameters used in Self-Organizing
Networks (SON) Automatic Neighbor Relation (ANR) function.
Parameters for Inter-RAT NR ranking calculation / unnecessary & HO performance degrading Inter-RAT (UTRAN) NR removal / blacklist management control

IRAT_RANK_ The parameter presents the value of period in the - 1day (0), 1day (0)
PERIOD periodical Inter-RAT NR Ranking calculation (Unit: 2day (1),
Day). 3day (2),
4day (3),
5day (4),
6day (5),
7day (6)
IRAT_ The value of IIR filtering coefficient used in -
FILTERING_ calculating the value of current rank (currentRank) 0.000~1.000 0.5
COEFF of Inter-RAT NR.
TH_NUM_MR_N This parameter is the threshold of statistics for -
R_DEL_INTER_ Measurement Report (MR), used for deleting
RAT unnecessary Inter-RAT Neighbor Relations (NRs).
If the statistics of MR collected during a specific
threshold time (TH_TIME_NR_DEL) is below this
0~1000000 0
parameter value, the NR is determined as
unnecessary. The statistics of MR for a given
neighbor cell means the number of MR messages
for this cell, triggered by HO or periodic neighbor
cell adding function.
TH_HO_ATT_N The Handover (HO) attempt count threshold used -
R_DEL_INTER_ for deleting the Inter-RAT Neighbor Relations
RAT (NRs) which degrade the HO performance. If the
HO attempt count collected during a specific
0~1000000 100
threshold time (TH_TIME_NR_DEL) exceeds this
parameter value, it is determined that the HO
attempt count condition is satisfied for deleting the
NRs which degrade the HO performance.
TH_HO_SUCC_ The Handover (HO) success count threshold value -
NR_DEL_INTER used for deleting the Inter-RAT Neighbor Relations
_RAT (NRs) which degrade the handover (HO)
performance. If the HO success count collected
during a specific threshold time 0~1000000 0
(TH_TIME_NR_DEL) is below this value, it is
determined that the HO success count condition is
satisfied for deleting the NRs which degrade the
HO performance.
WRONG_NR_D This parameter is the flag controlling whether the -
EL_FLAG_UTRA function of deleting Inter-RAT (UTRAN) Neighbor
N Relations (NRs) degrading the handover (HO)
performance is performed or not.- False (0): The
BOOL False
deletion of Inter-RAT (UTRAN) NRs degrading the
HO performance is not performed.
- True (1): The deletion of Inter-RAT (UTRAN) NRs
degrading the HO performance is performed.
NR_DEL_FLAG_ This parameter is the flag controlling whether the -
UTRAN function for deleting unnecessary Inter-RAT
(UTRAN) Neighbor Relations (NRs) is performed
BOOL False
or not. If the statistics of Measurement Report (MR)
collected during a specific threshold time
(TH_TIME_NR_DEL) for a given NR is below a
specific threshold
(TH_NUM_MR_NR_DEL_INTER_RAT), the NR is
determined as unnecessary.
- False (0): The deletion of unnecessary Inter-RAT
(UTRAN) NRs is not performed.
- True (1): The deletion of unnecessary Inter-RAT
(UTRAN) NRs is performed.
BLACK_LIST_M This parameter is the flag controlling whether the -
GMT_FLAG_UT function for Inter-RAT (UTRAN) NR black list
RAN management is performed or not.
- False (0): Black list management function is not BOOL False
performed.
- True (1): Black list management function is
performed.
A2_INTER_RAT This parameter is the flag controlling whether to -
_ANR_FLAG use the A2 event when eNB requests inter-RAT
measurement to the UE in Inter-RAT ANR. BOOL False
- False (0): A2 event is not used.
- True (1): A2 event is used.
The operator may set or view the interval of adding a new NR periodically in inter-RAT (WCDMA) ANR by using following commands and parameters:
Commands for controlling the period of periodical NR adding function
CHG-ANR-SCHED This command changes the schedule information for periodic neighbor cell adding
operation Self-Optimizing Networks (SON) Automatic Neighbor Relation (ANR)
function. For the selected CELL_NUM, the information of start day / start hour / start
minute / duration can be changed.
RTRV-ANR-SCHED This command retrieves the schedule information for periodic neighbor cell adding
operation Self-Optimizing Networks (SON) Automatic Neighbor Relation (ANR)
function. If a CELL_NUM is entered, the information of start day / start hour / start
minute / duration is notified.
Parameters for Inter-RAT NR ranking calculation control

ANR_STATE This parameter indicates whether the Automatic - Inactive (0), Inactive (0)
Neighbor Relation (ANR) function is performed Active (1)
periodically according to the currently active
schedule.
- Inactive (0): The ANR function is not performed
periodically.
- Active (1): The ANR function is performed
periodically.
DAY This parameter is the day of the week on which - Sunday (0),
the Automatic Neighbor Relation (ANR) function is Monday (1),
Tuesday (2),
performed periodically.
Wednesday (3),
Everyday (7)
Thursday (4),
Friday (5),
Saturday (6),
Everyday (7)
HOUR This parameter is the hour (h) at which the -
Automatic Neighbor Relation (ANR) function is 0~23, Everyhour 0
MINUTE This parameter is the minute (min) at which the min
Automatic Neighbor Relation (ANR) function is 0~59 0
DURATION This parameter is the hour (h) at which the h
The operator may set and view the rate of selecting a UE by each FA of the WCDMA system to which Samsung Inter-RAT (WCDMA) ANR is applied by using the following commands and
parameters:
Commands for controlling the UE search rate per carrier
CHG-UTRA-FA This command changes the UTRAN carrier information. The changeable information
includes whether to use the carrier information, duplex type of the carrier,
uplink/downlink ARFCN value, carrier priority value used in the System Information
Block(SIB), threshold value used by the UE when a carrier of higher priority than the
current carrier is reselected, minimum RX level value required within the cell,
maximum RF output power value of the UE, minimum quality level value required in
the UTRAN cell, offset value applied to the carrier, threshold value used by the UE
when a carrier of higher priority than the current carrier is reselected in Rel 9, UE
selection ratio during periodic ANR operation, usage purpose of the carrier (circuit
service, packet service, both), and handover type mapped to the carrier.
RTRV-UTRA-FA This command retrieves the UTRAN carrier information. Information retrieved
includes whether to use the carrier information, duplex type of the carrier,
uplink/downlink ARFCN value, carrier priority value used in the System Information
Block (SIB), threshold value used by the UE when a carrier of higher priority than the
current carrier is reselected, minimum Rx level value required within the cell,
maximum RF output power value of the UE, minimum quality level value required in
the UTRAN cell, offset value applied to the carrier, threshold value used by the UE
when a carrier of higher priority than the current carrier is reselected in Rel 9, UE
selection ratio during periodic ANR operation, usage purpose of the carrier (circuit
service, packet service, both), and handover type mapped to the carrier.
Parameters for controlling the UE search rate per carrier

ANR_UE_ The searching rate of UE which performs the ANR % 0~100 100
SEARCH_ measurement for the corresponding carrier.
RATE
The operator can set the parameters used to DRX operation for UE based NR addition function or retrieve the current values through the following commands and parameters.
Commands for DRX control
CHG-DRX-INF This command changes the parameter values required to operate the discontinuous
reception(DRX). DRX usage status, the long DRX cycle, whether to use the short
DRX, and the short DRX cycle can be changed.
RTRV-DRX-INF This command retrieves the information required to operate discontinuous
reception(DRX). Information on whether DRX , longDRX cycle is used, whether
shortDRX is used, and shortDRX cycle can be retrieved.
Parameters for DRX control

This parameter is the QoS Class -
Identifier (QCI). The range is 0 -
255.The standard QCI defined in the
QCI 0 ~ 255 0
standard document is 1 - 9. 0 and 10 -
255 can be used by the operator
optionally.
This parameter indicates whether to -
use the DRX.
- Release (0): DRX is not used.
- Setup (1): normal DRX profile is used Release (0),
DRX_CONFIG_
in normal status and reportCGI DRX Setup (1), Release (0)
SETUP
profile is used in reportCGI status. reportCGI (2)
- reportCGI (2): DRX is not used in

normal status and reportCGI DRX
profile is used in reportCGI status.
This parameter is timer to monitor the - psf1 (0), psf2 (1),
PDCCH in DRX mode when inter-RAT psf3 (2), psf4 (3),
psf5 (4), psf6 (5),
reportCGI status.
ON_ psf8 (6), psf10 (7),
Value is the number of PDCCH sub-
DURATION_ psf20 (8), psf30 (9),
frames: psf1 for 1 PDCCH subframe, psf10 (7)
TIMER_ psf40 (10),
INTER_RAT psf2 for 2 PDCCH sub-frames and so psf50 (11),
on. psf60 (12),
psf80 (13),
psf100 (14),
psf200 (15)
This parameter is timer to monitor - psf1 (0), psf2 (1),

psf5 (4), psf6 (5),
reportCGI status.
psf8 (6), psf10 (7),
psf20 (8), psf30 (9),
frames: psf1 for 1 PDCCH subframe, psf40 (10),
psf2 for 2 PDCCH sub-frames and so psf50 (11),
DRX_
on. psf60 (12),
INACTIVITY_
psf80 (13), psf10 (7)
TIMER_
psf100 (14),
INTER_RAT
psf200 (15),
psf300 (16),
psf500 (17),
psf750 (18),
psf1280 (19),
psf1920 (20),
psf2560 (21),
DRX_ The timer used to monitor PDCCH in - sf1 (0), sf2 (1), sf4
RETRANS DRX mode when inter-RAT reportCGI (2), sf6 (3), sf8 (4),
MISSION_ sf16 (5)
status. sf16 (5), sf24 (6),
TIMER_
sf33 (7)
INTER_RAT
The long DRX cycle and drx start offset - sf10 (0), sf20 (1),
values to run onDurationTimer in DRX sf32 (2), sf40 (3),
mode when inter-RAT reportCGI sf64 (4), sf80 (5),
LONG_ sf128 (6), sf160 (7),
status. The unit of the long DRX cycle
DRXCYCLE_ sf256 (8), sf320 (9),
is a sub-frame. If the short DRX-Cycle
START_ sf512 (10), sf2560 (15)
OFFSET_TYPE_ is set to a value, this parameter is set sf640 (11),
INTER_RAT to a multiple of the short DRX-Cycle. sf1024 (12),
The DRX start offset is set to an sf1280 (13),
integer. For the TDD, DL sub-frame or sf2048 (14),
UL sub-frame can be set. sf2560 (15)
The operator may configure or retrieve the timer used to DRX operation for UE-based NR addition function by using the following commands and parameters.
Commands for DRX termination control
CHG-TIMER-INF Changes timer parameter values used to DRX operation for Inter-RAT ANR function
Retrieves timer parameter values used to DRX operation for Inter-RAT ANR
RTRV-TIMER-INF
function
Parameters for DRX termination control

INTER_RAT_ The time to wait for reception of
REPORT_CGI_ reportCGI MeasurementReport (Inter- sec 1 ~ 30 9
MR_TO_WAIT RAT)
The operator may configure or retrieve the PLMN blacklist for Inter-RAT ANR (UTRAN).
Commands for PLMN blacklist of Inter-RAT ANR (UTRAN)

CHG-PLMNBLACK-
This command changes the PLMN blacklist configuration for ANR.
LIST
RTRV-PLMNBLACK-
This command retrieves the PLMN blacklist configuration for ANR.
LIST
Parameters for PLMN blacklist of Inter-RAT ANR (UTRAN)

It shows whether PLMN is used or not.
no_use (0),
USED_FLAG - no_use: not used - no_use (0)
use (1)
- use: used
It refers to Mobile Country Code (MCC).
MCC Enter a three-digit number with the numbers in - -128~127 “FFF”
each digit being 0~9.
MNC Enter a three or two-digit number with the - -128~127 “FFF”
numbers in each digit being 0~9.
This attribute indicates whether or not to apply
UTRA_BLOCK_ the PLMN blacklist about the UTRA neighbor. False (0),
- True (1)
FLAG - False: Not apply the PLMN Blacklist to the True (1)
UTRA neighbor.
- True: Apply the PLMN Blacklist to the UTRA
neighbor.
The operator may configure or retrieve the information for invalid Inter-RAT (UTRAN) NR removal.
Commands for unnecessary Inter-RAT (UTRAN) NR removal
This command changes the Neighbor deletion cause information for
Intra-LTE or Inter RAT handover.The retrieved information includes
nbrDelCauseFlag which indicates whether use neighbor deletion
function or not, 5 S1 handover failure cause threshold values for
CHG-NBRDEL-CAUSE neighbor deletion. When eNB receives S1 handover preparation failure,
eNB checks S1 handover failure cause. If the cause is included in 5 S1
handover failure cause, eNB increases failure cause count sequencely.
When accumulated failure count exceeds the failure cause threshold
value for specific neighbor, eNB delete the specific neighbor information.
This command retrieves the Neighbor deletion cause treshold
information for Intra-LTE or Inter RAT handover.The retrieved
information includes nbrDelCauseFlag which indicates whether use
neighbor deletion function or not, 5 S1 handover failure cause threshold
RTRV-NBRDEL- values for neighbor deletion. When eNB receives S1 handover
CAUSE preparation failure, eNB checks S1 handover failure cause. If the cause
is included in 5 S1 handover failure cause, eNB increases failure cause
count sequencely. When accumulated failure count exceeds the failure
cause threshold value for specific neighbor, eNB delete the specific
neighbor information.
Parameters for invalid Inter-RAT (UTRAN) NR removal

This parameter shows whether or not the
feature to delete the neighbor with handover
issue is used.
NBR_DEL_ False (0),
- False: the feature to delete the neighbor with - False (0)
CAUSE_FLAG True (1)
handover issue is not used.
- True: the feature to delete the neighbor with
handover issue is used.
This parameter is S1AP Unknown PLMN
S1_UNKNOWN_ failure value which indicates the threshold to
- 0~65000 0
PLMN_TH delete a neighbor in case of consistent
handover failure.
This parameter is S1AP Handover Failure In
Target EPC/eNB Or Target System failure
S1_HO_FAIL_IN_
value which indicates the threshold to delete a - 0~65000 0
TARGET_SYS_TH
neighbor in case of consistent handover
failure.
This parameter is S1AP TS1RELOCprep
S1_RELOC_ Expiry failure value which indicates the
- 0~65000 0
PREP_EXPIRY_TH threshold to delete a neighbor in case of
consistent handover failure.
This parameter is X2AP or S1AP Cell Not
X2_S1_CELL_NOT Available failure value which indicates the
- 0~65000 0
_AVAILABLE_TH threshold to delete a neighbor in case of
consistent handover falure
This parameter is S1AP Unknown Target ID
- 0~65000 0
TARGET_ID_TH delete a neighbor in case of consistent
handover failure.
Counters and KPIs
The Samsung Inter-RAT (WCDMA) ANR function uses the following statistics information. This statistics is managed in eNB internally.
Counters related with Inter-RAT (WCDMA) ANR function
Family Display
Type Name Type Description
Name
Measurement report message triggered by PSHO,
UtranB2MR
INTER RAT Redirection, and SRVCC
MOBILITY MR Measurement report message triggered by CSFB and
UtranPeriodicalMR
periodical NR adding function
ABBREVIATIONS
ANR Automatic Neighbor Relation

CSFB Circuit-Switched Fall Back
eNB Evolved Node B
ECGI E-UTRA Cell Global Identifier
GUI Graphical User Interface
HO Handover
IE Information Element
KPI Key Performance Indicator
LSM LTE System Manager
MME Mobility Management Entity
MR Measurement Report
MRO Mobility Robustness Optimization
NCL Neighbor Cell List
NR Neighbor Relation
NRT Neighbor Relation Table
PCID Physical Cell ID
PLMN Public Land Mobile Network
PSHO Packet-Switched Handover
RRC Radio Resource Control
SON Self-Organizing Networks
SRVCC Single Radio Voice Call Continuity
UE User Equipment
X2 Logical Interface between eNBs
REFERENCE
[1] 3GPP 36.300: E-UTRA and E-UTRAN; overall description Stage 2 (Release 9)
[2] 3GPP 36.331: E-UTRAN; Radio Resource Control (RRC); Protocol specification (Release 9)
[4] 3GPP 32.500: E-UTRAN; Concepts & Requirements
[5] 3GPP 32.501: E-UTRAN; Self-configuration of network elements; OAM Requirements for Self Configuration Use Cases
LTE-SO0204, Inter-RAT ANR(GSM)
SUMMARY
Inter-RAT ANR (GSM) allows automatic discovery and setup of neighbor relations when a UE detects targetGSM negihbor.
INTRODUCTION
1. Overview
Samsung Inter-RAT (GERAN) ANR provides a function of automatically configuring inter-RAT (GERAN) NRT required for offering the stable Inter-RAT mobility (CSFB / PSHO / SRVCC /
Redirection) for a dual-mode UE that may optionally access the GERAN system. Samsung Inter-RAT ANR fully satisfies the 3GPP LTE specification requirements and Samsung LSM at the self-
configuration step provides a function of automatically configuring the initial inter-RAT NRT by using the information on the location of the GERAN cell entered by the operator during the eNB or
LTE cell grow. At the self-optimization step, Samsung eNB provides the functions of adding new NRs periodically by using the GERAN band support UE during the system operation and
calculating NR ranking periodically by using the information on inter-RAT mobility statistics. The NR ranking is used to optimally configure the list of neighbor cells that the station sends to the
UE for the inter-RAT mobility of the active mode UE.
2. Introduction
Through Samsung Inter-RAT (GERAN) ANR, as a function of configuring and managing inter-RAT (GERAN) NRT automatically, our LTE cell guarantees the stable inter-RAT mobility to the
GERAN system.
Samsung Inter-RAT ANR provides the following functions under the SON phases:
(1) Self-configuration Phase
● Automatic configuration of the initial inter-RAT NRT by O&M
① Use of the information on operational GERAN carriers and the location of the GERAN cell now operating during the eNB or cell grow in the LSM
② Generation of Initial Inter-RAT NRT which configures, for each operational carrier, the closest neighbor cells among the GERAN cells located within the effective radius of Inter-
RAT NRT Limit Distance, as many as the maximum size of Inter-RAT NRT Size.
(2) Self-optimization Phase
● Finding and adding the new neighbor cell based on ANR specific event
① Operational interval setup: DAY / HOUR / MINUTE / DURATION
② Setup relating to the selection of UE to be operated
- Rate of the UEs that perform operations
- Rate of GERAN selection of UEs that perform operations
- Rate of selecting the operational carriers
③ Addition of new neighbor cells to inter-RAT NRT by using GERAN band supporting UEs.
- eNB considers the PLMN ID of the new neighbor cell before adding the cell in NRT.
● Inter-RAT ANR control function per operator
① Prevents adding a new neighbor cell that belongs to a specific operator by controlling neighbor cell addition function per operator.
● Inter-RAT NRT management

① Calculation of NR ranking: Using the number of times of receiving MR messages to each neighbor cell during the operation of adding periodically new neighbor cells or of inter-
RAT mobility.
② Full inter-RAT NRT situation handling: If a new neighbor cell is found in the situation that NRT is full, delete the lowest-ranking NR first and then add the new one.
③ Invalid Inter-RAT (WCDMA) NR management: eNB deletes the invalid Inter-RAT (WCDMA) NR or manages it as HO blacklist based on the statistics on HO failure cause.
④ Unnecessary Inter-RAT NR removal: When the number of MR messages received for an Inter-RAT NR is reduced due to UE not reporting them any longer, this function removes
the Inter-RAT NR based on the specific threshold, which enables for the NRT to include only valid NRs.
⑤ Management of Inter-RAT NR causing HO performance degradation: If the number of HO success for an Inter-RAT NR is extremely low in spite of considerable number of HO
attempts, this function removes the Inter-RAT NR or manages it as HO blacklist based on the two respective thresholds for HO success and attempts.
⑥ HO blacklist management: This function manages the Inter-RAT NRs causing HO performance degradation or invalid Inter-RAT NRs as HO blacklist.
BENEFIT
Operator Benefits:
● The operator may reduce CAPEX and OPEX costs which have been spent to configure and manage the inter-RAT (GERAN) NRT of LTE cells.
User Benefits:
● By configuring the optimized inter-RAT (GERAN) NRT to the coverage and air status of each LTE cell, the end user may guarantee the stable inter-RAT mobility of all UEs in the
RRC_CONNECTED mode and then maximize the performance of the inter-RAT mobility success ratio and call drop rate.
RELEASE HISTORY
SLR2.2, SLR2.4, SLR3.0, and SLR3.1
SLR4.0: Addition of DRX termination control parameter
SLR4.5:
- Inter-RAT ANR on/off per PLMN
- Invalid NR removal function

SLR5.0
- Inter-RAT NR blacklist management function
- HO performance based NR removal function
- Unnecessary NR removal function
- Automatic NR addition based on ANR specific-event
Dependency:
● GERAN band support of UEs: UE must support the GERAN band to add new neighbor cells in GERAN.
● Support of CGI acquisition in the UE: The UE must support the function of acquiring the CGI.
Limitation:
● N/A
FEATURE DESCRIPTION
1. Architecture
Samsung Inter-RAT (GERAN) ANR operates in eNB and LSM and the whole architecture is as shown in the figure:
Figure 1. Samsung Inter-RAT ANR Architecture
In the aforementioned architecture, Samsung Inter-RAT (GERAN) ANR is performed in the SON agent of eNB and the SON Manager of LSM and the operation by each entity is as follows:
(1) LSM
● SON Manager: NRT Management Function
① Initial Inter-RAT NRT configuration
(2) eNB
● SON Agent: NR Detection Function
① After receiving the measurement report message during the performance of adding periodically new neighbor cells from the call processor, find an unknown neighbor cell.
● SON Agent: NR Add Function
① Request to acquire CGI information on the unknown neighbor cell by using the call processor.
② After receiving the CGI information from the call processor, add a new neighbor cell to the inter-RAT NRT.
● SON Agent: NR Ranking Function
① Calculate NR ranking by using the number of times of receiving MR messages from each neighbor cell during the operation of adding periodically new neighbor cells and inter-
RAT mobility.
● SON Agent: NRT Management Function
① If a new neighbor cell is found in the situation that NRT is full, delete the lowest-ranking NR first and then add the new one
2. Inter-RAT (GERAN) ANR Function
2.1. Self-Configuration phase – Initial Inter-RAT NRT auto configuration
When the creation of the initial inter-RAT (GERAN) NRT in the SON option box in the eNB or cell grow window provided by Samsung LSM is checked, it configures the initial inter-RAT
(GERAN) NRT by using the information on operational GERAN carriers and the location of already inputted GERAN cells in LSM after the SW download to the cell is completed. In the
SON property window provided by Samsung LSM, it is possible to set the following parameters in relation to the configuration of the initial inter-RAT (GERAN) NRT.
(1) Inter-RAT (GERAN) NRT Limit Distance: The maximum distance to the GERAN cell which may be included to the initial inter-RAT (GERAN) NRT
(2) Inter-RAT (GERAN) NRT Size: The number of GERAN cells which may be included to the initial inter-RAT (GERAN) NRT
Samsung LSM provides how to create the initial inter-RAT (GERAN) NRT as follows:
(1) Find Inter-RAT (GERAN) cells located within the effective radius of Inter-RAT (GERAN) NRT Limit Distance based on the distance between grow cell and Inter-RAT cells.
(2) After calculating the average inter-site distance per each operational carrier, sort the carriers in the ascending order of the distance.
A. In case that there are carriers with the same distance more than 1, the carrier including more inter-RAT cells has higher ranking than others.
(3) From the first carrier in the above sorted list, configure the initial Inter-RAT (GERAN) NRT as including the closest neighbor cells, as many as Inter-RAT (GERAN) NRT size.
2.2. Self-Optimization phase – Automatic Inter-RAT NRT management
At the self-optimization phase, Samsung Inter-RAT (GERAN) ANR provides the following functions:
(1) Periodically finding new neighbor cells and adding to the inter-RAT NRT
A. Operational interval setup: DAY / HOUR / MINUTE / DURATION
i. Setting Command: CHG-ANR-SCHED

1) DAY: Day of the periodical operation of ANR (Possible to set ‘daily’)
2) HOUR: The time of starting the periodical operation of ANR
3) MINUTE: The minute of starting the periodical operation of ANR
4) DURATION: The duration of the periodical operation of ANR
B. Setup relating to the selection of UE to be operated
i. Rate of the UEs that perform operations (ANR_UE_SEARCH_RATE_TOTAL)
2) The rate of the UEs that perform the periodical ANR operation among the UEs that attempt to access an initial call as its own cell or perform HO preparation for HO-in
during the period of periodical ANR operation
ii. Rate of GERAN selection of UEs that perform operations(ANR_UE_SEARCH_RATE_GERAN)
iii. Rate of selecting the operational carriers (ANR_UE_SEARCH_RATE)
1) Setting Command: CHG-GERAN-FA
2) The rate of each carrier selecting the periodical ANR operation
C. Addition of new neighbor cells to inter-RAT NRT by using GERAN band supporting UEs
(2) Inter-RAT NRT management
A. Calculation of NR ranking: Using the number of times of receiving MR messages to each neighbor cell during the operation of adding periodically new neighbor cells or of inter-
RAT mobility
B. Full inter-RAT NRT situation handling: If a new neighbor cell is found in the situation that NRT is full, delete the lowest-ranking NR first and then add the new one
2.2.1. Finding and adding the new neighbor cells based on the ANR specific-event
Samsung Inter-RAT (WCDMA) ANR periodically performs the operation of adding new WCDMA neighbor cells and the operator may control the overhead from eNB and the UE by
the operation by adjusting the DAY / HOUR / MINUTE / DURATION of the inter-RAT ANR operation as follows.
(1) Operational interval setup: DAY / HOUR / MINUTE / DURATION

A. Setting Command: CHG-ANR-SCHED
i. DAY: Day of the periodical operation of ANR (Possible to set ‘daily’)
ii. HOUR: The time of starting the periodical operation of ANR
iii. MINUTE: The minute of starting the periodical operation of ANR
iv. DURATION: The duration of the periodical operation of ANR
(2) Setup relating to the selection of UE to be operated
A. Rate of the UEs that perform operations (ANR_UE_SEARCH_RATE_TOTAL)
ii. The rate of the UE that selects to perform the periodical ANR operation among the UEs that attempt to access an initial call as its own cell during the period of
periodical ANR operation or perform HO preparation for HO-in
B. Rate of WCDMA selection of UEs that perform operations (ANR_UE_SEARCH_RATE_UTRAN)
C. Rate of selecting the operational carriers (ANR_UE_SEARCH_RATE)
i. Setting Command: CHG-UTRA-FA
ii. The rate of each carrier selecting the periodical ANR operation
The procedure for the operation of adding periodical new GERAN neighbor cells is as shown below.
(1) When it reaches at the time of the periodical addition of a new neighbor cell, (i) select a UE for periodical operation of ANR, (ii) select GERAN as the network to be operated, and
(iii) select an operating carrier to send a RRC Connection Reconfiguration message that sets ANR measurement configuration.
(i) Select a UE for periodical ANR operation among UEs that attempt to access an initial call as its own cell during the period of periodical ANR operation or perform HO
preparation for HO-in.
A. Check whether the inter-RAT (GERAN) ANR operation is supported by using the information included in the UE-EUTRA-Capability IE of the selected candidate UE.
① Check the support by using the band information included in SupportedBandListGERAN IE.
② Check whether 19th bit = 1 & 23th bit = 1 in FeatureGroupIndicators IE.
B. How to Select
① Create a random number between 0 and 1 for the UE that supports the inter-RAT (GERAN) ANR operation (Nrandom).
② If Nrandom < ANR_UE_SEARCH_RATE_TOTAL, the UE performs the periodical operation of adding a new neighbor cell.
(ii) Select GERAN in the inter-RAT network that will perform the periodical ANR operation.
A. If the provider performs ANR only for GERAN: If ANR_UE_SEARCH_RATE_GERAN > 0, select all the time.
(iii) Select a carrier among GERAN carriers that will make the periodical ANR operation.
A. How to Select
① Set the scope by carrier between 0 and 1 in order of carrier index by using the ANR_UE_SEARCH_RATE value set in the GERAN carrier.
i. x_{k} : k ANR_UE_SEARCH_RATE set in the carrier.
ii. Scope of Carrier k
a. Minimum value of scope: (Provided that if k = 0, the minimum value = 0)
b. Maximum value of scope:
② Perform the periodical operation of adding a new neighbor cell for the corresponding carrier in the scope where a random number created between 0 and 1
belongs.
(iv) How to make ANR measurement configuration
■ If A2 event is used for inter-RAT ANR
① ReportConfigEUTRA: configures ANR specific A3 event
■ If A2 event is not used for inter-RAT ANR or the eNB receives MR message due to ANR specific A2 event
① ReportConfigInterRAT configuration: periodical {purpose = reportStrongestCells}
A. maxReportCells = 1 (Restriction in specification)

B. reportAmount = 1 (Restriction in specification)
② MeasurementGap configuration
(2) Check whether an unknown physical cell ID is included after the MR message corresponding to ANR Measurement Configuration from the UE is received.
(3) Transmit the RRC Connection Reconfiguration message that requests the UE to acquire the CGI of an unknown cell.
(i) ReportConfigInterRAT configuration: periodical {purpose = reportCGI}
(ii) How to configure DRX
A. Setting Command: CHG-DRX-INFO
① QCI: QCI index to operate the periodical addition of a new neighbor cell (1 ~ 9)
② DRX_CONFIG_SETUP: ci_Config_reportCGI
③ ON_DURATION_TIMER_INTER_RAT: ci_onDurationTimer_psf10
④ DRX_INACTIVITY_TIMER_INTER_RAT: ci_drx_InactivityTimer_psf100
⑤ DRX_RETRANSMISSION_TIMER_INTER_RAT: ci_drx_RetransmissionTimer_sf16
⑥ LONG_DRXCYCLE_START_OFFSET_TYPE_INTER_RAT: ci_sf2560_chosen
(iii) To handle the exception case of DRX operation, SON Agent runs the INTER_RAT_REPORT_CGI_MR_TO_WAIT timer. If UE can’t acquire the ECGI/CGI within the time,
SON Agent terminates the DRX operation to return the normal state of service.
(4) The UE acquires the CGI of a new cell corresponding to the unknown physical cell ID in the DRX section for Inter-RAT.
(5) It sends the MR message including the CGI information acquired to the serving cell.
(6) The serving eNB checks whether PLMN ID in MR message is registered in SonAnrPlmnBlackListInfo PLD.
(i) In case that the PLMN ID is registered in SonAnrPlmnBlackListInfo PLD and its usedFlag = use,
A. If GERAN_BLOCK_FLAG = True, serving eNB terminates ANR operation.
B. If GERAN_BLOCK_FLAG = False, serving eNB performs step (7).
(ii) In case that the PLMN ID is not registered in SonAnrPlmnBlackListInfo PLD or the PLMN ID is registered and its usedFlag = no_use,
A. Serving eNB performs step (7).
(7) The serving cell adds it to NRT by using the CGI information obtained from the UE.
(8) It transmits the updated NRT information to LSM to synchronize NRT information between two entities.
Figure 2. Procedure of periodical NR adding function
2.2.2. Inter-RAT (GERAN) NRT Management
The procedure of Samsung Inter-RAT (GERAN) ANR for calculating the periodical NR ranking is as shown below.
① The serving cell collects the information on the statistics of MR messages during the operation of periodically adding new neighbor cells for the neighbor cells included in NRT or
the operation of inter-RAT mobility.
② When it reaches the time of calculating NR ranking, the serving cell calculates the ranking of NRs included in the inter-RAT NRT by using the collected statistical information.
Figure 3. Periodical NR ranking calculation procedure
1) Periodical calculation of NR ranking:
NR ranking means the degree of validity or significance of the NRs included in the inter-RAT NRT. Samsung eNB defines that NRs which get more counts of receiving MR messages
due to the triggered inter-RAT mobility and have more MR messages received during the operation of periodically adding new neighbor cells are ranked higher. The operation of NR
ranking is as shown below.
(1) The calculation of NR ranking is performed at a certain interval.
A. NR ranking interval: IRAT_RANK_PERIOD
(2) NRs in the calculation of ranking will be NRs included in the inter-RAT NRT at least for more than the ranking calculation interval.
(3) The ranking calculated at the previous interval is used between intervals.
NR ranking is calculated in the following method:
(1) The currentRank value of NR i in the inter-RAT NRT for more than the NR ranking calculation interval
currentRank_{i}(k) = (1－ω)·previousRank_{i}(k) + ω·NMR_{i}(k)
NMR_{i}(k) = NPSHOMR_{i}(k) + NREDIRMR_{i}(k) + NSRVCCMR_{i}(k) + NCCOMR_{i}(k) + NCSFBMR_{i}(k) + NIRATANR_{i}(k)
A. k: The time of calculating NR ranking
B. ω: Filtering coefficient for moving averaging
C. previousRank_{i}(k): The ranking value calculated at the previous interval
D. NMR_{i}(k): The counts of receiving MR messages for Cell i collected from k-1 as the time of calculating the just previous ranking to k and composed of the items
below.
i. NPSHOMRi(k): The count of receiving MR messages by the satisfaction of B2 event during the performance of PSHO for Cell i
ii. NREDIRMRi(k): The count of receiving MR messages by the satisfaction of B2 event during the performance of redirection with SI for Cell i
iii. NSRVCCMRi(k): The count of receiving MR messages by the satisfaction of B2 event during the performance of SRVCC for Cell i
iv. NCCOMRi(k): The count of receiving MR messages by the satisfaction of B2 event during the performance of CCO for Cell i
v. NCSFBMRi(k): The count of receiving MR messages by configuring reportStrongtestCells during the performance of CSFB for Cell i
vi. NIRATANRi(k): The number of receiving MR messages by the setting of reportStrongtestCellsForSON during the operation of adding a new neighbor cell
(2) The currentRank value of NR j in the inter-RAT NRT for less than the NR ranking calculation interval
A. At k as the time of calculating NR ranking,
currentRank_{j}(k) = -1
- Keep as -1 until the time of the second NR ranking calculation.
B. At k+1 as the time of calculating next ranking,
currentRank_{j}(k+1) = NMR_{j}(k+1)
NMR_{j}(k+1) = NPSHOMR_{i}(k+1) + NREDIRMR_{i}(k+1) + NSRVCCMR_{i}(k+1) + NCCOMR_{i}(k+1) + NCSFBMR_{i}(k+1) + NIRATANR_{i}(k+1)
- If the number of receiving the MR message for NR j is 0, save as 0.
2) Handling full inter-RAT NRT situation

If a new neighbor cell is found while the inter-RAT NRT is full, perform the operation under the ANR configuration mode as follows:
(1) ANR configuration mode = sonAutoApply or sonManualApply
A. Causes of attempts at adding a new NR
i. Add a neighbor cell by the ANR function periodically.
ii. Add an operator manually.
B. Operation Procedure
i. Among NRs with the properties of CURRENT_RANK ≠ -1 & Status (EQUIP) & HO (T) & Remove (T),
ii. Delete the lowest ranked NR and then add a new one.
1) If CURRENT_RANK of NRS with the properties of CURRENT_RANK ≠ -1 & Status (EQUIP) & HO (T) & Remove (T) in i) of the procedure is -1 and there
are two or more lowest ranked NRs or all NRs are in the same ranking in ii) of the procedure: Delete the NR whose time of adding the NRT is fastest and
then add a new NR.
(2) ANR configuration mode = sonFuncOff
A. Causes of attempts at adding a new NR: Operator attempts to add a new NR.
B. Operation Procedure: A new NR is not added.
3) Management of invalid Inter-RAT (GERAN) NR removal
Based on the statistics on the HO failure causes, this function removes Inter-RAT NRs which have invalid neighbor information or manages the Inter-RAT NRs as HO blacklist. The
operator can control this function’s ON/OFF state. eNB collects statistics per HO failure cause as follows.
(1) If HO to a neighbor cell fails, eNB checks whether the HO failure cause is registered in NbrDelCauseInfo PLD.
A. If the HO failure cause is registered in NbrDelCauseInfo PLD, eNB increases counter by 1 for the HO failure cause of the neighbor cell.
B. If the HO failure cause is not registered in NbrDelCauseInfor PLD, eNB maintains the counter of HO failure cause of the neighbor cell.
(2) If HO to a neighbor cell succeeds, eNB resets counters of all HO failure causes for the neighbor cell to 0.
If the counter of the HO failure cause for a neighbor cell exceeds the predefined threshold for each HO failure cause, eNB deletes the neighbor cell from the NRT.
HO failure causes used in invalid Inter-RAT (GERAN) NR management function

HO failure cause Meaning
Handover Failure In Target EPC/eNB The handover failed due to a failure in target EPC/eNB or target
Or Target System system.
Handover Preparation procedure is cancelled when timer
TS1RELOCprep Expiry
TS1RELOCprep expires.
Cell not available The concerned cell is not available.
Unknown Target ID Handover rejected because the target ID is not known to the EPC.
Unknown PLMN The MME does not identify any PLMN provided by the eNB.
4) Unnecessary Inter-RAT NR removal
When the network is stabilized through the network optimization, this function removes Inter-RAT NRs which cannot receive MR messages among the Inter-RAT NRs included when
the network was initially created, so that only valid Inter-RAT NRs could be included in the NRT. The operator can control this function’s ON/OFF state, and at the NR ranking
calculation point k, the serving cell removes the Inter-RAT NR i which meets the following conditions.
① Inter-RAT ANR operation mode = Auto or Manual &
② nrDelFlagGeran = True &
● nrDelFlagGeran: ON/OFF control flag that determines the operational status.
③ CumulatedMRi (k) ≤ thNumMrNrDelInterRat &
● CumulatedMRi(k): The number of Inter-RAT MR messages received for NR i during thTimeNrDel period at the NR ranking calculation point k
● thNumMrNrDelInterRat: The threshold value to decide unnecessary Inter-RAT NR
④ ‘isRemoveAllowed = True’ for Inter-RAT NR i
The following figure shows the statistics based Inter-RAT NR removal function used to delete unnecessary Inter-RAT NRs.
Figure 4. Statistics based NR removal function to delete unnecessary Inter-RAT NRs
5) Management of Inter-RAT NR causing HO performance degradation
If a new cell located nearby has the same PCI as the PCI of a distant Inter-RAT NR which is included in the NRT at the initial network formation, and the UE transmits a
measurement report message for HO while moving to the new cell, the serving cell wrongly recognizes the PCI in the message as belonging to the distant NR. As a result, the UE
fails the HO execution.
The following figure illustrates the management scenario of the Inter-RAT NR causing HO performance degradation.
Figure 5. HO performance degradation causing Inter-RAT NR management scenario
In the previous figure, the UE moves toward the neighbor cell (CGI = 1002) and transmits the measurement report message including PCI = 20 by HO triggering to the serving cell
(CGI = 1000). The serving cell completes HO preparation using the Inter-RAT NR (CGI = 1001) included in the Inter-RAT NRT, and then transmits the HO command message
received from the Inter-RAT NR. However, the UE has been moved to the new cell (CGI = 1002), thus HO execution fails. As shown above, Samsung ANR removes the HO
performance degradation causing NR from the NRT or manages it as HO blacklist.
The operator can control this function’s ON/OFF state, and at the Inter-RAT NR ranking calculation point k, the serving cell removes the Inter-RAT NR i from the Inter-RAT NRT or
manages it as HO blacklist which meets the following conditions.
① Inter-RAT ANR operation mode = Auto or Manual &
② wrongNrDelFlagGeran = True &
● wrongNrDelFlagGeran: ON/OFF control flag that determines the operational status.
③ CumulatedNHOAtti(k) ≥ thHoAttNrDelInterRat &
● CumulatedNHOAtti(k): The number of HO attempts collected for Inter-RAT NR i during thTimeNrDel at the NR ranking calculation point k
● thHoAttNrDelInterRat: The threshold value of HO attempts to decide HO performance degradation causing Inter-RAT NR
④ CumulatedNHOSuci(k) ≤ thHoSucNrDelInterRat &
● CumulatedNHOSuci(k): The number of HO success collected for Inter-RAT NR i during thTimeNrDel period at the NR ranking calculation point k
● thHoSucNrDelInterRat: The threshold value of the number of HO success to decide HO performance degradation causing Inter-RAT NR
⑤ isRemoveAllowed = True for Inter-RAT NR i
6) HO blacklist management
(1) Inter-RAT NR can be managed as HO blacklist if the Inter-RAT NR is determined as the invalid Inter-RAT NR or the Inter-RAT NR causing HO performance degradation.
(2) Serving cell performs validation check for the Inter-RAT NR managed as HO blacklist by acquiring CGI of the NR through reportCGI once during ranking period.
(3) NRs can be changed from HO blacklist to the HO whitelist for the following cases
A. CGI information of the Inter-RAT NR is changed by reportCGI operation
B. Operator changes the HO attribute of the Inter-RAT NR from HO blacklist to HO whitelist
FEATURE SCOPE
FR10 Samsung Inter-RAT (GERAN) ANR provides a function of the operator setting the ANR operation mode as one of auto, manual and operation release modes through LSM.
Samsung Inter-RAT (GERAN) ANR provides a function of the operator composing the initial inter-RAT (GERAN) NRT at eNB or cell grow through the LSM. (1) LSM 은 Initial Inter-RAT
FR20
NRT 생성시 Carrier 별로 GERAN Size 개의 NR 을 NRT 에 추가한다.
Samsung Inter-RAT (GERAN) ANR provides a function of detecting an unknown neighbor cell through the operation of periodically adding a new neighbor cell and adding it to the inter-
FR30
RAT (GERAN) NRT.
Samsung Inter-RAT (GERAN) ANR provides a function of making the UE support the CGI acquisition and acquiring CGI information of a new neighbor cell found by the UE if the current
FR40
serving cell operates DRX.
Samsung Inter-RAT (GERAN) ANR provides a function of changing the inter-RAT (GERAN) NRT attribute as received from the LSM. (1) Reflection of the deletion setting (‘No Remove’)
FR50
(2) Reflection of the setting of the inter-RAT mobility black list (‘No HO’)
Samsung Inter-RAT (GERAN) ANR provides a function of additionally operating a new neighbor cell periodically for neighbor cells and calculating NR ranking by using the counts of
FR60
receiving MR messages to each neighbor cell during the performance of the inter-RAT mobility.
FR70 Samsung Inter-RAT (GERAN) ANR provides a function of composing the neighbor information for the inter-RAT mobility optimally.
FR80 Samsung eNB 는 PLMN 별로 Inter-RAT ANR(GERAN)을 on/off 하는 기능을 제공한다. (from SLR4.5)
FR90 Samsung eNB 는 HO 실패원인에 대한 통계를 기반으로 불필요한 Inter-RAT(GERAN) NR 을 삭제하는 기능을 제공한다. (from SLR4.5)
FR100 Samsung eNB 는 HO 성공률이 낮은 Inter-RAT NR 을 삭제하는 기능을 제공한다. (SLR5.0)
Samsung eNB 는 Inter-RAT NR Black List 를 관리하는 기능을 제공한다. (SLR5.0) (1) eNB 는 HO 실패원인에 대한 통계를 기반으로 불필요한 Inter-RAT NR 을 Black List 에 추가한다. (2)
FR110
eNB 는 HO 성공률이 낮은 Inter-RAT NR 을 Black List 에 추가한다. (3) eNB 는 Black List 에 있는 Inter-RAT NR 에 대한 유효성을 확인한다.
FR120 Samsung eNB 는 MR 수신횟수가 작은 Inter-RAT NR 을 삭제하는 기능을 제공한다. (SLR5.0)
FR130 Samsung eNB 와 LSM 은 Manual Mode 로 동작할 경우 Inter-RAT NR(Black List + White List)을 삭제하기 전에 운용자 확인을 받아야 한다. (SLR5.0)
FR140 Samsung eNB 는 HO Event 및 ANR 전용의 Event 를 기반으로 한 Inter-RAT ANR 기능을 제공한다. (SLR5.0)
SYSTEM OPERATION
1. How to Activate
[Pre-condition]
● The eNB must support LTE to GERAN interworking functionality.
● The UE must support Inter-RAT GERAN ANR capability (i.e. UE capability & related feature group indicator bits are set to ‘1’).
● The UE has no GBR bearer (e.g. QCI=1).
[Feature activation & action]
● To activate this feature, INTER_RAT_ANR_ENABLE_GERAN value must be set to 'Manual' or ‘Auto’.
● Additionally, all of the following conditions are fulfilled.
- The ANR_UE_SEARCH_RATE_TOTAL value must greater than ‘0’.

- The ANR_UE_SEARCH_RATE_GERAN value must greater than ‘0’.
- The ANR_STATE value must be set to ‘anrActive’ (i.e. Periodic ANR functionality is scheduled).
- The concerned GERAN FA’s ANR_UE_SEARCH_RATE value must greater than ‘0’.
- The DRX_CONFIG_SETUP value must be set to 'Drx_Config_Setup' or ‘Drx_Config_reportCGI’.
● To activate Inter-RAT ANR on/off per PLMN feature, USED_FLAG value must be set to 'use' and configures valid PLMN information.
● To activate unnecessary NR removal feature, NBR_DEL_CAUSE_FLAG value must be set to 'True'.
1) The eNB choose an UE for periodic Inter-RAT (GERAN) ANR by ANR UE selection rules.
2) In case of the Inter-RAT (GERAN) ANR UE is selected, the eNB configures ANR specific measurement configuration to the UE (In this time,
measurement duration timer is started in the eNB).
3) The UE periodically measure and report to the eNB by ANR specific measurement configuration.
4) When the eNB receive non-neighbor GERAN cell from the UE, the eNB request cell global identity to the UE (i.e. using reportCGI configuration).
5) If the eNB successfully obtain non-neighbor GERAN cell’s CGI from the UE, the eNB registers the new UTRA cell into the own neighbor DB.
6) The eNB remove ANR specific measurement configuration from the UE when the measurement duration timer is expired.
[Deactivation]
● The INTER_RAT_ANR_ENABLE_GERAN (system parameter) value must be set to 'Off'.
● To deactivate Inter-RAT ANR on/off per PLMN feature, USED_FLAG value must be set to 'no_use'.
● To deactivate unnecessary NR removal feature, NBR_DEL_CAUSE_FLAG value must be set to 'False'.
2. Key Parameters
The parameters used for automatically configuring the initial inter-RAT (GERAN) NRT at the eNB or cell grow in the LSM are in the SON property window and the information is shown in the
table below.
Parameters for Initial Inter-RAT NRT auto-configuration

The number of GERAN neighbor cells configured
-
GERAN Size by initial Inter-RAT (GERAN) NRT auto- 1 ~ 256 32
configuration.
GERAN Limit The minimum effective radius for initial Inter-RAT
km 1 ~ 100 2
Distance (GERAN) auto-configuration.
The operator may set or view the operation mode and method of Samsung Inter-RAT (GERAN) ANR by using following commands and parameters.
CHG-SONFN-CELL Changes the operation mode of SON ANR functions
RTRV-SONFN-CELL Retrieves the information of operation mode of SON functions and
parameters which are set to each cell
Parameters for the operation mode control

INTER_RAT_ - Off (0): Inter-RAT (GERAN) ANR function is - Off (0), Off (0)
ANR_ENABLE disabled except periodical NR ranking Manual (1),
_ calculation Auto (2)
GERAN - Manual (1): Periodical NR adding function is
performed automatically.
- Auto (2): Periodical NR adding function is
performed automatically.
ANR_UE_ The flag which controls whether the periodical % 0~100 5
SEARCH_ NR adding function is operated or not, in the
RATE_TOTAL EUTRAN system.
The Searching Rate of UE which performs the % 0~100 100
ANR_UE_
ANR measurement for GERAN neighbor cells
SEARCH_
in the periodical ANR function with a specific
RATE_GERAN
schedule.
ANR_MEAS_ The duration of ANR measurement which an sec 1~3600 10
DURATION_ UE performs for GERAN system (Unit.
GERAN Second). If the timer set to this parameter
value is expired, serving cell releases the
corresponding setting of ANR measurement
for the UE.
3. Command and Parameters
The operator can set the operational method of periodical NR adding function or retrieve the current operational method through the following commands and parameters.
Commands for Inter-RAT NR ranking calculation control
CHG-SON-ANR Changes parameter values related with ranking calculation of Inter-RAT NR
RTRV-SON-ANR Retrieves parameter values related with ranking calculation of Inter-RAT NR

IRAT_RANK_ The parameter presents the value of period in the Day 1day (0), 1day (0)
PERIOD periodical Inter-RAT NR Ranking calculation. 2day (1),
3day (2),
4day (3),
5day (4),
6day (5),
7day (6)
IRAT_ The value of IIR filtering coefficient used in -
FILTERING_ calculating the value of current rank (currentRank) 0.000~1.000 0.5
COEFF of Inter-RAT NR.
The operator may set or view the interval of adding a new NR periodically in inter-RAT (GERAN) ANR by using following commands and parameters:
Commands for controlling the period of periodical NR adding function
CHG-ANR-SCHED Changes parameter values of period for periodical NR adding function
RTRV-ANR-SCHED Retrieves the parameter values of period for periodical NR adding function

ANR_STATE This parameter indicates whether the Automatic - Inactive (0), Inactive (0)
Neighbor Relation (ANR) function is performed Active (1)
periodically according to the currently active
schedule.
- Inactive (0): The ANR function is not performed
periodically.
- Active (1): The ANR function is performed
periodically.
DAY This parameter is the day of the week on which - Sunday (0),
the Automatic Neighbor Relation (ANR) function is Monday (1),
Tuesday (2),
Wednesday (3),
Everyday (7)
Thursday (4),
Friday (5),
Saturday (6),
Everyday (7)
HOUR This parameter is the hour (h) at which the -
0~23, Everyhour 0
Automatic Neighbor Relation (ANR) function is
MINUTE This parameter is the minute at which the min

DURATION This parameter is the hour at which the Automatic hour
Neighbor Relation (ANR) function is performed 1~24 24
periodically.
The operator may set and view the rate of selecting a UE by each FA of the GERAN system to which Samsung Inter-RAT (GERAN) ANR is applied by using the following commands and
parameters:
Commands for controlling the UE search rate per carrier
CHG-GERAN-FA Changes the UE search rate per carrier for periodical NR adding function
RTRV-GERAN-FA Retrieves the UE search rate per carrier for periodical NR adding function
Parameters for controlling the UE search rate per carrier

ANR_UE_ The searching rate of UE which performs the ANR % 0~100 100
SEARCH_ measurement for the corresponding carrier.
RATE
The operator can set the parameters used to DRX operation for UE based NR addition function or retrieve the current values through the following commands and parameters.
Commands for DRX control
CHG-DRX-INF Changes parameter values used to DRX operation for Intra-LTE ANR function
RTRV-DRX-INF Retrieves parameter values used to DRX operation for Intra-LTE ANR function
Parameters for DRX control

This parameter is the QoS Class -
Identifier (QCI). The range is 0 -
255.The standard QCI defined in the
QCI 0 ~ 255 0
standard document is 1 - 9. 0 and 10 -
255 can be used by the operator
optionally.
This parameter indicates whether to -
use the DRX.
- Release (0): DRX is not used.
- Setup (1): normal DRX profile is used Release (0),
DRX_CONFIG_
in normal status and reportCGI DRX Setup (1), Release (0)
SETUP
profile is used in reportCGI status. reportCGI (2)
- reportCGI (2): DRX is not used in

normal status and reportCGI DRX
profile is used in reportCGI status.
This parameter is timer to monitor the - psf1 (0), psf2 (1),
ON_ psf5 (4), psf6 (5),
reportCGI status.
DURATION_ psf8 (6), psf10 (7),
Value is the number of PDCCH sub- psf10 (7)
TIMER_ psf20 (8), psf30 (9),
INTER_RAT frames: psf1 for 1 PDCCH subframe, psf40 (10),
on. psf60 (12),
psf80 (13),
psf100 (14),
psf200 (15)
This parameter is timer to monitor - psf1 (0), psf2 (1),
psf5 (4), psf6 (5),
reportCGI status.
psf8 (6), psf10 (7),
psf20 (8), psf30 (9),
frames: psf1 for 1 PDCCH subframe, psf40 (10),
DRX_
on. psf60 (12),
INACTIVITY_
psf80 (13), psf10 (7)
TIMER_
psf100 (14),
INTER_RAT
psf200 (15),
psf300 (16),
psf500 (17),
psf750 (18),
psf1280 (19),
psf1920 (20),
psf2560 (21),
DRX_ The timer used to monitor PDCCH in - sf1 (0), sf2 (1), sf4
RETRANS DRX mode when inter-RAT reportCGI (2), sf6 (3), sf8 (4),
MISSION_ sf16 (5)
status. sf16 (5), sf24 (6),
TIMER_
sf33 (7)
INTER_RAT
The long DRX cycle and drx start offset - sf10 (0), sf20 (1),
values to run onDurationTimer in DRX sf32 (2), sf40 (3),
mode when inter-RAT reportCGI sf64 (4), sf80 (5),
LONG_ sf128 (6), sf160 (7),
status. The unit of the long DRX cycle
DRXCYCLE_ sf256 (8), sf320 (9),
is a sub-frame. If the short DRX-Cycle
START_ sf512 (10), sf2560 (15)
OFFSET_TYPE_ is set to a value, this parameter is set sf640 (11),
INTER_RAT to a multiple of the short DRX-Cycle. sf1024 (12),
The DRX start offset is set to an sf1280 (13),
integer. For the TDD, DL sub-frame or sf2048 (14),
UL sub-frame can be set. sf2560 (15)
The operator may configure or retrieve the timer used to DRX operation for UE-based NR addition function by using the following commands and parameters.
Commands for DRX termination control
CHG-TIMER-INF Changes timer parameter values used to DRX operation for Inter-RAT ANR function
RTRV-TIMER-INF Retrieves timer parameter values used to DRX operation for Inter-RAT ANR
function
Parameters for DRX termination control

INTER_RAT_ The time to wait for reception of sec
reportCGI MeasurementReport (Inter- 9
REPORT_CGI_ 1 ~ 30
RAT)
MR_TO_WAIT
The operator may configure or retrieve the PLMN blacklist for Inter-RAT ANR (GERAN).
Commands for PLMN blacklist for Inter-RAT ANR (GERAN)
CHG-PLMNBLACK-LIST This command changes the PLMN blacklist configuration for ANR.
RTRV-PLMNBLACK-LIST This command retrieves the PLMN blacklist configuration for ANR.
Parameters for PLMN blacklist for Inter-RAT ANR (GERAN)

It shows whether PLMN is used or not. no_use (0),
USED_FLAG - no_use (0)
- no_use: not used use (1)
- use: used

MCC Enter a three-digit number with the numbers in - -128~127 “FFF”
each digit being 0~9.
MNC Enter a three or two-digit number with the - -128~127 “FFF”
numbers in each digit being 0~9.
This attribute indicates whether or not to apply
the PLMN blacklist about the GERAN
neighbor.
GERAN_BLOCK_ False (0),
- False: Not apply the PLMN Blacklist to the - True (1)
FLAG True (1)
GERAN neighbor.
- True: Apply the PLMN Blacklist to the
GERAN neighbor.
The operator may configure or retrieve the information for unnecessary Inter-RAT (GERAN) NR removal.
Commands for unnecessary Inter-RAT (GERAN) NR removal

This command changes the Neighbor deletion cause information for Inter RAT
handover.The retrieved information includes nbrDelCauseFlag which indicates
whether use neighbor deletion function or not, 5 S1 handover failure cause
threshold values for neighbor deletion. When eNB receives S1 handover
CHG-NBRDEL-CAUSE preparation failure, eNB checks S1 handover failure cause. If the cause is
included in 5 S1 handover failure cause, eNB increases failure cause count
sequencely. When accumulated failure count exceeds the failure cause
threshold value for specific neighbor, eNB delete the specific neighbor
information.
This command retrieves the Neighbor deletion cause threshold information for
Inter RAT handover.The retrieved information includes nbrDelCauseFlag which
indicates whether use neighbor deletion function or not, 5 S1 handover failure
RTRV-NBRDEL-CAUSE cause threshold values for neighbor deletion. When eNB receives S1 handover
preparation failure, eNB checks S1 handover failure cause. If the cause is
included in 5 S1 handover failure cause, eNB increases failure cause count
sequencely. When accumulated failure count exceeds the failure cause
threshold value for specific neighbor, eNB delete the specific neighbor
information.
Parameters for unnecessary Inter-RAT (GERAN) NR removal

This parameter shows whether or not the
feature to delete the neighbor with handover
issue is used.
NBR_DEL_ False (0),
- False: the feature to delete the neighbor with - False (0)
CAUSE_FLAG True (1)
handover issue is not used.
- True: the feature to delete the neighbor with
handover issue is used.
This parameter is S1AP Unknown PLMN
- 0~65000 0
PLMN_TH delete a neighbor in case of consistent
handover failure.
This parameter is S1AP Handover Failure In
Target EPC/eNB Or Target System failure
S1_HO_FAIL_IN_
value which indicates the threshold to delete a - 0~65000 0
TARGET_SYS_TH
neighbor in case of consistent handover
failure.
This parameter is S1AP TS1RELOCprep
S1_RELOC_ Expiry failure value which indicates the
- 0~65000 0
PREP_EXPIRY_TH threshold to delete a neighbor in case of
consistent handover failure.
This parameter is S1AP Cell Not Available
S1_CELL_NOT_ failure value which indicates the threshold to
- 0~65000 0
AVAILABLE_TH delete a neighbor in case of consistent
handover failure.
This parameter is S1AP Unknown Target ID
- 0~65000 0
TARGET_ID_TH delete a neighbor in case of consistent
handover failure.
4. Counters and KPIs
The Samsung Inter-RAT (GERAN) ANR function uses the following statistics information. This statistics is managed in the eNB internally.
Counters related with Inter-RAT (GERAN) ANR function
Family Display
Name
Measurement report message triggered by PSHO,
GeranB2MR
INTER RAT Redirection, SRVCC, and CCO
MOBILITY MR Measurement report message triggered by CSFB and
GeranPeriodicalMR
periodical NR adding function
ABBREVIATIONS
ANR Automatic Neighbor Relation

CSFB Circuit-Switched Fall Back
eNB Evolved Node B
HO Handover
NRT Neighbor Relation Table
PCID Physical Cell ID
PSHO Packet-Switched Handover
SRVCC Single Radio Voice Call Continuity
UE User Equipment
REFERENCE
[1] 3GPP 36.300: E-UTRA and E-UTRAN; overall description Stage 2 (Release 9)
[2] 3GPP 36.331: E-UTRAN; Radio Resource Control (RRC); Protocol specification (Release 9)
[4] 3GPP 32.500: E-UTRAN; Concepts & Requirements
[5] 3GPP 32.501: E-UTRAN; Self-configuration of network elements; OAM Requirements for Self Configuration Use Cases
LTE-SO0503, Inter-RAT MRO (UTRAN)
SUMMARY
Samsung Inter-RAT MRO minimizes LTE-to-legacy Inter-RAT handover (HO) performed by the UE in the environment where LTE network and legacy network like UTRAN coexist. Samsung
Inter-RAT MRO controls related parameters to minimize the PSHO performed while the UE uses data service among various Inter-RAT HOs. Samsung Inter-RAT MRO is triggered periodically
and collects statistics information necessary for Inter-RAT MRO operation until it reaches to the triggering point. When it reaches to the triggering point, the collected statistical information is
analyzed to determine whether to change the PSHO parameters. If changes are necessary, the parameters are changed to appropriate values.
INTRODUCTION
Samsung Inter-RAT MRO (UTRAN) supports collection of statistics related with Inter-RAT HO problems and optimization of parameters used for LTE-to-UTRAN Inter-RAT HO during system
operation. Inter-RAT MRO (UTRAN) supports collection of statistics related with Inter-RAT HO problems defined in 3GPP specification as follows:
 Too-Early Inter-RAT HO without connection failure

 Too-Late Inter-RAT HO
 Inter-RAT Ping-Pong HO
In addition, Inter-RAT MRO (UTRAN) in eNB supports detection of Too-Early Inter-RAT HO from UTRAN to E-UTRAN, and can inform the detected Too-Early Inter-RAT HO problem to
corresponding UTRAN cell through RIM interface.
Based on the collected statistics on Inter-RAT HO problems, Inter-RAT MRO (UTRAN) automatically optimizes Inter-RAT HO parameters.Inter-RAT MRO controls threshold (Th_A2) of A2 event
for PSHO and threshold (Th1_B2) used for EUTRAN serving cell of B2 event to minimize Too-Early Inter-RAT HO without connection failure, Too-Late Inter-RAT HO, and Inter-RAT Ping-Pong
HO within the range satisfying PSHO KPI. Based on the determination whether the measured PSHO success rate satisfies KPI and collected Too-Early Inter-RAT HO without connection
failure/Too-Late Inter-RAT HO/Inter-RAT Ping-Pong HO generation rates when Inter-RAT MRO triggering point is reached, Inter-RAT MRO (UTRAN) controls Th_A2 and Th1_B2 to reduce the
Inter-RAT HO problems. Also, if PSHO success rate is lower than KPI at the next triggering point or call drop rate performance is lower than the previous triggering point after the above
parameter changes, Samsung Inter-RAT MRO maintains stability of LTE-to-legacy PSHO performance by performing operation to fall-back to the previous parameter value.
BENEFIT
Operator benefits:
 Operator can reduce costs of CAPEX and OPEX consumed to reduce unnecessary Inter-RAT HO occurred during system operation.
User benefits:
 Can be connected in LTE network as long as possible and provided with high data throughput performance thanks to reduction of unnecessary Inter-RAT HO.
RELEASE HISTORY
SLR3.1: Initial Release
SLR5.0: Support of 3GPP Release 11 specification
Dependency:
 Inter-RAT MRO parameter optimization performance depends on the accuracy of HO REPORT message transmitted by legacy cell and the accuracy of the contents of RLF report from
UE.
 X2 interface between E-UTRAN cells is required.
 UTRAN, UTRAN UE, EPC should support PS Handover between E-UTRAN and UTRAN.
 UTRAN support for 3GPP Inter-RAT MRO is required.
 After E-UTRA to UTRAN PS handover is succeeded, the UE should support the measurement of E-UTRA frequencies during measurement duration (based on IRAT Measurement
Reporting IE configuration) and report to the UTRAN system.
Limitation:
 Legacy cell must be able to transmit HO REPORT message correctly to EUTRAN serving cell of the PSHO through RIM procedure.
 It needs IOT with UTRAN.
FEATURE DESCRIPTION
1. Architecture
The entire architecture of the Samsung Inter-RAT MRO has interoperating structure of EUTRAN serving cell and legacy cell as follows.
In the above architecture, Samsung Inter-RAT MRO function is performed in SON agent of EUTRAN serving cell and Legacy cell. The detailed operation is as follows.
(1) EUTRAN serving cell
● SON Agent: Inter-RAT MRO related problem detection function
① Transmits coverage and quality condition information (IRAT measurement configuration) necessary for collecting Inter-RAT MRO related statistics to call processor
② Receives HO REPORT/RLF REPORT/RLF Indication/UE History Information from call processor
③ Detects Too-early IRAT HO w/o connection failure/Too-early IRAT HO/Too-late IRAT HO/IRAT HO Ping Pong problems and transmits the statistics to OAM
● SON Agent: Inter-RAT MRO algorithm triggering function
① Monitors Inter-RAT MRO algorithm operation interval

② Receives Inter-RAT HO / Inter-RAT MRO problem / call drop rate statistics collected from the previous triggering point and till the current triggering point from OAM
③ Determines whether to control Inter-RAT HO parameters
④ Triggers Inter-RAT HO parameters control operation
● SON Agent: Inter-RAT HO parameter control function
① Controls Inter-RAT MRO parameters

② Transmits changed parameter values to CM
(2) Legacy cell
● SON Agent: decision function
① Receives information (IRAT measurement configuration) used to determine whether HO REPORT message is transmitted by call processor
② Receives eNB Direct Information Transfer / UE History Information from Call Processor
③ Receives signal intensity of EUTRAN serving cell measured by UE from call processor
④ Determines whether to transmit HO REPORT/UE History Information message
⑤ Transmits HO REPORT/UE History Information message to call processor
2. Inter-RAT MRO function
2.1 Collection of Inter-RAT MRO related problem: Too-Early Inter-RAT HO w/o Connection Failure
Samsung Inter-RAT MRO collects Too-early Inter-RAT HO w/o connection failure (TooEarlyIRATHOwoCF) statistics mentioned in 3GPP specifications. The statistics are collected in the
following cases.
① Although UE keeps being connected with LTE cell or can be connected longer, EUTRAN serving threshold value for B2 event has been set up incorrectly.
② While signal intensity of EUTRAN serving cell is good enough, Inter-RAT HO to legacy cell that has good signal intensity is occurred without connection failure.
EUTRAN serving cell of Samsung Inter-RAT MRO functions collects TooEarlyIRATHOwoCF statistics as the following procedure.
(1) EUTRAN serving cell determines which is selected as a TooEarlyIRATHOwoCF statistics collection target for UE that satisfies B2 event conditions for PSHO as follows.
● The UE that satisfies RSRQ metric conditions set in B2 event is excluded from statistics collection targets.
● The UE, which is β = 1, is selected as the statistics collection target.
● n: Random value between 0 and 1

● thUeSearchRateInterRat: Threshold of selection rate for Inter-RAT MRO operation target UE
■ Parameter: TH_UE_SEARCH_RATE_INTER_RAT (Command: CHG-SON-MRO)
(2) EUTRAN serving cell transmits coverage and quality condition information to target legacy cell through S1 HO preparation process about statistics collection target UE.
● Coverage and quality condition information is included in Source RNC to Target RNC Transparent Container IE of S1 HANDOVER REQUIRED message as an IRAT Measurement
Configuration IE. The message format is as follows.
■ RSRP: The minimum quality for RSRP that can provide service
- Parameter: TH_MIN_RSRP_INTER_RAT (Command: CHG-SON-MRO)
■ measDurationInterRat: Measurement duration of source RAT cell signal after UE succeeds Inter-RAT handover
- Parameter: MEAS_DURATION_INTER_RAT (Command: CHG-SON-MRO)
■ EARFCN_DL: EUTRAN serving cell frequency information
■ Measurement Bandwidth: measurement bandwidth for each EARFCN_DL
(3) Target legacy cell instructs the UE that succeeds PSHO to measure signal intensity of EUTRAN serving cell during measurement duration and receives single / periodic measurement
report from the UE.
(4) Target legacy cell determines whether to transmit HO REPORT message to EUTRAN serving cell using coverage and quality condition information and measurement result received
during PSHO preparation process after measurement duration and then transmits the message.
● Transmission conditions: EUTRAN cells that are RSRP signal intensity ≥ TH_MIN_RSRP_INTER_RAT exist.
● If transmission condition are not satisfied or other HO (Inter-RAT HO / Intra-UMTS (inter-RNC, inter-BSS) HO) occurs in the UE during measurement duration, target legacy cell
does not transmit HO report message.
● HO REPORT message is included in SON Transfer Request Container IE and transmitted to EUTRAN source cell through RIM procedure. The message format is as follows.
■ HO Type: Select "LTE to UTRAN" or "LTE to GERAN"
■ HO Report Type: Unnecessary HO to another RAT
■ HO Source ID: PSHO source cell ECGI
■ HO Target ID: PSHO target cell ID (UTRAN ID / GERAN ID)
■ Candidate Cell ID: Other cell ECGI that satisfies transmission conditions
(5) If EUTRAN serving cell itself is included in the received HO REPORT message, EUTRAN serving cell detects Too-early IRAT HO w/o connection failure problem and counts the
statistics.
2.2 Collection of Inter-RAT MRO related problem: Too-Early Inter-RAT HO w/o Connection Failure
Samsung Inter-RAT MRO collects Too-early Inter-RAT HO (TooEarlyHOInterRat), Too-late Inter-RAT HO (TooLateHOInterRat) statistics defined in 3GPP Rel.11 specifications. The
statistics are collected in the following cases:
● Too-late Inter-RAT HO (with connection failure)
■ Too-late Inter-RAT HO means an RLF occurs after the UE has stayed in an E-UTRAN cell for a long period of time; the UE attempts to re-connect to a UTRAN cell
● Too-early Inter-RAT HO
■ Too-early Inter-RAT HO means an RLF occurs shortly after a successful handover from a UTRAN cell to a target cell in E-UTRAN; the UE attempts to re-connect to the
source cell or to another UTRAN cell
EUTRAN serving cell of Samsung Inter-RAT MRO (UTRAN) functions collects TooEarlyHOInterRat and TooLateHOInterRat statistics as the following procedure.
The UE makes the RLF Report available to eNB, when RLF happens in E-UTRAN and the UE re-connects to eNB cell. Availability of the RLF Report at the RRC connection setup or at a
handover to E-UTRAN cell is the indication that the UE suffered from a connection failure and that the RLF Report of this failure was not yet delivered to the network.
The eNB receiving the RLF Report from the UE may forward the report to the eNB that served the UE before the reported connection failure using the RLF INDICATION message over X2
or by means of the eNB configuration transfer procedure over S1.
Detection mechanisms for Too Late Inter-RAT Handover and Too Early Inter-RAT Handover are carried out through the following:
 [Too Late Inter-RAT Handover] The connection failure occurs while being connected to an LTE cell, and there is no recent handover for the UE prior to the connection
failure i.e., the UE reported timer is absent or larger than the configured threshold, e.g., Tstore_UE_cntxt, and the first cell where the UE attempts to re-connect is a
UTRAN cell.
 [Too Early Inter-RAT Handover] The connection failure occurs while being connected to an LTE cell, and there is a recent inter-RAT handover for the UE prior to the
connection failure i.e., the UE reported timer is smaller than the configured threshold, e.g., Tstore_UE_cntxt, and the first cell where the UE attempts to re-connect
and the cell that served the UE at the last handover initialisation are both UTRAN cells.
The "UE reported timer" above indicates the time elapsed since the last handover initialization until connection failure.
If the failure is a Too Early Inter-RAT Handover, the eNB receiving the RLF INDICATION message may inform the UTRAN node by means of the eNB Direct Information Transfer
procedure over S1.
2.3 Collection of Inter-RAT MRO related problem: Inter-RAT Ping-Pong

Samsung Inter-RAT MRO collects Inter-RAT Ping Pong (PingPongInterRat) statistic defined in 3GPP Rel.11 specifications.
The event of Inter-RAT ping-pong means that a UE is handed over from a cell in a source RAT (e.g. E-UTRAN) to a cell in a target RAT which differs from the source RAT (e.g. UTRAN).
Then, within a predefined limited time the UE is handed over back to a cell in the source RAT, while the coverage of the source RAT was sufficient for the service used by the UE. The
event may occur more than once.
EUTRAN serving cell of Samsung Inter-RAT MRO (UTRAN) functions collects PingPongInterRat statistic as the following procedure.
The statistics of ping-pong occurrence is based on evaluation of the UE History Information IE obtained from HANDOVER REQUIRED message. If the evaluation indicates a potential
ping-pong case when the source eNB of the 1st inter-RAT handover is different than the target eNB of the 2nd inter-RAT handover, the target eNB uses the HANDOVER REPORT
message to inform the occurrence of potential ping-pong cases to the source eNB.
In order to detect ping-pong HO a target E-UTRAN cell checks the UE History Information IE which is obtained from a serving UTRAN cell via HANDOVER REQUEST message over S1.
The UE History Information encapsulates the Last Visited Cell Information IE. This information is updated by the serving cell just before sending a HANDOVER REQUIRED message
includes the data of previously-visited cells and duration spent in the corresponding cells.
The HANDOVER REPORT message contains the following:
- Type of detected HO problem (InterRAT ping-pong)

- ECGI of the source cell in the handover from E-UTRAN to UTRAN
- ECGI of the target cell in the handover from UTRAN to E-UTRAN
- Cell Identifier of the target UTRAN cell in the first UTRAN in the first inter-RAT HO
- Cause of the first handover
The purpose of the Handover Report procedure is to enable mobility robustness improvement in E-UTRAN. This procedure is used to pass information connected to the analysis of an RLF
which occurred shortly after a successful handover.
The eNB where the RLF occurred sends a HANDOVER REPORT message to the original source eNB, identifying the source cell, the target cell, and the cell where re-establishment took
place.
The eNB that detected the potential ping-pong cases sends a HANDOVER REPORT message to the source eNB of the first inter-RAT handover, identifying the source and the target cells
of the first inter-RAT handover, and the target cell of the second inter-RAT handover.
For statistics collection of ping-pong occurrence a HANDOVER REPORT message is used with HandoverReportTypeInterRATpingpong condition.
The target E-UTRAN cell, which receives the HANDOVER REQUIRED message, collects inter-RAT ping-pong statistics in the followings:
(1) If ECGI of the target E-UTRAN cell, which receives the HANDOVER REQUIRED message, is equal to ECGI of the latest visited E-UTRAN cell in Last Visited Cell List.
① If the sum of Time UE stayed in the latest visited E-UTRAN cell in Last Visited Cell List and the (UTRAN) cells visited after the latest visited E-UTRAN cell in Last Visited
Cell List is equal to or lower than the pingpongHandoverTimer,
i. The target E-UTRAN cell increases the count PingPongInterRat by 1.
An E-UTRAN cell to receive the HANDOVER REPORT message performs the followings in order to collect inter-RAT ping-pong.
(1) If ECGI of the E-UTRAN cell to receive the HANDOVER REPORT message is equal to ECGI of the source cell in the handover from E-UTRAN to UTRAN in HANDOVER
REPORT message,
① If Type of detected HO problem is equal to InterRAT ping-pong in the HANDOVER REPORT message,
i. The E-UTRAN cell to receive the HANDOVER REPORT message increases the count PingPongInterRat by 1.
2.4 Control of Inter-RAT HO parameters
The parameters controlled for optimizing PSHO of Samsung Inter-RAT MRO (UTRAN) functions are as follows:
① Th_A2: EUTRAN serving cell threshold used in A2 event for inter-RAT cell measurement triggering for PSHO
② Th1_B2: EUTRAN serving cell threshold used in B2 event for PSHO triggering
③ Signal metric of the above thresholds considers RSRP only (RSRQ is not considered)
Samsung Inter-RAT MRO algorithm is performed through the following procedure as shown in the below figure.
(1) At the Inter-RAT MRO algorithm triggering point, if Inter-RAT HO attempt success number statistics is same or more than (≥) a certain threshold,
① If the number of consecutive generation of parameter oscillation lower than (
i. If PSHO success rate is same or less than a certain threshold or call drop rate performance is lower than before, fall-back is performed with the previous parameter value.
② If the statistics of successful Inter-RAT HO attempts is same or more than (≥) a certain threshold:
i. If TooEarlyIRATHOwoCF occurrence rate is same or larger than (≥) a certain threshold, or if PingPongIRATHO occurrence rate is same or larger than (≥) a certain threshold:
- The algorithm reduces Th1_B2 by 1dB to reduce TooEarlyIRATHOwoCF or PingPongIRATHO, and adjusts Th_A2 to make the difference between the reduced Th1_B2 and
Th_A2 to a certain value.
③ If the statistics of successful Inter-RAT HO attempts is less than (
i. If TooLateIRATHO occurrence rate is same or large than (≥) a certain threshold,

- The algorithm increases Th1_B2 by 1dB to reduce TooLateIRATHO, and adjusts Th_A2 to make the difference between the reduced Th1_B2 and Th_A2 to a certain value.
2.5 Triggering time distribution of Inter-RAT MRO algorithm
If parameters for PSHO operated in each cell are changed by Samsung Inter-RAT MRO function, the algorithm transmits update notification message for value synchronization with LSM. If
all cells connected with LSM perform Inter-RAT MRO function at the same time, it can cause momentary load in LSM. Therefore Samsung Inter-RAT MRO function provides LSM load
distribution as below.
(1) All eNBs connected with LSM perform Inter-RAT MRO function from 00:00 to 03:00.
(2) Each eNB determines the performing point of Inter-RAT MRO function using its eNBID with distributed method.
① Performing point of Inter-RAT MRO function of eNB: TInterRATMRO (i)
(3) Each eNB performs MRO function in sequence of the served cell index at the performing point of the MRO function determined in the procedure (2).
FEATURE SCOPE
FR10 Samsung Inter-RAT MRO allows the operator to set the MRO operation mode as one of automatic / manual / deactivate through the LSM.
FR20 Samsung Inter-RAT MRO allows the operator to retrieve statistics data collected for Inter-RAT MRO operation through the LSM.
FR30 Samsung MRO provides statistics collecting function of the Too-early IRAT HO w/o Connection Failure.
FR40 Samsung MRO provides Inter-RAT HO Parameter Optimization function.
FR50 Samsung MRO provides Inter-RAT HO Parameter fall-back function.
[SLR5.0/SSR4.0] Samsung MRO provides statistics collecting function of the Too-Late Inter-RAT HO (LTE-to-UTRAN), Too-Early Inter-RAT HO (UTRAN-to-LTE), and Inter-RAT Ping-
FR60
Pong HO defined in 3GPP Rel.11 Standard.
FR70
FR80
SYSTEM OPERATION
How to Activate
[Pre-condition]
● The UTRAN PS handover should be possible from the LTE.
● The target UTRAN system must support Inter-RAT MRO function.
[Feature activation]
● To activate this feature, MOBILITY_ROBUSTNESS_INTER_RAT_ENABLE value must be set to ‘Auto’ and TH_UE_SEARCH_RATE_INTER_RAT
value must greater than ‘0.0’.
● If TH_UE_SEARCH_RATE_INTER_RAT value is ‘0.0’, this feature is not working because no UE is selected to Inter-RAT MRO purpose.
Key Parameters
The operator can set the operation mode of the Samsung Inter-RAT MRO function to automatic/deactivate or retrieve the mode through the following
commands and parameter.
CHG-SONFN-CELL This command changes the operation mode and information of the Self-Organizing
Network (SON) function for each Cell.
RTRV-SONFN-CELL This command retrieves the operation mode and parameter information of the Self-
Organizing Network (SON) function for each cell.
Parameter for the operation mode control

MOBILITY_ The parameter is used to control the SON MRO - Off (0) Off (0)
ROBUSTNESS_ (Mobility Robustness Optimization) operation in Auto (1)
INTER_RAT_ two modes.
ENABLE - Off (0): MRO function is disabled.
- Auto (1): MRO function is enabled and handover
parameter is automatically controlled by the
function.
The operator can set the operational method of Inter-RAT MRO function or retrieve the current operational method through the following commands and
parameters.
Commands for controlling the operational method
CHG-SON-MRO This command changes the information of parameters used in Self-Organizing
Networks (SON) Mobility Robustness Optimization (MRO) function.
RTRV-SON-MRO This command retrieves the information of parameters used in Self-Organizing
Networks (SON) Mobility Robustness Optimization (MRO) function.
Parameters for controlling the operational method

T_PERIOD The parameter indicates the execution period for - one_day (0), one_week (1)
MRO function and the MRO algorithm is one_week (1),
performed based on the handover and RLF one_month (2)
(Radio Link Failure) statistics collected during the
value set in this parameter.
T_PERIOD_ The parameter indicates the value of timer which - one_hour (0), one_day (1)
TEMP monitors the following situation occurs: The one_day (1),
handover success rate does not satisfy the one_week (2)
HANDOVER_SUCCESS_KPI during this time
period.
HANDOVER_ The threshold related to the handover success % 0~100 99
SUCCESS_KPI_ KPI to trigger Inter Rat MRO algorithm. The MRO
INTER_RAT algorithm is triggered if the handover success
rate is lower than this threshold.
N_HANDOVER_ The threshold to the number of handover - 0~100000 10000
THRESH_ attempts to trigger Inter Rat MRO algorithm. The
INTER_RAT Inter Rat MRO algorithm is triggered if the
number of handover attempts collected during
the statistics period is higher than this threshold.
TH_TOO_EARLY_ The parameter indicates the threshold for rate % 0~100 50
HANDOVER_ Too-early Inter-Rat handover without connection
INTER_RAT failure which is used to triggering Inter Rat MRO.
TH_A2_OPT_ The parameter indicates the threshold for A2 - 0~97 10
RSRP_ event. If the difference is greater than the
INTER_RAT reference value, a2-Threshold parameter will be
optimized.
TH_CALL_ The parameter indicates the threshold by call % 0~100 0.0005
DROP_RATE_ drop rate for air condition, which is used to check
INTER_RAT after changing Inter-RAT MRO parameter.
TH_PARAM_ The parameter indicates the threshold for Inter- - 0~100 3
OSCILLATION_ RAT handover parameter oscillation. If the
INTER_RAT number of continuous parameter oscillations is
less than the reference value, it satisfies the
condition for triggering Inter-Rat MRO.
TH_UE_ The parameter indicates the threshold for - 0.0~1.0 0.5
SEARCH_RATE_ selecting Inter-RAT MRO UE. If the random
INTER_RAT value (0 ~1) for a UE are less than the reference
value, the UE will be selected.
TH_MIN_RSRP_ The parameter indicates the threshold for dBm -140~-44 -100
INTER_RAT minimum RSRP quality. If the UTRAN serving
cell threshold (b2-Threshold1) is greater than
reference value, the b2-Threshold1 parameter
will be optimized.
MEAS_ The parameter is period which is to measure sec 0~100 2
DURATION_ source RAT cell signal, after Successful Inter-Rat
INTER_RAT handover.
TH_TOO_LATE_ The parameter indicates the threshold related to % 0~100 50
HANDOVER_ the occurrence rate of too-late Inter-RAT
INTER_RAT handover to trigger Inter-RAT handover
parameter optimization algorithm (Unit: %). If the
occurrence rate of too-late Inter-RAT handover
collected during the statistics period is higher
than this threshold, it satisfies the triggering
condition of optimization algorithm.
TH_PINGPONG_ The parameter indicates the threshold related to % 0~100 50

INTER_RAT the occurrence rate of Inter-RAT PingPong to
trigger Inter-RAT handover parameter
optimization algorithm (Unit: %). If the occurrence
rate of Inter-RAT PingPong collected during the
statistics period is higher than this threshold, it
satisfies the triggering condition of optimization
algorithm.
TH_MAX_RSRP_ The parameter indicates the threshold related to dBm -140~-44 -44
INTER_RAT the maximum radio quality for service with RSRP
metric. If EUTRAN serving cell threshold (b2-
Threshold1) in B2 event is lower than this
threshold, b2-Threshold1 parameter is optimized.
Counters and KPIs Samsung Inter-RAT MRO function uses the following statistics information.
Counters related with Inter-RAT MRO function
Family Display
Name
This counter is pegged when the source eNB receives HO
Report information from the target UTRAN system after the LTE-
UtranTooEarlyHo to-UTRAN PS handover is succeeded.
- Index0: Source Cell Number
- Index1: Neighbor Cell ID (RNC ID + CID)
STAT_ UtranTooEarlyHoWCF Counter for Too Early Inter-RAT HO without connection failure
UTRAN_MRO
UtranTooLateHo Counter for Too Late Inter-RAT HO with connection failure
UtranPingPongHo Counter for Inter-RAT (UTRAN) Ping-Pong HO
RatUtranOutPrepSucc PSHO preparation success rate from EUTRAN to UTRAN
RatUtranOutSucc PSHO success rate from EUTRAN to UTRAN
KPIs related with Inter-RAT MRO function
KPI Name Description
PSHO success rate Success rate of PSHO from EUTRAN to UTRAN, which can be calculated with PM
statistics in LSM.
Call drop ratio in EUTRAN serving cell, which can be calculated with PM statistics in
Call drop ratio
LSM.
ABBREVIATIONS
3GPP Third Generation Partnership Project

CIO Cell Individual Offset
eNB Evolved Node B
HO Handover
IRAT Inter-RAT
LTE Long Term Evolution
PSHO Packet-Switched Hand Over
RAT Radio Access Technology
RIM RAN Information Management
S1 Logical Interface between eNB and MME
TTT Time-To-Trigger
UE User Equipment
UMTS Universal Mobile Telecommunications System
UTRAN UMTS Terrestrial Radio Access Network
REFERENCE
[1] 3GPP 36.300: E-UTRA and E-UTRAN; overall description Stage 2 (Release 11).
[2] 3GPP 36.331: E-UTRAN; Radio Resource Control (RRC); Protocol specification (Release 11).
[3] 3GPP TS 36.423: “Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network (E-UTRAN); X2 application protocol (X2AP)”.
[4] 3GPP TS 36.413: “Evolved Universal Terrestrial Radio Access Network (E-UTRAN); S1 application protocol (S1AP)”.
[5] 3GPP TS 25.331: “Radio Resource Control (RRC); Protocol specification”.
[6] 3GPP TS 25.413: “UTRAN Iu interface Radio Access Network Application Part (RANAP) signalling”.
[7] 3GPP 36.902: E-UTRAN; Self-configuring and self-optimizing network (SON) use cases and solutions.

Mobifone-InterRAT-features of 4G To 2G-3G PDF

Încărcat de

Informații document

Titlu original

Drepturi de autor

Formate disponibile

Partajați acest document

Partajați sau inserați document

Opțiuni de partajare

Vi se pare util acest document?

Este necorespunzător acest conținut?

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

Mobifone-InterRAT-features of 4G To 2G-3G PDF

Încărcat de

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

Samsung Electronics

DEPENDENCY AND LIMITATION

 Target RAT system should support the RIM procedure

 MME should relay RIM messages

• Use the CHG-HO-OPT command to set RIM_ENABLE to be “TRUE”.

Parameter Description Unit Range Default Value

Parameter Description Unit Range Default Value

RIM_SUPPORT Indicates whether the relevant - BOOL 0:False

Parameter Description Unit Range Default Value

Commands and Parameters

Parameter Description Unit Range Default Value

Parameter Description Unit Range Default Value

Parameter Description Unit Range Default Value

LTE-SW2004, Blind Offloading to WCDMA

DEPENDENCY AND LIMITATION

The Samsung intra-LTE LB is operating in the following procedure.

1 Cell load monitoring for a serving cell

2 UE selection and redirection execution

FR10 Blind Offloading to WCDMA 를 지원할 수 있어야 한다.

 Use the CHG-TM-CNTR command to set IRAT_3G_OPERATION_MODE to “BLIND_MODE”.

Parameter Description Unit Range Default Value

Parameter Description Unit Range Default Value

Command and Parameters

Parameter Description Unit Range Default Value

Parameter Description Unit Range Default Value

Parameter Description Unit Range Default Value

Counters and KPIs

Family Display Name Type Name Type Description

[1] 3GPP 36.300: E-UTRA and E-UTRAN; overall description Stage 2

[3] 3GPP 36.423: E-UTRAN; X2 application protocol (X2AP)

LTE-SW1201, Idle Mobility to UTRAN

 Operator can provide idle mobility to its subscribers to UTRAN.

 Users in idle state can move to UTRAN.

Srxlev>0 AND Squal>0,

Parameter Name Description

-- If THRESH_SERVING_LOW_QREL9 is provided in SIB3,

- RSRP Strength from Serving Cell<THRESH_SERVING_LOW(SIB3)+ Q_RX_LEV_MIN(SIB3) + Pcompensation

Srxlev>0 AND Squal>0

Parameter Name Description

FR30 eNB transmits the SIB6 according to the predetermined cycle.

[Related Specifications] 3GPP TS

Command and Parameters

10: ci_dB_5 ci_dB_8 [dB]

11: ci_dB_4 ci_dB_6 [dB]

12: ci_dB_3 ci_dB_5 [dB]

13: ci_dB_2 ci_dB_4 [dB]

14: ci_dB_1 ci_dB_3 [dB]

16: ci_dB1 ci_dB_1 [dB]

17: ci_dB2 ci_dB0 [dB]

18: ci_dB3 ci_dB1 [dB]

19: ci_dB4 ci_dB2 [dB]

20: ci_dB5 ci_dB3 [dB]

21: ci_dB6 ci_dB4 [dB]

22: ci_dB8 ci_dB5 [dB]

23: ci_dB10 ci_dB6 [dB]

24: ci_dB12 ci_dB8 [dB]

25: ci_dB14 ci_dB10 [dB]

26: ci_dB16 ci_dB12 [dB]

27: ci_dB18 ci_dB14 [dB]

28: ci_dB20 ci_dB16 [dB]

29: ci_dB22 ci_dB18 [dB]

30: ci_dB24 ci_dB20 [dB]

- CI_use: Scaling factor is